5. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ5. 巴吉帝亚篇

1427 段 · CSCD 巴利原典

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · 礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者

Vinayapiṭake · 律藏

Pācittiyapāḷi · 巴吉帝亚部

1. Musāvādavaggo

1. 妄语品

1. Musāvādasikkhāpadaṃ1. 妄语学处

Ime kho panāyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā · 具寿们!这些是九十二巴吉帝亚

Dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti. · 法来诵说

§1

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena hatthako sakyaputto vādakkhitto hoti. So titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāti, paṭijānitvā avajānāti, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati, sampajānamusā bhāsati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādeti. Titthiyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma hatthako sakyaputto amhehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissati, paṭijānitvā avajānissati, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati, sampajānamusā bhāsissati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessatī’’ti!

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,释迦子哈塔咖陷于诤论。他与外道交谈时,否认后又承认,承认后又否认,以此易彼,故意说妄语,约定后又违背。诸外道不满、呵责、非难——「释迦子哈塔咖怎能与我们交谈时,否认后又承认,承认后又否认,以此易彼,故意说妄语,约定后又违背呢!」

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ titthiyānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena hatthako sakyaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, āvuso hatthaka, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāsi, paṭijānitvā avajānāsi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi, sampajānamusā bhāsasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādesī’’ti? ‘‘Ete kho, āvuso, titthiyā nāma yena kenaci jetabbā; neva tesaṃ jayo dātabbo’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma hatthako sakyaputto titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissati, paṭijānitvā avajānissati, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati, sampajānamusā bhāsissati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessatī’’ti!

诸比库听闻诸外道不满、呵责、非难。于是,彼等比库前往释迦子哈塔咖处;抵达后,对释迦子哈塔咖如是说——「贤友哈塔咖,听说你与外道交谈时,否认后又承认,承认后又否认,以此易彼,故意说妄语,约定后又违背,是真的吗?」「贤友们,这些外道应以任何方式被战胜;不应给予他们胜利。」彼等少欲诸比库……不满、呵责、非难——「释迦子哈塔咖怎能与外道交谈时,否认后又承认,承认后又否认,以此易彼,故意说妄语,约定后又违背呢!」

Atha kho te bhikkhū hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, hatthaka, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāsi, paṭijānitvā avajānāsi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi, sampajānamusā bhāsasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissasi, paṭijānitvā avajānissasi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissasi, sampajānamusā bhāsissasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

于是,彼等比库以种种方式呵责释迦子哈塔咖后,将此事禀告世尊。于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事件召集比库僧团,询问释迦子哈塔咖——「哈塔咖,听说你与外道交谈时,否认后又承认,承认后又否认,以此易彼,故意说妄语,约定后又违背,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎能与外道交谈时,否认后又承认,承认后又否认,以此易彼,故意说妄语,约定后又违背呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如是诵此学处——」

§2

nti.

§3

nāma visaṃvādanapurekkhārassa vācā, girā, byappatho, vacībhedo, vācasikā viññatti, aṭṭha anariyavohārā – adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ meti, assutaṃ sutaṃ meti, amutaṃ mutaṃ meti, aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ meti, diṭṭhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ meti, sutaṃ assutaṃ meti , mutaṃ amutaṃ meti, viññātaṃ aviññātaṃ meti.

「故意违背之语」名为:语、言说、言路、语破、语的表示、八种非圣者之说——未见说「我见」,未闻说「我闻」,未觉说「我觉」,未识说「我识」,已见说「我未见」,已闻说「我未闻」,已觉说「我未觉」,已识说「我未识」。

nāma na cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ. nāma na sotena sutaṃ. nāma na ghānena ghāyitaṃ, na jivhāya sāyitaṃ, na kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ. nāma na manasā viññātaṃ. nāma cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ. nāma sotena sutaṃ. nāma ghānena ghāyitaṃ, jivhāya sāyitaṃ, kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ. nāma manasā viññātaṃ.

「未见」名为:未以眼见。「未闻」名为:未以耳闻。「未觉」名为:未以鼻嗅、未以舌尝、未以身触。「未识」名为:未以意识知。「已见」名为:以眼见。「已闻」名为:以耳闻。「已觉」名为:以鼻嗅、以舌尝、以身触。「已识」名为:以意识知。

§4

Tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti.

以三种方式说「未见我见」之故意妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚——事前他有「我将说妄语」,说时他有「我正在说妄语」,说后他有「妄语已被我说」。

Catūhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ.

以四种方式说「未见我见」之故意妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚——事前他有「我将说妄语」,说时他有「我正在说妄语」,说后他有「妄语已被我说」,舍置见解。

Pañcahākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ.

以五种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事」者,犯巴吉帝亚——在他之前有「我将说妄语」,正说时有「我正在说妄语」,说后有「妄语已被我所说」,舍弃见,舍弃忍。

Chahākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti , vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ.

以六种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事」者,犯巴吉帝亚——在他之前有「我将说妄语」,正说时有「我正在说妄语」,说后有「妄语已被我所说」,舍弃见,舍弃忍,舍弃喜好。

Sattahākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa’’ – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

以七种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事」者,犯巴吉帝亚——在他之前有「我将说妄语」,正说时有「我正在说妄语」,说后有「妄语已被我所说」,舍弃见,舍弃忍,舍弃喜好,舍弃想法。

§5

Tīhākārehi ‘‘assutaṃ sutaṃ me’’ti…pe… amutaṃ mutaṃ meti…pe… aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ meti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti.

以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事」……「我觉知到未觉知之事」……「我了知到未了知之事」者,犯巴吉帝亚——在他之前有「我将说妄语」,正说时有「我正在说妄语」,说后有「妄语已被我所说」。

Catūhākārehi…pe… pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi…pe… sattahākārehi ‘‘aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇitanti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

以四种行相……以五种行相……以六种行相……以七种行相,正知而说妄语「我了知到未了知之事」者,犯巴吉帝亚——在他之前有「我将说妄语」,正说时有「我正在说妄语」,说后有「妄语已被我所说」,舍弃见,舍弃忍,舍弃喜好,舍弃想法。

§6

Tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me viññātañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa …pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañca viññātañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事,也听到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事,也觉知到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事,也了知到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事,也听到,也觉知到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事,也听到,也了知到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我见到未见之事,也听到,也觉知到,也了知到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……

Tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca viññātañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事,也觉知到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事,也了知到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事,也见到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事,也觉知到,也了知到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事,也觉知到,也见到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我听到未听之事,也觉知到,也了知到,也见到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……

Tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañca sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我觉知到未觉知之事,也了知到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我觉知到未觉知之事,也见到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我觉知到未觉知之事,也听到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我觉知到未觉知之事,也了知到,也见到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我觉知到未觉知之事,也了知到,也听到」者……以三种行相,正知而说妄语「我觉知到未觉知之事,也了知到,也见到,也听到」者,犯巴吉帝亚……

Tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种方式未了知「我已了知且已见」……以三种方式未了知「我已了知且已闻」……以三种方式未了知「我已了知且已觉」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种方式未了知「我已了知且已见且已闻」……以三种方式未了知「我已了知且已见且已觉」……以三种方式未了知「我已了知且已见且已闻且已觉」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……

§7

Tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ me’’ti…pe… sutaṃ ‘‘assutaṃ me’’ti…pe… mutaṃ ‘‘amutaṃ me’’ti…pe… viññātaṃ ‘‘aviññātaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种方式已见「我未见」……已闻「我未闻」……已觉「我未觉」……已了知「我未了知」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……

§8

Tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘mutaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘viññātaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca viññātañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种方式已见「我已闻」……以三种方式已见「我已觉」……以三种方式已见「我已了知」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种方式已见「我已闻且已觉」……以三种方式已见「我已闻且已了知」……以三种方式已见「我已闻且已觉且已了知」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……

Tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘viññātaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种方式已闻「我已觉」……以三种方式已闻「我已了知」……以三种方式已闻「我已见」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种方式已闻「我已觉且已了知」……以三种方式已闻「我已觉且已见」……以三种方式已闻「我已觉且已了知且已见」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……

Tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种方式已觉「我已了知」……以三种方式已觉「我已见」……以三种方式已觉「我已闻」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种方式已觉「我已了知且已见」……以三种方式已觉「我已了知且已闻」……以三种方式已觉「我已了知且已见且已闻」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……

Tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ me’’ti …pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘mutaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三种方式已了知「我已见」……以三种方式已了知「我已闻」……以三种方式已了知「我已觉」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……以三种方式已了知「我已见且已闻」……以三种方式已了知「我已见且已觉」……以三种方式已了知「我已见且已闻且已觉」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚……

§9

Tīhākārehi diṭṭhe vematiko diṭṭhaṃ nokappeti, diṭṭhaṃ nassarati , diṭṭhaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… sute vematiko sutaṃ nokappeti, sutaṃ nassarati, sutaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… mute vematiko mutaṃ nokappeti, mutaṃ nassarati, mutaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… viññāte vematiko viññātaṃ nokappeti, viññātaṃ nassarati, viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti… viññātañca me diṭṭhañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti viññātañca me sutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me mutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca mutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

以三种方式对已见者疑惑,不确定已见,忘失已见,遗忘已见……对已闻者疑惑,不确定已闻,忘失已闻,遗忘已闻……对已觉者疑惑,不确定已觉,忘失已觉,遗忘已觉……对已了知者疑惑,不确定已了知,忘失已了知,遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已见」……遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已闻」……遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已觉」……遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已见且已闻」……遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已见且已觉」……遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已见且已闻且已觉」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚。

§10

Catūhākārehi…pe… pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi…pe… sattahākārehi…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti, viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

以四种方式……以五种方式……以六种方式……以七种方式……遗忘已了知,「我已了知且已见且已闻且已觉」，知而说妄语者,犯巴吉帝亚——先前他有「我将说妄语」,说时有「我正在说妄语」,说后有「我已说妄语」,舍弃见,舍弃忍,舍弃意乐,舍弃想法。

§11

Anāpatti davā bhaṇati, ravā bhaṇati . nāma sahasā bhaṇati. nāma ‘aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī’ti aññaṃ bhaṇati’’. Ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:说「达瓦」,说「拉瓦」,突然说名字,想说「我将说其他」而说其他。对于发狂者、最初犯戒者。

Musāvādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 妄语学处完第一

2. Omasavādasikkhāpadaṃ2. 轻蔑语学处

§12

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasanti – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi; hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsenti vambhenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasissanti – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi; hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsessanti vambhessantī’’ti!

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,六群比库与善良比库争论时,轻蔑善良比库——以生、以名、以姓、以业、以技艺、以病、以相、以烦恼、以罪,以卑劣的辱骂责骂、诽谤。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难:「六群比库怎能与善良比库争论时,轻蔑善良比库——以生、以名、以姓、以业、以技艺、以病、以相、以烦恼、以罪,以卑劣的辱骂责骂、诽谤呢?」

Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasatha – jātiyāpi…pe… hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsetha vambhethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasissatha – jātiyāpi…pe… hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsessatha vambhessatha ! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

于是,诸比库以种种方式呵责六群比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「比库们,你们真的与善良比库争论时,轻蔑善良比库——以生……以卑劣的辱骂责骂、诽谤吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人们,你们怎能与善良比库争论时,轻蔑善良比库——以生……以卑劣的辱骂责骂、诽谤呢!愚痴人们,这不能使未信者生信……」呵责后……作法说后,告诉比库们——

§13

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, takkasilāyaṃ aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa nandivisālo nāma balībaddo ahosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ sahassena abbhutaṃ karohi – mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ sahassena abbhutaṃ akāsi – mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatīti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sakaṭasataṃ atibandhitvā nandivisālaṃ balībaddaṃ yuñjitvā etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha, kūṭa , vahassu, kūṭā’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sahassena parājito pajjhāyi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pajjhāyasī’’ti? ‘Tathā hi panāhaṃ, bho, tayā sahassena parājito’’ti. ‘Kissa pana maṃ tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, akūṭaṃ kūṭavādena pāpesi? Gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ dvīhi sahassehi abbhutaṃ karohi – ‘‘mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī’’ti. ‘‘Mā ca maṃ akūṭaṃ kūṭavādena pāpesī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ dvīhi sahassehi abbhutaṃ akāsi – ‘‘mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sakaṭasataṃ atibandhitvā nandivisālaṃ balībaddaṃ yuñjitvā etadavoca – ‘‘accha, bhadra, vahassu, bhadrā’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭesi.

「比库们,过去,在答卡西喇,某位婆罗门有一头名叫难地维沙喇的公牛。比库们,其时,难地维沙喇公牛对那位婆罗门说:『婆罗门,你去与富商以一千赌注打赌——我的公牛将拉动一百辆车。』比库们,于是,那位婆罗门与富商以一千赌注打赌——我的公牛将拉动一百辆车。比库们,于是,那位婆罗门绑上一百辆车,给难地维沙喇公牛套上轭后说:『去吧,蠢货!拉吧,蠢货!』比库们,于是,难地维沙喇公牛就站在那里。比库们,于是,那位婆罗门输了一千而忧愁。比库们,于是,难地维沙喇公牛对那位婆罗门说:『婆罗门,你为何忧愁?』『因为我被你输了一千。』『婆罗门,你为何以蠢货之语称呼非蠢货的我?婆罗门,你去与富商以二千赌注打赌——我的公牛将拉动一百辆车。不要以蠢货之语称呼非蠢货的我。』比库们,于是,那位婆罗门与富商以二千赌注打赌——我的公牛将拉动一百辆车。比库们,于是,那位婆罗门绑上一百辆车,给难地维沙喇公牛套上轭后说:『去吧,贤者!拉吧,贤者!』比库们,于是,难地维沙喇公牛拉动了一百辆车。

‘‘Manāpameva bhāseyya, nā, manāpaṃ kudācanaṃ;

「应说可意语,绝不说不可意语;

Manāpaṃ bhāsamānassa, garuṃ bhāraṃ udabbahi;

说可意语者,拉起沉重的负担;

Dhanañca naṃ alābhesi, tena ca, ttamano ahūti.

他获得财富,因此而心满意足。

‘‘Tadāpi me, bhikkhave, amanāpā khuṃsanā vambhanā. Kimaṅgaṃ pana etarahi manāpā bhavissati khuṃsanā vambhanā? Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…. ‘‘Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

「比库们,那时对我来说,责骂、诽谤也是不可意的。何况现在责骂、诽谤会是可意的呢?比库们,这不能使未信者生信……「比库们,你们应当这样诵此学处——」

§14

nti.

§15

nāma dasahi ākārehi omasati – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi, akkosenapi.

名以十种行相轻蔑——以生、以名、以姓、以业、以技艺、以疾病、以相、以烦恼、以罪、以辱骂。

nāma dve jātiyo – hīnā ca jāti ukkaṭṭhā ca jāti. nāma jāti – caṇḍālajāti, venajāti, nesādajāti, rathakārajāti, pukkusajāti. Esā hīnā nāma jāti. nāma jāti – khattiyajāti, brāhmaṇajāti. Esā ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti.

名有两种生——卑贱的生与高贵的生。名为生——旃陀罗生、编篮者生、猎人生、造车者生、清道夫生。这是卑贱的名为生。名为生——刹帝利生、婆罗门生。这是高贵的名为生。

nāma dve nāmāni – hīnañca nāmaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca nāmaṃ . nāma nāmaṃ – avakaṇṇakaṃ, javakaṇṇakaṃ, dhaniṭṭhakaṃ, saviṭṭhakaṃ, kulavaḍḍhakaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma nāmaṃ. nāma nāmaṃ – buddhappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, dhammappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, saṅghappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma nāmaṃ.

名有两种名——卑贱的名与高贵的名。名为名——阿瓦刊那咖、加瓦刊那咖、达尼他咖、沙维他咖、库喇瓦达咖,或者在诸国土中被轻视的、被蔑视的、被鄙视的、被轻蔑的、不被尊重的,这是卑贱的名为名。名为名——与佛相应的、与法相应的、与僧相应的,或者在诸国土中不被轻视的、不被蔑视的、不被鄙视的、不被轻蔑的、被尊重的,这是高贵的名为名。

nāma dve gottāni – hīnañca gottaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca gottaṃ. nāma gottaṃ – kosiyagottaṃ, bhāradvājagottaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma gottaṃ. nāma gottaṃ – gotamagottaṃ, moggallānagottaṃ, kaccānagottaṃ, vāsiṭṭhagottaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma gottaṃ.

名有两种姓——卑贱的姓与高贵的姓。名为姓——骄尸耶姓、婆罗堕阇姓,或者在诸国土中被轻视的、被蔑视的、被鄙视的、被轻蔑的、不被尊重的,这是卑贱的名为姓。名为姓——果德玛姓、摩嘎喇那姓、咖吒亚那姓、瓦西他姓,或者在诸国土中不被轻视的、不被蔑视的、不被鄙视的、不被轻蔑的、被尊重的,这是高贵的名为姓。

nāma dve kammāni – hīnañca kammaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca kammaṃ. nāma kammaṃ – koṭṭhakakammaṃ, pupphachaḍḍakakammaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma kammaṃ. nāma kammaṃ – kasi, vaṇijjā, gorakkhā, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ. Etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma kammaṃ.

名有两种业——卑贱的业与高贵的业。名为业——屠宰业、弃花业,或者在诸国土中被轻视的、被蔑视的、被鄙视的、被轻蔑的、不被尊重的,这是卑贱的名为业。名为业——耕作、贸易、牧牛,或者在诸国土中不被轻视的、不被蔑视的、不被鄙视的、不被轻蔑的、被尊重的。这是高贵的名为业。

nāma dve sippāni – hīnañca sippaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca sippaṃ . nāma sippaṃ – naḷakārasippaṃ, kumbhakārasippaṃ, pesakārasippaṃ, cammakārasippaṃ, nahāpitasippaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ. Etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma sippaṃ. nāma sippaṃ – muddā, gaṇanā, lekhā, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma sippaṃ.

名有两种技艺——卑贱的技艺与高贵的技艺。名为技艺——制苇技艺、制陶技艺、织布技艺、制革技艺、理发技艺,或者在诸国土中被轻视的、被蔑视的、被鄙视的、被轻蔑的、不被尊重的。这是卑贱的名为技艺。名为技艺——印章、计算、书写,或者在诸国土中不被轻视的、不被蔑视的、不被鄙视的、不被轻蔑的、被尊重的,这是高贵的名为技艺。

Sabbepi hīnā, apica madhumeho ābādho ukkaṭṭho.

一切疾病皆卑贱,然而糖尿病是高贵的。

nāma dve liṅgāni – hīnañca liṅgaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca liṅgaṃ. nāma liṅgaṃ – atidīghaṃ, atirassaṃ, atikaṇhaṃ, accodātaṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ. nāma liṅgaṃ – nātidīghaṃ, nātirassaṃ, nātikaṇhaṃ, nāccodātaṃ. Etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ.

名有两种相——卑贱的相与高贵的相。三十二相——过长、过短、过黑、过白,这是卑贱的三十二相。三十二相——不过长、不过短、不过黑、不过白。这是高贵的三十二相。

Sabbepi hīnā.

一切都是低劣的。

Sabbāpi hīnā. Apica, sotāpattisamāpatti ukkaṭṭhā.

一切都是低劣的。但是,入流果定是殊胜的。

nāma dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso. nāma akkoso – oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, yakārena vā bhakārena vā, kāṭakoṭacikāya vā, eso hīno nāma akkoso. nāma akkoso – paṇḍitosi, byattosi , medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, eso ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso.

名辱骂有两种——低劣的辱骂和殊胜的辱骂。低劣的名辱骂——你是骆驼,你是公羊,你是公牛,你是驴,你是畜生,你是地狱众生;你没有善趣,恶趣才是你所应期待的,或者以'呀咖拉'或以'巴咖拉',或以'咖答咖喔答吉咖呀',这是低劣的名辱骂。殊胜的名辱骂——你是智者,你是聪明者,你是贤慧者,你是多闻者,你是说法者,你没有恶趣,善趣才是你所应期待的,这是殊胜的名辱骂。

§16

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati , āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要侮辱已受具足者,以低劣对低劣者说,对旃陀罗、竹工、猎人、车匠、清道夫——说「你是旃陀罗,你是竹工,你是猎人,你是车匠,你是清道夫」,犯语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要侮辱已受具足者,以低劣对殊胜者说,对刹帝利、婆罗门——说「你是旃陀罗,你是竹工,你是猎人,你是车匠,你是清道夫」,犯语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要侮辱已受具足者,以殊胜对低劣者说,对旃陀罗、竹工、猎人、车匠、清道夫——说「你是刹帝利,你是婆罗门」,犯语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要侮辱已受具足者,以殊胜对殊胜者说,对刹帝利、婆罗门——说「你是刹帝利,你是婆罗门」,犯语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

§17

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, avakaṇṇakaṃ javakaṇṇakaṃ dhaniṭṭhakaṃ saviṭṭhakaṃ kulavaḍḍhakaṃ – ‘‘avakaṇṇakosi, javakaṇṇakosi, dhaniṭṭhakosi, saviṭṭhakosi, kulavaḍḍhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要侮辱已受具足者,以低劣对低劣者说,对垂耳者、速耳者、弓箭者、犁者、家族增长者——说「你是垂耳者,你是速耳者,你是弓箭者,你是犁者,你是家族增长者」,犯语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, buddharakkhitaṃ dhammarakkhitaṃ saṅgharakkhitaṃ – ‘‘avakaṇṇakosi, javakaṇṇakosi, dhaniṭṭhakosi, saviṭṭhakosi, kulavaḍḍhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以低劣称呼高贵者,对佛护、法护、僧护说:「你是垂耳者、速耳者、弓箭者、犁者、家族增长者」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, avakaṇṇakaṃ javakaṇṇakaṃ dhaniṭṭhakaṃ saviṭṭhakaṃ kulavaḍḍhakaṃ – ‘‘buddharakkhitosi, dhammarakkhitosi, saṅgharakkhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以高贵称呼低劣者,对垂耳者、速耳者、弓箭者、犁者、家族增长者说:「你是佛护、你是法护、你是僧护」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, buddharakkhitaṃ dhammarakkhitaṃ saṅgharakkhitaṃ – ‘‘buddharakkhitosi, dhammarakkhitosi, saṅgharakkhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以高贵称呼高贵者,对佛护、法护、僧护说:「你是佛护、你是法护、你是僧护」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

§18

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, kosiyaṃ bhāradvājaṃ – ‘‘kosiyosi, bhāradvājosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以低劣称呼低劣者,对憍尸耶、婆罗堕阇说:「你是憍尸耶、你是婆罗堕阇」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, gotamaṃ moggallānaṃ kaccānaṃ vāsiṭṭhaṃ – ‘‘kosiyosi, bhāradvājosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以低劣称呼高贵者,对果德玛、摩嘎剌那、咖吒那、瓦西德说:「你是憍尸耶、你是婆罗堕阇」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, kosiyaṃ bhāradvājaṃ – ‘‘gotamosi, moggallānosi, kaccānosi, vāsiṭṭhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以高贵称呼低劣者,对憍尸耶、婆罗堕阇说:「你是果德玛、你是摩嘎剌那、你是咖吒那、你是瓦西德」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, gotamaṃ moggallānaṃ kaccānaṃ vāsiṭṭhaṃ – ‘‘gotamosi, moggallānosi, kaccānosi, vāsiṭṭhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以高贵称呼高贵者,对果德玛、摩嘎剌那、咖吒那、瓦西德说:「你是果德玛、你是摩嘎剌那、你是咖吒那、你是瓦西德」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

§19

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, koṭṭhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ – ‘‘koṭṭhakosi, pupphachaḍḍakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要使已受具足者羞愧,以低劣称呼低劣者,对仓库守者、弃花者说:「你是仓库守者、你是弃花者」,犯罪,以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, kassakaṃ vāṇijaṃ gorakkhaṃ – ‘‘koṭṭhakosi, pupphachaḍḍakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以低劣的说高尚的,对农夫、商人、牧牛者说:「你是仓库管理员,你是撒花者」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, koṭṭhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ – ‘‘kassakosi, vāṇijosi, gorakkhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以高尚的说低劣的,对仓库管理员、撒花者说:「你是农夫,你是商人,你是牧牛者」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, kassakaṃ vāṇijaṃ gorakkhaṃ – ‘‘kassakosi, vāṇijosi, gorakkhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以高尚的说高尚的,对农夫、商人、牧牛者说:「你是农夫,你是商人,你是牧牛者」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

§20

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, naḷakāraṃ kumbhakāraṃ pesakāraṃ cammakāraṃ nahāpitaṃ – ‘‘naḷakārosi, kumbhakārosi, pesakārosi, cammakārosi, nahāpitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以低劣的说低劣的,对制篾者、制陶者、织工、制革者、理发师说:「你是制篾者,你是制陶者,你是织工,你是制革者,你是理发师」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, muddikaṃ gaṇakaṃ lekhakaṃ – ‘‘naḷakārosi, kumbhakārosi, pesakārosi, cammakārosi, nahāpitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以低劣的说高尚的,对印章师、算师、书记员说:「你是制篾者,你是制陶者,你是织工,你是制革者,你是理发师」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, naḷakāraṃ kumbhakāraṃ pesakāraṃ cammakāraṃ nahāpitaṃ – ‘‘muddikosi, gaṇakosi, lekhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以高尚的说低劣的,对制篾者、制陶者、织工、制革者、理发师说:「你是印章师,你是算师,你是书记员」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, muddikaṃ gaṇakaṃ lekhakaṃ – ‘‘muddikosi, gaṇakosi, lekhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以高尚的说高尚的,对印章师、算师、书记员说:「你是印章师,你是算师,你是书记员」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

§21

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, kuṭṭhikaṃ gaṇḍikaṃ kilāsikaṃ sosikaṃ apamārikaṃ – ‘‘kuṭṭhikosi, gaṇḍikosi, kilāsikosi, sosikosi, apamārikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要贬低、想要羞辱已受具足者,以低劣的说低劣的,对麻风病者、疮病者、湿疹病者、肺痨病者、癫痫病者说:「你是麻风病者,你是疮病者,你是湿疹病者,你是肺痨病者,你是癫痫病者」,语语犯,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, madhumehikaṃ – ‘‘kuṭṭhikosi, gaṇḍikosi, kilāsikosi, sosikosi, apamārikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以低劣说高尚,对患糖尿病者说:「你是麻风病者,你是疮病者,你是白癜风者,你是肺痨病者,你是癫痫病者」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, kuṭṭhikaṃ gaṇḍikaṃ kilāsikaṃ sosikaṃ apamārikaṃ – ‘‘madhumehikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以高尚说低劣,对麻风病者、疮病者、白癜风者、肺痨病者、癫痫病者说:「你是糖尿病者」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, madhumehikaṃ – ‘‘madhumehikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以高尚说高尚,对患糖尿病者说:「你是糖尿病者」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

§22

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, atidīghaṃ atirassaṃ atikaṇhaṃ accodātaṃ – ‘‘atidīghosi, atirassosi, atikaṇhosi, accodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以低劣说低劣,对过高者、过矮者、过黑者、过白者说:「你过高,你过矮,你过黑,你过白」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, nātidīghaṃ nātirassaṃ nātikaṇhaṃ nāccodātaṃ – ‘‘atidīghosi, atirassosi, atikaṇhosi, accodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以低劣说高尚,对不过高者、不过矮者、不过黑者、不过白者说:「你过高,你过矮,你过黑,你过白」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, atidīghaṃ atirassaṃ atikaṇhaṃ accodātaṃ – ‘‘nātidīghosi, nātirassosi, nātikaṇhosi, nāccodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以高尚说低劣,对过高者、过矮者、过黑者、过白者说:「你不过高,你不过矮,你不过黑,你不过白」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, nātidīghaṃ nātirassaṃ nātikaṇhaṃ nāccodātaṃ – ‘‘nātidīghosi, nātirassosi, nātikaṇhosi, nāccodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以高尚说高尚,对不过高者、不过矮者、不过黑者、不过白者说:「你不过高,你不过矮,你不过黑,你不过白」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

§23

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ – ‘‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitosi, dosapariyuṭṭhitosi, mohapariyuṭṭhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,想要羞辱、想要诽谤、想要使恼怒已受具足者,以低劣说低劣,对被贪所缠者、被嗔所缠者、被痴所缠者说:「你被贪所缠,你被嗔所缠,你被痴所缠」,犯罪于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ – ‘‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitosi , dosapariyuṭṭhitosi, mohapariyuṭṭhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以低劣说高尚者,对离贪者、离嗔者、离痴者说:「你被贪缠缚,你被嗔缠缚,你被痴缠缚」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ – ‘‘vītarāgosi, vītadososi, vītamohosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以高尚说低劣者,对被贪缠缚者、被嗔缠缚者、被痴缠缚者说:「你离贪,你离嗔,你离痴」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ – ‘‘vītarāgosi, vītadososi, vītamohosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以高尚说高尚者,对离贪者、离嗔者、离痴者说:「你离贪,你离嗔,你离痴」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

§24

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ – ‘‘pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannosi, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannosi, thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpannosi, pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpannosi, pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpannosi, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpannosi, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以低劣说低劣者,对犯巴拉基咖者、犯桑喀地谢萨者、犯土喇吒亚者、犯巴吉帝亚者、犯应悔过者、犯恶作者、犯恶说者说:「你犯巴拉基咖,你犯桑喀地谢萨,你犯土喇吒亚,你犯巴吉帝亚,你犯应悔过,你犯恶作,你犯恶说」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, sotāpannaṃ – ‘‘pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannosi…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以低劣说高尚者,对须陀洹说:「你犯巴拉基咖……乃至……你犯恶说」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ – ‘‘sotāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以高尚说低劣者,对犯巴拉基咖者……乃至……犯恶说者说:「你是须陀洹」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, sotāpannaṃ – ‘‘sotāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以高尚说高尚者,对须陀洹说:「你是须陀洹」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

§25

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, oṭṭhaṃ meṇḍaṃ goṇaṃ gadrabhaṃ tiracchānagataṃ nerayikaṃ – ‘‘oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要贬低受具足者,以低劣说低劣者,对骆驼、羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生说:「你是骆驼,你是羊,你是牛,你是驴,你是畜生,你是地狱众生,你没有善趣,恶趣才是你所应期待的」,语语犯,语语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāvi bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,以低劣说高尚者,对贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者说:「你是骆驼,你是羊,你是牛,你是驴,你是畜生,你是地狱众生;你没有善趣,恶趣才是你所应期待的」,犯于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, oṭṭhaṃ meṇḍaṃ goṇaṃ gadrabhaṃ tiracchānagataṃ nerayikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,以高尚说低劣者,对骆驼、羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生说:「你是贤智者,你是精通者,你是有慧者,你是多闻者,你是说法者,你没有恶趣,善趣才是你所应期待的」,犯于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,以高尚说高尚者,对贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者说:「你是贤智者,你是精通者,你是有慧者,你是多闻者,你是说法者,你没有恶趣,善趣才是你所应期待的」,犯于语,于语巴吉帝亚。

§26

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,如此说:「此处有某些旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、车匠、除粪者」,犯于语,于语恶作。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce khattiyā, brāhmaṇā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,如此说:「此处有某些刹帝利、婆罗门」,犯于语,于语恶作。

§27

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce avakaṇṇakā javakaṇṇakā dhaniṭṭhakā saviṭṭhakā kulavaḍḍhakā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce buddharakkhitā dhammarakkhitā saṅgharakkhitā’’ti bhaṇati …pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce kosiyā bhāradvājā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce gotamā moggallānā kaccānā vāsiṭṭhā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce koṭṭhakā pupphachaḍḍakā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce kassakā vāṇijā gorakkhā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce naḷakārā kumbhakārā pesakārā cammakārā nahāpitā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce muddikā gaṇakā lekhakā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce kuṭṭhikā gaṇḍikā kilāsikā sosikā apamārikā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce madhumehikā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce atidīghā atirassā atikaṇhā accodātā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce nātidīghā nātirassā nātikaṇhā nāccodātā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce rāgapariyuṭṭhitā dosapariyuṭṭhitā mohapariyuṭṭhitā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce vītarāgā vītadosā vītamohā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannā…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce sotāpannā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce oṭṭhā meṇḍā goṇā gadrabhā tiracchānagatā nerayikā, natthi tesaṃ sugati, duggatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,如此说:「此处有某些阿瓦刊那咖、加瓦刊那咖、达尼他咖、沙维他咖、库喇瓦达咖」……「此处有某些佛护、法护、僧护」……「此处有某些憍尸耶、婆罗堕阇」……「此处有某些果德玛、摩嘎喇那、咖吒亚那、瓦西他」……「此处有某些库他咖、散花者」……「此处有某些农夫、商人、牧牛者」……「此处有某些制芦苇者、陶工、织工、皮革工、理发师」……「此处有某些印章师、算师、书记员」……「此处有某些麻风病者、疮病者、白癜风者、肺痨者、癫痫病者」……「此处有某些糖尿病者」……「此处有某些过高者、过矮者、过黑者、过白者」……「此处有某些不过高、不过矮、不过黑、不过白者」……「此处有某些为贪所缠者、为嗔所缠者、为痴所缠者」……「此处有某些离贪者、离嗔者、离痴者」……「此处有某些犯巴拉基咖者……犯恶说者」……「此处有某些入流者」……「此处有某些骆驼、羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生,他们没有善趣,恶趣才是他们所应期待的」,犯于语,于语恶作。

§28

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā, medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,如此说:「此处有某些贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,他们没有恶趣,善趣才是他们所应期待的」,犯于语,于语恶作。

§29

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa…pe….

已受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诽谤、想要使已受具足者不悦,如此说:「那些确实是旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、车匠、除粪者」,犯于语,于语恶作……

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要使受具足者羞愧,如此说:「那些确实是贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶作。

§30

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要使受具足者羞愧,如此说:「我们不是旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、造车者、除粪者」……乃至……「我们不是贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,我们没有恶趣,善趣确实是我们所应期待的」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶作。

§31

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti,…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要使未受具足者羞愧,以卑劣说卑劣……乃至……以卑劣说高尚……乃至……以高尚说卑劣……乃至……以高尚说高尚,对贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者说:「你是贤智者,你是精通者,你是有慧者,你是多闻者,你是说法者,你没有恶趣,善趣确实是你所应期待的」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶作。

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要使未受具足者羞愧,如此说:「此处有某些旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、造车者、除粪者」……乃至……「此处有某些贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,他们没有恶趣,善趣确实是他们所应期待的」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶作。

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要使未受具足者羞愧,如此说:「那些确实是旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、造车者、除粪者」……乃至……「那些确实是贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶作。

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者想要轻蔑、想要诋毁、想要使未受具足者羞愧,如此说:「我们不是旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、造车者、除粪者」……乃至……「我们不是贤智者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,我们没有恶趣,善趣确实是我们所应期待的」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶作。

§32

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi , pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

受具足者不想要轻蔑、不想要诋毁、不想要使受具足者羞愧,出于戏笑,以卑劣说卑劣,对旃陀罗、猎人、捕鸟者、造车者、除粪者说:「你是旃陀罗,你是猎人,你是捕鸟者,你是造车者,你是除粪者」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶说。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

受具足者不想要轻蔑、不想要诋毁、不想要使受具足者羞愧,出于戏笑,以卑劣说高尚,对刹帝利、婆罗门说:「你是旃陀罗,你是猎人,你是捕鸟者,你是造车者,你是除粪者」,以语言犯,以语言犯恶说。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对已受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,以高贵说低贱,对旃陀罗、编篮者、猎人、车匠、清道夫说「你是刹帝利,你是婆罗门」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对已受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,以高贵说高贵,对刹帝利、婆罗门说「你是刹帝利,你是婆罗门」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对已受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,以低贱说低贱……以低贱说高贵……以高贵说低贱……以高贵说高贵,对贤者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者说「你是贤者,你是精通者,你是有慧者,你是多闻者,你是说法者,你没有恶趣,你应期待的只是善趣」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

§33

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对已受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,如此说「此处有某些旃陀罗、编篮者、猎人、车匠、清道夫」……「此处有某些贤者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,他们没有恶趣,他们应期待的只是善趣」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对已受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,如此说「那些确实是旃陀罗、编篮者、猎人、车匠、清道夫」……「那些确实是贤者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对已受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,如此说「我们不是旃陀罗、编篮者、猎人、车匠、清道夫」……「我们不是贤者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,我们没有恶趣,我们应期待的只是善趣」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

§34

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi , byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati; sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对未受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,以低贱说低贱……以低贱说高贵……以高贵说低贱……以高贵说高贵,对贤者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者说「你是贤者,你是精通者,你是有慧者,你是多闻者,你是说法者,你没有恶趣,你应期待的只是善趣」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

已受具足者对未受具足者,不想侮辱、不想轻蔑、不想使恼,因想要争吵,如此说「此处有某些旃陀罗、编篮者、猎人、车匠、清道夫」……「此处有某些贤者、精通者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,他们没有恶趣,他们应期待的只是善趣」,犯语罪,语恶说罪。

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

受具足者不想轻蔑、不想贬低、不想使未受具足者羞愧，出于戏弄之欲如此说：「那些旃陀罗、竹工、猎人、车匠、补羯娑」等等……「那些贤智者、聪明者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者」等等，犯语之罪，语之恶说罪。

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugati yeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

受具足者不想轻蔑、不想贬低、不想使未受具足者羞愧，出于戏弄之欲如此说：「我们不是旃陀罗、竹工、猎人、车匠、补羯娑」等等……「我们不是贤智者、聪明者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者，我们没有恶趣，善趣才是我们所应期待的」等等，犯语之罪，语之恶说罪。

§35

Anāpatti atthapurekkhārassa, dhammapurekkhārassa, anusāsanipurekkhārassa, ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanāṭṭassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪：以义为先者、以法为先者、以教诫为先者、疯狂者、心乱者、受痛苦所迫者、最初犯戒者。

Omasavādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 轻蔑语学处完第二

3. Pesuññasikkhāpadaṃ3. 离间语学处

§36

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti; imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyanti, imassa bhedāya; amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyanti, amussa bhedāya. Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharissanti, imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyissanti, imassa bhedāya; amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyissanti, amussa bhedāya! Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatha, imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyatha, imassa bhedāya, amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyatha, amussa bhedāya? Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharissatha! Imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyissatha, imassa bhedāya! Amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyissatha, amussa bhedāya! Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. Pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时，佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时，六群比库对已生争论、已生争吵、已陷诤论的诸比库行两舌；听此人的话后告诉彼人，为了此人的分裂；听彼人的话后告诉此人，为了彼人的分裂。由此，未生的诸争论生起，已生的诸争论增长、增大。那些少欲的诸比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难：「六群比库怎能对已生争论、已生争吵、已陷诤论的诸比库行两舌，听此人的话后告诉彼人，为了此人的分裂；听彼人的话后告诉此人，为了彼人的分裂！由此，未生的诸争论生起，已生的诸争论增长、增大！」于是，那些比库以种种方式呵责六群比库后，将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库，你们真的对已生争论、已生争吵、已陷诤论的诸比库行两舌，听此人的话后告诉彼人，为了此人的分裂，听彼人的话后告诉此人，为了彼人的分裂？由此，未生的诸争论生起，已生的诸争论增长、增大吗？」「真实，世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人，你们怎能对已生争论、已生争吵、已陷诤论的诸比库行两舌！听此人的话后告诉彼人，为了此人的分裂！听彼人的话后告诉此人，为了彼人的分裂！由此，未生的诸争论生起，已生的诸争论增长、增大。诸愚痴人，这不能使未信者生信。已信者增长……诸比库，你们应当如此诵此学处——

§37

nti.

§38

nāma dvīhākārehi pesuññaṃ hoti – piyakamyassa vā bhedādhippāyassa vā. Dasahākārehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – jātitopi, nāmatopi, gottatopi, kammatopi, sippatopi, ābādhatopi, liṅgatopi, kilesatopi, āpattitopi, akkosatopi.

两舌以两种方式：出于喜爱之欲或出于分裂之意图。以十种方式行两舌：以种姓、以名、以族姓、以业、以技艺、以病、以相、以烦恼、以罪、以辱骂。

nāma dve jātiyo – hīnā ca jāti ukkaṭṭhā ca jāti. nāma jāti – caṇḍālajāti venajāti nesādajāti rathakārajāti pukkusajāti . Esā hīnā nāma jāti. nāma jāti – khattiyajāti brāhmaṇajāti. Esā ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti…pe….

有两种种姓：低贱种姓和高贵种姓。低贱种姓者：旃陀罗种姓、竹工种姓、猎人种姓、车匠种姓、补羯娑种姓。这是低贱种姓。高贵种姓者：刹帝利种姓、婆罗门种姓。这是高贵种姓……

nāma dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso. nāma akkoso – oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati; duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, yakārena vā bhakārena vā kāṭakoṭacikāya vā. Eso hīno nāma akkoso. nāma akkoso – paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ duggati; sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti. Eso ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso.

有两种辱骂：低贱的辱骂和高贵的辱骂。低贱的辱骂者：你是骆驼、你是山羊、你是牛、你是驴、你是畜生趣者、你是地狱者；你没有善趣；恶趣才是你所应期待的，或以「呀」字、或以「吧」字、或以「咖答咖」字。这是低贱的辱骂。高贵的辱骂者：你是贤智者、你是聪明者、你是有慧者、你是多闻者、你是说法者；你没有恶趣；善趣才是你所应期待的。这是高贵的辱骂。

§39

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘caṇḍālo veno nesādo rathakāro pukkuso’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者的话后，对受具足者行两舌——「某某名者说你是『旃陀罗、竹工、猎人、车匠、补羯娑』」。犯语之罪，语之巴吉帝亚罪。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘khattiyo brāhmaṇo’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『刹帝利、婆罗门』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘avakaṇṇako javakaṇṇako dhaniṭṭhako saviṭṭhako kulavaḍḍhako’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『垂耳者、速耳者、弓箭者、犁者、家族增长者』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘buddharakkhito dhammarakkhito saṅgharakkhito’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『佛护、法护、僧护』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘kosiyo bhāradvājo’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『憍尸耶、婆罗堕阇』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘gotamo moggallāno kaccāno vāsiṭṭho’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『果德玛、摩嘎剌那、咖吒那、瓦西德』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘koṭṭhako pupphachaḍḍako’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『粪扫者、弃花者』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘kassako vāṇijo gorakkho’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『农夫、商人、牧牛者』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘naḷakāro kumbhakāro pesakāro cammakāro nahāpito’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

已受具者听已受具者说后,向已受具者传两舌——「某某人说你是『芦苇匠、陶匠、织工、皮革匠、理发师』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘muddiko gaṇako lekhako’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『盖印者、算数者、书写者』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

§40

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘kuṭṭhiko gaṇḍiko kilāsiko sosiko apamāriko’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『麻风病者、疮病者、白癜风者、肺痨者、癫痫者』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘madhumehiko’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『糖尿病者』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘atidīgho atirasso atikaṇho accodāto’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『太高、太矮、太黑、太白』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘nātidīgho nātirasso nātikaṇho nāccodāto’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『不太高、不太矮、不太黑、不太白』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘rāgapariyuṭṭhito dosapariyuṭṭhito mohapariyuṭṭhito’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『为贪所缠、为嗔所缠、为痴所缠』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你是『离贪者、离嗔者、离痴者』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno, thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno, pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpanno , pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpanno, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpanno, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听受具足者说后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你『犯了巴拉基咖、犯了桑喀地谢萨、犯了土喇吒亚、犯了巴吉帝亚、犯了应悔过、犯了恶作、犯了恶说』」。以语犯,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘sotāpanno’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你『入流者』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘oṭṭho meṇḍo goṇo gadrabho tiracchānagato nerayiko, natthi tassa sugati, duggatiyeva tassa pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你『骆驼、山羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱有情,彼无善趣,彼应期待的唯有恶趣』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto dhammakathiko, natthi tassa duggati, sugati yeva tassa pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说你『贤智者、善巧者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,彼无恶趣,彼应期待的唯有善趣』」。以语,以语犯巴吉帝亚。

§41

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā, pukkusā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『此处有一些旃陀罗、编竹者、猎师、车匠、除粪者』,彼不说别的,只说那个」。以语,以语犯恶作。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘santi idhekacce khattiyā brāhmaṇā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa…pe….

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『此处有一些刹帝利、婆罗门』,彼不说别的,只说那个」。以语,以语犯恶作……

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『此处有一些贤智者、善巧者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,彼等无恶趣,彼等应期待的唯有善趣』,彼不说别的,只说那个」。以语,以语犯恶作。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『那些确实是旃陀罗、编竹者、猎师、车匠、除粪者』,彼不说别的,只说那个」。以语,以语犯恶作。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『那些确实是贤智者、善巧者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者』,彼不说别的,只说那个」。以语,以语犯恶作。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『我们不是旃陀罗、竹工、猎人、车匠、清道夫』,他不说别的,只说这个」。犯罪于语,于语为恶作。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugati yeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌——「某某说『我们不是智者、善巧者、有慧者、多闻者、说法者,我们没有恶趣,我们只应期待善趣』,他不说别的,只说这个」。犯罪于语,于语为恶作。

§42

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati; āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌;犯罪于语,于语为巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā anupasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻受具足者之言后,向未受具足者传两舌,犯恶作。

Upasampanno anupasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻未受具足者之言后,向受具足者传两舌,犯恶作。

Upasampanno anupasampannassa sutvā anupasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

受具足者听闻未受具足者之言后,向未受具足者传两舌,犯恶作。

§43

Anāpatti napiyakamyassa, nabhedādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:不以喜乐为目的者、不以破坏为意图者、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Pesuññasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 离间语学处完第三

4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṃ4. 句句教诵学处

§44

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācenti. Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācessanti! Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācetha; upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācessatha! Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库逐句教近事男法。诸近事男对诸比库无恭敬、无尊重、行不相应之行而住。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「六群比库怎能逐句教近事男法!诸近事男对诸比库无恭敬、无尊重、行不相应之行而住」。尔时,诸比库以种种方式呵责六群比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库!你们真的逐句教近事男法;诸近事男对诸比库无恭敬、无尊重、行不相应之行而住吗?」「真实,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人!你们怎能逐句教近事男法!诸近事男对诸比库无恭敬、无尊重、行不相应之行而住!诸愚痴人!此非令未信者生信,已信者增长信……诸比库!你们应如此诵此学处——」

§45

nti.

§46

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」:凡是……等等……在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

「未受具足者」:除了比库和比库尼之外,其余未受具足者名为未受具足者。

nāma padaṃ, anupadaṃ, anvakkharaṃ, anubyañjanaṃ.

「逐句」:逐句、逐词、逐字、逐文。

nāma ekato paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti. nāma pāṭekkaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti. nāma ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti vuccamāno, ‘‘ru’’nti opāteti. nāma ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti vuccamāno, ‘‘vedanā aniccā’’ti saddaṃ nicchāreti.

「逐句」:将一边放置后,从另一边省略。「逐句」:将各别放置后,从一边省略。「逐句」:当说「色无常」时,省略「色」。「逐句」:当说「色无常」时,发出「受无常」之声。

Yañca padaṃ, yañca anupadaṃ, yañca anvakkharaṃ, yañca anubyañjanaṃ – sabbametaṃ padaso nāma.

凡是逐句、凡是逐词、凡是逐字、凡是逐文——这一切都名为逐句。

nāma buddhabhāsito, sāvakabhāsito, isibhāsito, devatābhāsito, atthūpasañhito, dhammūpasañhito.

「逐句」:佛所说、声闻所说、仙人所说、天人所说、与义相应、与法相应。

ti padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

逐句教授,每一句犯巴吉帝亚。逐字教授,每一字犯巴吉帝亚。

§47

Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne vematiko padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者有未受具足者想,逐句教授法,犯巴吉帝亚。对未受具足者有疑,逐句教授法,犯巴吉帝亚。对未受具足者有受具足者想,逐句教授法,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

于已受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。于已受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于已受具足者有已受具足者想,不犯。

§48

Anāpatti ekato uddisāpento, ekato sajjhāyaṃ karonto , yebhuyyena paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ bhaṇantaṃ opāteti, osārentaṃ opāteti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:一边教诵,一边诵习,大部分诵熟的经文时遗漏,省略时遗漏,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 句句教诵学处完第四

5. Sahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ5. 同宿学处

§49

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena upāsakā ārāmaṃ āgacchanti dhammassavanāya. Dhamme bhāsite therā bhikkhū yathāvihāraṃ gacchanti. Navakā bhikkhū tattheva upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ upāsakehi saddhiṃ muṭṭhassatī, asampajānā, naggā, vikūjamānā, kākacchamānā seyyaṃ kappenti. Upāsakā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā naggā vikūjamānā kākacchamānā seyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ upāsakānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū te navake bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊佛陀住在阿喇维的阿喀喇瓦支提耶。其时,诸近事男为听法而来到精舍。法说完后,诸长老比库各回自己的住处。诸新比库就在那集会堂与诸近事男一起,失念、不正知、裸体、叫喊、呻吟地卧睡。诸近事男非难、呵责、传播:「诸大德怎么失念、不正知、裸体、叫喊、呻吟地卧睡呢?」诸比库听闻那些近事男在非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲比库……非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库怎么与未受具足者共卧呢?」于是,那些比库以种种方式呵责那些新比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,真的吗?诸比库与未受具足者共卧?」「真的,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,那些愚痴人怎么与未受具足者共卧呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§50

Atha kho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kosambī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kosambī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati badarikārāme. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso rāhula, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na anupasampannena sahaseyyā kappetabbā’ti. Seyyaṃ, āvuso rāhula, jānāhī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo seyyaṃ alabhamāno vaccakuṭiyā seyyaṃ kappesi. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya yena vaccakuṭi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ukkāsi. Āyasmāpi rāhulo ukkāsi. ‘‘Ko etthā’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhagavā, rāhulo’’ti. ‘‘Kissa tvaṃ, rāhula, idha nisinnosī’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anupasampannena dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,世尊在阿喇维随意住后,向国桑比游行。次第游行,抵达国桑比。于此,世尊住在国桑比的跋陀梨咖园。诸比库对具寿拉胡喇说:「拉胡喇贤友,世尊已制定学处——『不应与未受具足者共卧』。拉胡喇贤友,你应知卧处。」于是,具寿拉胡喇得不到卧处,在厕所卧睡。其时,世尊于后夜时分起来,前往厕所;到达后咳嗽。具寿拉胡喇也咳嗽。「谁在这里?」「世尊,我是拉胡喇。」「拉胡喇,你为何坐在这里?」于是,具寿拉胡喇将此事禀告世尊。其时,世尊以此因缘、此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许与未受具足者共卧二夜三夜。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§51

nti.

§52

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是那样的……比库」:于此义中所指的比库。

nāma bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

「未受具足者」名:除比库外,其余的未受具足者名。

nti atirekadirattatirattaṃ.

「过二夜三夜」:超过二夜三夜。

ti ekato.

nāma sabbacchannā, sabbaparicchannā, yebhuyyenacchannā, yebhuyyena paricchannā.

名为完全有覆盖的、完全有围蔽的、大部分有覆盖的、大部分有围蔽的。

ti catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye, anupasampanne nipanne, bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne, anupasampanno nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在第四天太阳落下时,未受具足者卧下,比库卧下,犯巴吉帝亚。比库卧下,未受具足者卧下,犯巴吉帝亚。或者两者都卧下,犯巴吉帝亚。起来后再三卧下,犯巴吉帝亚。

§53

Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne vematiko uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于未受具足者有未受具足者想,超过二三夜共宿,犯巴吉帝亚。于未受具足者有疑,超过二三夜共宿,犯巴吉帝亚。于未受具足者有受具足者想,超过二三夜共宿,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

一半有覆盖一半有围蔽,犯恶作。于受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。于受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于受具足者有受具足者想,无犯。

§54

Anāpatti dvetisso rattiyo vasati, ūnakadvetisso rattiyo vasati, dve rattiyo vasitvā tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasati, sabbacchanne, sabbaaparicchanne, sabbaparicchanne sabbaacchanne , yebhuyyena acchanne, yebhuyyena aparicchanne, anupasampanne nipanne bhikkhu nisīdati, bhikkhu nipanne anupasampanno nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:住二三夜,住不足二三夜,住二夜后于第三夜黎明前离开后再住,完全有覆盖的、完全无围蔽的,完全有围蔽的完全无覆盖的,大部分无覆盖的,大部分无围蔽的,未受具足者卧下比库坐着,比库卧下未受具足者坐着,或者两者都坐着,对于疯狂者、最初犯者。

Sahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 同宿学处完第五

6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第二同宿学处

§55

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchi. Tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāme aññatarissā itthiyā āvasathāgāraṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, bhagini, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre’’ti. ‘‘Vaseyyātha, bhante’’ti. Aññepi addhikā yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sace te, ayye, agaru vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre’’ti . ‘‘Eso kho ayyo samaṇo paṭhamaṃ upagato; sace so anujānāti, vaseyyāthā’’ti. Atha kho te addhikā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sace te, bhante, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre’’ti. ‘‘Vaseyyātha, āvuso’’ti. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmante anuruddhe saha dassanena paṭibaddhacittā ahosi. Atha kho sā itthī yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayyo, bhante, imehi manussehi ākiṇṇo na phāsu viharissati. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, ayyassa mañcakaṃ abbhantaraṃ paññapeyya’’nti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmato anuruddhassa mañcakaṃ abbhantaraṃ paññapetvā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā gandhagandhinī yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayyo, bhante, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko, ahaṃ camhi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, ayyassa pajāpati bhaveyya’’nti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sā itthī āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayyo, bhante, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko, ahañcamhi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sādhu, bhante, ayyo mañceva paṭicchatu sabbañca sāpateyya’’nti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhī ahosi. Atha kho sā itthī sāṭakaṃ nikkhipitvā āyasmato anuruddhassa purato caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho indriyāni okkhipitvā taṃ itthiṃ neva olokesi napi ālapi. Atha kho sā itthī – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Bahū me manussā satenapi sahassenapi pahiṇanti. Ayaṃ pana samaṇo – mayā sāmaṃ yāciyamāno – na icchati mañceva paṭicchituṃ sabbañca sāpateyya’’nti sāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā āyasmato anuruddhassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yāhaṃ evamakāsiṃ. Tassā me, bhante, ayyo accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā’’ti. ‘‘Taggha tvaṃ, bhagini, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yā tvaṃ evamakāsi. Yato ca kho tvaṃ, bhagini, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuddhi hesā, bhagini, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiñca saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti.

尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿阿奴卢塔在国萨拉国地方前往沙瓦提时,傍晚到达某村。其时,在那村中某女人设有招待所。于是,具寿阿奴卢塔去到那女人处;到达后,对那女人如此说:「姊妹,若你不嫌麻烦,我们可以在招待所住一夜吗?」「尊者,请住。」其他旅客也去到那女人处;到达后,对那女人如此说:「夫人,若你不嫌麻烦,我们可以在招待所住一夜吗?」「这位尊者沙门先到达;若他允许,你们可以住。」于是,那些旅客去到具寿阿奴卢塔处;到达后,对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:「尊者,若你不嫌麻烦,我们可以在招待所住一夜吗?」「朋友们,请住。」于是,那女人一见具寿阿奴卢塔就心生贪著。于是,那女人去到具寿阿奴卢塔处;到达后,对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:「尊者,尊者被这些人围绕将不能安乐住。尊者,善哉,我为尊者在内室铺设卧具。」具寿阿奴卢塔以沉默同意。于是,那女人为具寿阿奴卢塔在内室铺设卧具后,装饰打扮、涂抹香料,去到具寿阿奴卢塔处;到达后,对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:「尊者,尊者端正、好看、悦意,我也端正、好看、悦意。尊者,善哉,我可以成为尊者的妻子。」如此说时,具寿阿奴卢塔沉默。第二次……第三次,那女人对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:「尊者,尊者端正、好看、悦意,我也端正、好看、悦意。尊者,善哉,尊者接受我及一切财产。」第三次,具寿阿奴卢塔沉默。于是,那女人脱下外衣,在具寿阿奴卢塔面前经行、站立、坐着、躺卧。于是,具寿阿奴卢塔收摄诸根,既不看那女人也不与她说话。于是,那女人想:「实在稀有啊,先生!实在未曾有啊,先生!许多人以百千派遣我。但这位沙门,被我亲自请求,却不愿接受我及一切财产。」穿上外衣,以头礼具寿阿奴卢塔足,对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:「尊者,我犯了过失,如愚者、如痴者、如不善者,我如此做了。尊者,请尊者接受我的过失为过失,为了未来的防护。」「姊妹,你确实犯了过失,如愚者、如痴者、如不善者,你如此做了。姊妹,既然你见过失为过失而如法忏悔,我们接受你。姊妹,这在圣者之律中是增长,即见过失为过失而如法忏悔,并在未来达到防护。」

Atha kho sā itthī tassā rattiyā accayena āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ itthiṃ āyasmā anuruddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho sā itthī – āyasmatā anuruddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā – āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti, evamevaṃ ayyena anuruddhena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikaṃ maṃ ayyo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

于是,那女人在那夜过后,亲手以殊妙的副食、主食款待、满足具寿阿奴卢塔,在具寿阿奴卢塔食毕、手离钵后,礼拜后坐于一旁。具寿阿奴卢塔以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使那坐于一旁的女人欢喜。于是,那女人被具寿阿奴卢塔以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:「尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,譬如扶起倒者,或揭开覆盖物,或为迷路者指示道路,或在黑暗中持油灯——『有眼者将见诸色』,如是,具寿阿奴卢塔以种种方便阐明了法。尊者,我皈依彼世尊、法及比库僧团。尊者,请忆持我为近事女,从今日起终生皈依。」

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā anuruddho mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappessatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, anuruddha, mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti . Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, anuruddha, mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, anuruddha, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

于是,具寿阿奴卢塔前往沙瓦提后,向诸比库报告此事。那些少欲的比库们……他们非难、呵责、责备:「具寿阿奴卢塔怎么能与女人共宿呢?」于是,那些比库们种种呵责具寿阿奴卢塔后,向世尊报告此事……「阿奴卢塔,你真的与女人共宿吗?」「世尊,是真的。」世尊佛陀呵责……「阿奴卢塔,你怎么能与女人共宿呢!阿奴卢塔,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§56

nti.

§57

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

……如是……乃至……如是……乃至……在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī , na petī, na tiracchānagatā; antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pageva mahattarī.

名为女人,不是亚卡女,不是饿鬼女,不是畜生道的雌性;乃至当天出生的女婴,何况成年女子。

ti ekato.

nāma sabbacchannā, sabbaparicchannā, yebhuyyenacchannā, yebhuyyena paricchannā.

名为全覆盖、全围绕,或大部分覆盖、大部分围绕。

ti atthaṅgate sūriye, mātugāme nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne mātugāmo nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

如是,太阳落下后,女人卧时比库卧,犯巴吉帝亚。比库卧时女人卧,犯巴吉帝亚。或两者都卧,犯巴吉帝亚。起来后再三卧,犯巴吉帝亚。

§58

Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于女人有女人想而行共宿,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有疑而行共宿,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有非女人想而行共宿,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatitthiyā vā sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

半覆盖半围绕,犯恶作。与亚卡女或饿鬼女或般荼咖或畜生道的雌性行共宿,犯恶作。于非女人有女人想,犯恶作。于非女人有疑,犯恶作。于非女人有非女人想,无犯。

§59

Anāpatti sabbacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, sabbaparicchanne sabbaacchanne , yebhuyyena acchanne, yebhuyyena aparicchanne, mātugāme nipanne bhikkhu nisīdati , bhikkhu nipanne mātugāmo nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:全覆盖全不围绕,全围绕全不覆盖,大部分不覆盖,大部分不围绕,女人卧时比库坐,比库卧时女人坐,或两者都坐,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 第二同宿学处完第六

7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṃ7. 说法学处

§60

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti, bahukāni kulāni upasaṅkamati. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gharaṇī nivesanadvāre nisinnā hoti, gharasuṇhā āvasathadvāre nisinnā hoti. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena gharaṇī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā gharaṇiyā upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desesi. Atha kho gharasuṇhāya etadahosi – ‘‘ki nu kho so samaṇo sassuyā jāro udāhu obhāsatī’’ti?

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍达夷在沙瓦提城是俗家亲近者,前往许多俗家。时,具寿伍达夷于上午时分着衣、持钵衣,前往某俗家。其时,女主人坐在住宅门口,媳妇坐在内室门口。时,具寿伍达夷前往女主人处;前往后,在女主人耳边说法。时,媳妇生起此念——「那沙门是婆婆的情夫呢,还是在调戏她?」

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī gharaṇiyā upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desetvā yena gharasuṇhā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā gharasuṇhāya upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desesi. Atha kho gharaṇiyā etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so samaṇo gharasuṇhāya jāro udāhu obhāsatī’’ti ? Atha kho āyasmā udāyī gharasuṇhāya upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desetvā pakkāmi. Atha kho gharaṇī gharasuṇhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘he je, kiṃ te eso samaṇo avocā’’ti? ‘‘Dhammaṃ me, ayye, desesi’’. ‘‘Ayyāya pana kiṃ avocā’’ti? ‘‘Mayhampi dhammaṃ desesī’’ti. Tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo udāyī mātugāmassa upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desessati! Nanu nāma vissaṭṭhena vivaṭena dhammo desetabbo’’ti?

那时,具寿伍达夷在女主人耳边说法后,走向女仆;走近后,在女仆耳边说法。那时,女主人这样想:「那位沙门是女仆的情夫,还是在引诱她?」那时,具寿伍达夷在女仆耳边说法后离去。那时,女主人对女仆这样说:「喂,他对你说了什么?」「尊夫人,他对我说法。」「那么对尊夫人说了什么?」「也对我说法。」她们抱怨、非难、责备:「怎么伍达夷尊者在女人耳边说法!难道不应该公开地、敞开地说法吗?」

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desessatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desessasi. Netaṃ moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

诸比库听到那些女人抱怨、非难、责备。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、非难、责备:「怎么具寿伍达夷在女人耳边说法!」那时,那些比库以种种方式呵责具寿伍达夷后,将此事禀告世尊……「伍达夷,你真的在女人耳边说法吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么在女人耳边说法!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§61

Tena kho pana samayena upāsikā bhikkhū passitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘iṅghāyyā dhammaṃ desethā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desetu’’nti. ‘‘Iṅghāyyā chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetha, sakkā ettakenapi dhammo aññātu’’nti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desetu’’nti. Kukkuccāyantā na desesuṃ. Upāsikā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā amhehi yāciyamānā dhammaṃ na desessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ upāsikānaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,诸近事女见到诸比库后这样说:「尊者们,请说法!」「妹妹,不允许对女人说法。」「尊者们,请以五、六句说法,仅以此也能了知法。」「妹妹,不允许对女人说法。」因疑虑而不说。诸近事女抱怨、非难、责备:「怎么诸尊者被我们请求后不说法!」诸比库听到那些近事女抱怨、非难、责备。那时,那些比库将此事禀告世尊。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许以五、六句对女人说法。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§62

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ mātugāmassa chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetu’’nti te aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desessantī’’ti!

那时,六群比库「世尊允许以五、六句对女人说法」,他们让无智的男子坐近后,以超过五、六句对女人说法。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、非难、责备:「怎么六群比库让无智的男子坐近后,以超过五、六句对女人说法!」

Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,那些比库以种种方式呵责六群比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,你们真的让无智的男子坐近后,以超过五、六句对女人说法吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责……「愚痴人们,你们怎么让无智的男子坐近后,以超过五、六句对女人说法!愚痴人们,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§63

nti.

§64

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是任何……比库……在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma manussitthī; na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā; viññū, paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

名为人女;非亚卡女、非饿鬼女、非畜生道;有智,能够了知善说与恶说、粗恶与非粗恶。

ti atirekachappañcavācāhi.

以超过五、六句。

nāma buddhabhāsito, sāvakabhāsito, isibhāsito, devatābhāsito, atthūpasañhito, dhammūpasañhito.

名为佛所说、声闻所说、仙人所说、天人所说、与义相应、与法相应。

ti padena deseti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya deseti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

以句说法,每句每句犯巴吉帝亚。以字说法,每字每字犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā viññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ. Viññū nāma purisaviggaho, paṭibalo hoti subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

除了有智的男子形体。有智名为男子形体,能够了知善说与恶说、粗恶与非粗恶。

§65

Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于女人作女人想,以超过五、六句说法,除了有智的男子形体,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有疑,以超过五、六句说法,除了有智的男子形体,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人作非女人想,以超过五、六句说法,除了有智的男子形体,犯巴吉帝亚。

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakassa vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

于亚卡女、或饿鬼女、或般哒咖、或畜生道人形女,以超过五、六句说法,除了有智的男子形体,犯恶作。于非女人作女人想,犯恶作。于非女人有疑,犯恶作。于非女人作非女人想,不犯。

§66

Anāpatti viññunā purisaviggahena, chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, ūnakachappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, uṭṭhahitvā puna nisīditvā deseti, mātugāmo uṭṭhahitvā puna nisīdati tasmiṃ deseti, aññassa mātugāmassa deseti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ mātugāmo suṇāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:有智的男子形体在场,以五、六句说法,以少于五、六句说法,起立后再坐下说法,女人起立后再坐下对她说法,对另一女人说法,问问题,被问问题而说,为他人之义而说时女人听到,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 说法学处完第七

8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṃ8. 实报学处

§67

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti – dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho vajjī dubbhikkhā – dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā’’ti? Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhema. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena? Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ harāma. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso; kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena! Kiṃ gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ haṭena! Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissāma – ‘asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu sotāpanno, asuko bhikkhu sakadāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu anāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu arahā, asuko bhikkhu tevijjo, asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiññoti. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā’’ti. Eso yeva kho, āvuso, seyyo, yo amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。尔时,众多相识、相熟的比库们前往瓦咖木达河岸边过雨安居。尔时,瓦基人遭遇饥荒——二升米、白骨、签筹分配,不易以拾取、乞食维生。时,彼诸比库生起此念:「现今瓦基人遭遇饥荒——二升米、白骨、签筹分配,不易以拾取、乞食维生。我们以何方便,能和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困?」有些人如此说:「来吧,诸具寿,让我们承担在家人的工作。如此他们会想要布施给我们。如此我们将和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困。」有些人如此说:「够了,诸具寿,何必承担在家人的工作?来吧,诸具寿,让我们为在家人传递信息。如此他们会想要布施给我们。如此我们将和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困。」有些人如此说:「够了,诸具寿,何必承担在家人的工作!何必为在家人传递信息!来吧,诸具寿,让我们向在家人互相称赞上人法:『某比库获得初禅那,某比库获得第二禅那,某比库获得第三禅那,某比库获得第四禅那,某比库是入流者,某比库是一来者,某比库是不来者,某比库是阿拉汉,某比库是三明者,某比库是六神通者。』如此他们会想要布施给我们。如此我们将和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困。」「诸具寿,这确实更好,即我们向在家人互相称赞上人法。」

Atha kho te bhikkhū gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu – ‘‘asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī…pe… asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño’’ti. Atha kho te manussā – ‘‘lābhā vata no, suladdhaṃ vata no, yesaṃ no evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, na vata no ito pubbe evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, yathayime bhikkhū sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā’’ti. Te na tādisāni bhojanāni attanā bhuñjanti, mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Na tādisāni khādanīyāni sāyanīyāni pānāni attanā khādanti sāyanti pivanti mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti , yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Atha kho te bhikkhū vaṇṇavā ahesuṃ pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā.

时,彼诸比库向在家人互相称赞上人法:「某比库获得初禅那……某比库是六神通者。」时,彼诸人:「我们确实有所得,我们确实善得,有如此比库们来此过雨安居,我们以前从未有如此比库们来此过雨安居,如这些比库们是具戒、善法者。」他们不将如此的食物自己食用,而布施给比库们;不布施给父母、妻儿、奴仆工人、朋友同伴、亲戚血亲。他们不将如此的副食、主食、饮料自己副食、尝食、饮用,而布施给比库们;不布施给父母、妻儿、奴仆工人、朋友同伴、亲戚血亲。时,彼诸比库容色光润、诸根充满、面色清净、肤色明净。

§68

Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena vesālī tena pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena yena vesālī mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. Vaggumudātīriyā pana bhikkhū vaṇṇavā honti pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā. Samaggā ca mayaṃ, bhante, sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā’’ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti , kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti. Atthasañhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasañhitaṃ. Anatthasañhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti.

雨安居毕的比库们前往拜见世尊,这是惯例。时,彼诸比库雨安居毕,三月过后,整理住所,持钵与衣,向韦萨离出发。次第行至韦萨离大林重阁讲堂,前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。尔时,各方雨安居毕的比库们瘦削、粗陋、恶色、面黄肌瘦、筋脉显露。而瓦咖木达河岸的比库们容色光润、诸根充满、面色清净、肤色明净。诸佛世尊与新来的比库们互相问候,这是惯例。时,世尊对瓦咖木达河岸的比库们如此说:「诸比库,可忍否?可过否?你们可曾和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困?」「可忍,世尊;可过,世尊。大德,我们和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困。」如来虽知而问,虽知而不问。知时而问,知时而不问。如来问有义利之事,不问无义利之事。无义利之事是如来的桥断处。诸佛世尊以二种方式询问比库们——或将说法,或将为声闻制定学处。

Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Kacci pana vo, bhikkhave, bhūta’’nti? ‘‘Bhūtaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, bhikkhave, udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatha! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

时,世尊对瓦咖木达河岸的比库们如此说:「诸比库,你们如何和合、欢喜、不诤,安乐地度过雨安居,又不为乞食所困?」时,彼诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,这是真实的吗?」「真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,你们怎能为了腹之因,向在家人互相称赞上人法!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,应如此诵此学处——」

§69

nti.

§70

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「……任何……」……「……」……此是此义中所指的比库。

nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā, avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

「……」名为除比库与比库尼外,其余未受具足者。

nāma jhānaṃ, vimokkho, samādhi, samāpatti, ñāṇadassanaṃ, maggabhāvanā, phalasacchikiriyā, kilesappahānaṃ, vinīvaraṇatā cittassa, suññāgāre abhirati.

「上人法」名为禅那、解脱、定、等至、智见、道之修习、果之作证、诸烦恼之舍断、心之离盖、乐住于空闲处。

nti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.

「禅那」即初禅那、第二禅那、第三禅那、第四禅那。

ti suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho.

三种解脱:空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱。

ti suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi.

三种定:空定、无相定、无愿定。

ti suññatā samāpatti, animittā samāpatti, appaṇihitā samāpatti.

三种等至:空等至、无相等至、无愿等至。

nti tisso vijjā.

三种明。

ti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.

三种:须跋、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道。

ti sotāpattiphalassa sacchikiriyā, sakadāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, anāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, arahattassa sacchikiriyā.

三种:入流果的作证、一来果的作证、不来果的作证、阿拉汉果的作证。

nti rāgassa pahānaṃ, dosassa pahānaṃ, mohassa pahānaṃ.

三种:贪的舍断、嗔的舍断、痴的舍断。

ti rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā, dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā, mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā.

三种:心从贪中无障碍、心从嗔中无障碍、心从痴中无障碍。

ti paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, dutiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, tatiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, catutthena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati.

以初禅在空闲处喜乐,以第二禅在空闲处喜乐,以第三禅在空闲处喜乐,以第四禅在空闲处喜乐。

§71

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「我证得初禅」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「我正在证得初禅」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpanno’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「我已证得初禅」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhī’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「我获得初禅」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhī’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「我自在于初禅」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「初禅已被我作证」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未受具足者说「我证得第二禅……第三禅……第四禅;我正在证得第四禅;我已证得第四禅;我获得第四禅;我自在于第四禅;第四禅已被我作证」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ… animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ… appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ… suññataṃ samādhiṃ… animittaṃ samādhiṃ… appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhimhi, vasimhi; appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得空解脱……无相解脱……无愿解脱……空定……无相定……无愿定,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得无愿定,我自在于无愿定;无愿定已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘suññataṃ samāpattiṃ… animittaṃ samāpattiṃ… appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhimhi, vasimhi; appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得空等至……无相等至……无愿等至,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得无愿等至,我自在于无愿等至;无愿等至已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘tisso vijjā samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; tisso vijjā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得三明,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得三明,我自在于三明;三明已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhāne… cattāro sammappadhāne… cattāro iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; cattāro iddhipādā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得须跋……四正勤……四神足,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得四神足,我自在于四神足;四神足已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘pañcindriyāni… pañca balāni samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi , samāpanno; pañcannaṃ balānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; pañca balāni sacchikatāni mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得五根……五力,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得五力,我自在于五力;五力已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘satta bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; satta bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得七觉支,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得七觉支,我自在于七觉支;七觉支已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得圣八支道,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得圣八支道,我自在于圣八支道;圣八支道已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; arahattassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; arahattaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得入流果……一来果……不来果……阿拉汉果,我正在证得,我已证得;我获得阿拉汉果,我自在于阿拉汉果;阿拉汉果已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘rāgo me catto… doso me catto… moho me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito , samukkheṭito’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我的贪已断、已吐、已舍、已弃、已除、已完全除」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… dosā me citta vinīvaraṇaṃ… mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我的心从贪中无盖……我的心从嗔中无盖……我的心从痴中无盖」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我在空闲处证得初禅那……第二禅那……第三禅那……第四禅那,我已证得、我正证得、我已证入;我在空闲处获得第四禅那、自在于第四禅那;我在空闲处已现证第四禅那」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

§72

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa dutiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我证得初禅那与第二禅那,我已证得、我正证得、我已证入;我获得初禅那与第二禅那、自在于初禅那与第二禅那;我已现证初禅那与第二禅那」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ… paṭhamañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我证得初禅那与第三禅那……初禅那与第四禅那,我已证得、我正证得、我已证入;我获得初禅那与第四禅那、自在于初禅那与第四禅那;我已现证初禅那与第四禅那」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ… animittañca vimokkhaṃ… appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṃ… suññatañca samādhiṃ… animittañca samādhiṃ… appaṇihitañca samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitassa ca samādhissa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ appaṇihito ca samādhi sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我证得初禅那与空解脱……无相解脱……无愿解脱……空定……无相定……无愿定,我已证得、我正证得、我已证入;我获得初禅那与无愿定、自在于初禅那与无愿定;我已现证初禅那与无愿定」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ suññatañca samāpattiṃ… animittañca samāpattiṃ… appaṇihitañca samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitāya ca samāpattiyā lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ appaṇihitā ca samāpatti sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我证得初禅那与空等至……无相等至……无愿等至,我已证得、我正证得、我已证入;我获得初禅那与无愿等至、自在于初禅那与无愿等至;我已现证初禅那与无愿等至」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa tissannañca vijjānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者——说「我证得初禅那与三明,我已证得、我正证得、我已证入;我获得初禅那与三明、自在于初禅那与三明;我已现证初禅那与三明」者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne…pe… cattāro ca sammappadhāne… cattāro ca iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catunnañca iddhipādānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ cattāro ca iddhipādā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那与须跋……乃至……四正勤……四神足;我获得、我自在于初禅那与四神足;初禅那与四神足已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ, pañca ca indriyāni… pañca ca balāni samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa pañcannañca balānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ pañca ca balāni sacchikatāni mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那与五根……五力;我获得、我自在于初禅那与五力;初禅那与五力已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa sattannañca bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那与七觉支;我获得、我自在于初禅那与七觉支;初禅那与七觉支已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa ariyassa ca aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ ariyo ca aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那与圣八支道;我获得、我自在于初禅那与圣八支道;初禅那与圣八支道已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sotāpattiphalañca… sakadāgāmiphalañca… anāgāmiphalañca… arahattañca samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa arahattassa ca lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ arahattañca sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那与入流果……一来果……不来果……阿拉汉;我获得、我自在于初禅那与阿拉汉;初禅那与阿拉汉已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno… rāgo ca me catto… doso ca me catto… moho ca me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那……我的贪已断……我的嗔已断……我的痴已断、已吐出、已解脱、已舍弃、已弃除、已完全弃除」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno… rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得初禅那……我的心已离贪盖……我的心已离嗔盖……我的心已离痴盖」——犯巴吉帝亚。

§73

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ… dutiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; dutiyassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; dutiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得、我正证得、我已证得第二禅那与第三禅那……第二禅那与第四禅那;我获得、我自在于第二禅那与第四禅那;第二禅那与第四禅那已被我作证」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ…pe… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「第二禅那与空解脱……乃至……我的心从痴中离盖」——犯巴吉帝亚。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; dutiyassa ca jhānassa paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; dutiyañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

对未受具足者说——「我证得第二禅那与第一禅那,我正证得,我已证得;我获得第二禅那与第一禅那,我自在;我已现证第二禅那与第一禅那」——犯巴吉帝亚……乃至……

Mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ. · 根略说

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

对未受具足者说——「我的心从痴中离盖,我证得第一禅那,我正证得,我已证得;我的心从痴中离盖,我获得第一禅那,我自在;我的心从痴中离盖,我已现证第一禅那」——犯巴吉帝亚……乃至……

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

对未受具足者说——「我的心从痴中离盖,我的心从嗔中离盖」——犯巴吉帝亚……乃至……

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ animittañca vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṃ suññatañca samādhiṃ animittañca samādhiṃ appaṇihitañca samādhiṃ suññatañca samāpattiṃ animittañca samāpattiṃ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṃ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sotāpattiphalañca sakadāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphalañca arahattañca samāpajjiṃ…pe… rāgo ca me catto, doso ca me catto, moho ca me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito samukkheṭito, rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

对未受具足者说——「我证得第一禅那、第二禅那、第三禅那、第四禅那、空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱、空定、无相定、无愿定、空等至、无相等至、无愿等至、三明、须跋、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、入流果、一来果、不来果、阿拉汉果……乃至……我的贪已断、我的嗔已断、我的痴已断、已吐、已脱、已舍弃、已弃绝、已根除、已完全根除,我的心从贪中离盖,我的心从嗔中离盖,我的心从痴中离盖」——犯巴吉帝亚。

§74

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者,想说「我证得第一禅那」而说「我证得第二禅那」——若明知则犯巴吉帝亚,若不明知则犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo ‘‘tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ, animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ, appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ, suññataṃ samādhiṃ, animittaṃ samādhiṃ, appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ, suññataṃ samāpattiṃ, animittaṃ samāpattiṃ, appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ, tisso vijjā, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaṃ samāpajjiṃ…pe… rāgo me catto, doso me catto, moho me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno; paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito; rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者,想说「我证得第一禅那」而说「我证得第三禅那……乃至……第四禅那、空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱、空定、无相定、无愿定、空等至、无相等至、无愿等至、三明、须跋、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、入流果、一来果、不来果、阿拉汉果……乃至……我的贪已断、我的嗔已断、我的痴已断、已吐、已脱、已舍弃、已弃绝、已根除、已完全根除;我的心从贪中离盖,我的心从嗔中离盖,我的心从痴中离盖」——若明知则犯巴吉帝亚,若不明知则犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo…pe… ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

对未受具足者,想说「我证得第二禅那」……乃至……说「我的心从痴中离盖」——若明知则犯巴吉帝亚,若不明知则犯恶作……乃至……

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

对未受具足者——想要说「我证得第二禅那」——说「我证得第一禅那」,若承认则犯巴吉帝亚,若不承认则犯恶作……

Mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ. · 根略说

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

对未受具足者——想要说「我的心从痴中离盖」——说「我证得第一禅那」,若承认则犯巴吉帝亚,若不承认则犯恶作……

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

对未受具足者——想要说「我的心从痴中离盖」——说「我的心从嗔中离盖」,若承认则犯巴吉帝亚,若不承认则犯恶作……

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ …pe… dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者——想要说「我证得第一禅那、第二禅那、第三禅那、第四禅那……我的心从嗔中离盖」——说「我的心从痴中离盖」,若承认则犯巴吉帝亚,若不承认则犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ…pe… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

对未受具足者——想要说「我证得第二禅那、第三禅那、第四禅那……我的心从痴中离盖」——说「我证得第一禅那」,若承认则犯巴吉帝亚,若不承认则犯恶作……

§75

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者——说「住在你精舍的那位比库证得第一禅那、正在证得、已证得;那位比库是第一禅那的获得者、自在者;那位比库已现证第一禅那」,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者——说「住在你精舍的那位比库证得第二禅那……第三禅那、第四禅那、正在证得、已证得;那位比库是第四禅那的获得者、自在者;那位比库已现证第四禅那」,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ…pe… animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ suññataṃ samādhiṃ animittaṃ samādhiṃ appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者——说「住在你精舍的那位比库证得空解脱……无相解脱、无愿解脱、空定、无相定、无愿定、正在证得、已证得;那位比库是无愿定的获得者、自在者;那位比库已现证无愿定」,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññataṃ samāpattiṃ…pe… animittaṃ samāpattiṃ appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者说——「住在你的精舍的那位比库证得空定...无相定...无愿定,证得,已证得;是无愿定的得者、自在者;那位比库已现证无愿定」——如此说者,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu tisso vijjā …pe… cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaṃ samāpajji…pe… samāpajjati, samāpanno…pe… tassa bhikkhuno rāgo catto, doso catto, moho catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito; tassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者说——「住在你的精舍的那位比库证得三明...须跋、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、入流果、一来果、不来果、阿拉汉果...证得,已证得...那位比库的贪已断、嗔已断、痴已断,已吐出、已解脱、已舍断、已弃绝、已根除、已完全根除;那位比库的心已离贪盖、已离嗔盖、已离痴盖」——如此说者,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者说——「住在你的精舍的那位比库在空闲处证得初禅...二禅、三禅、四禅,证得,已证得;那位比库在空闲处是第四禅的得者、自在者;那位比库在空闲处已现证第四禅」——如此说者,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te cīvaraṃ paribhuñji, yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji, yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji, yo te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñji so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者说——「受用你的衣的、受用你的钵食的、受用你的住所的、受用你的病人所需药资具的那位比库在空闲处证得第四禅,证得,已证得;那位比库在空闲处是第四禅的得者、自在者;那位比库在空闲处已现证第四禅」——如此说者,犯恶作。

§76

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yena te vihāro paribhutto…pe… yena te cīvaraṃ paribhuttaṃ, yena te piṇḍapāto paribhutto, yena te senāsanaṃ paribhuttaṃ, yena te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro paribhutto so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者说——「受用你的精舍的...受用你的衣的、受用你的钵食的、受用你的住所的、受用你的病人所需药资具的那位比库在空闲处证得第四禅,证得,已证得;那位比库在空闲处是第四禅的得者、自在者;那位比库在空闲处已现证第四禅」——如此说者,犯恶作。

ti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāraṃ adāsi…pe… cīvaraṃ adāsi, piṇḍapātaṃ adāsi, senāsanaṃ adāsi, gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ adāsi so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者说——「你依靠而给予精舍的...给予衣的、给予钵食的、给予住所的、给予病人所需药资具的那位比库在空闲处证得第四禅,证得,已证得;那位比库在空闲处是第四禅的得者、自在者;那位比库在空闲处已现证第四禅」——如此说者,犯恶作。

§77

Anāpatti upasampannassa, bhūtaṃ āroceti, ādikammikassāti.

对已受具足者无犯,告知真实者无犯,初犯者无犯。

Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 实报学处完第八

9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṃ9. 粗重报学处

§78

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍanakato hoti. So sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghabhattaṃ hoti. So parivasanto bhattagge āsanapariyante nisīdi. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū te upāsake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘eso, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto tumhākaṃ sambhāvito kulūpako; yeneva hatthena saddhādeyyaṃ bhuñjati teneva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesi. So sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi . So parivasanto āsanapariyante nisinno’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocessantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子与六群比库一起争吵。他故意犯了漏精的罪后,向僧团请求那个罪的别住。僧团给予他那个罪的别住。其时,在沙瓦提城某一群人有僧团食。他行别住者坐在食堂的座位边缘。六群比库对那些近事男如此说——「诸友,这位具寿伍巴难陀释迦子是你们所尊敬的、亲近家族者;他用同一只手受用信施食,用那只手行须跋后排泄须跋。他故意犯了漏精的罪后,向僧团请求那个罪的别住。僧团给予他那个罪的别住。他行别住者坐在座位边缘。」那些少欲的比库...他们抱怨、非难、呵责——「为何六群比库向未受具足者告知比库的粗重罪呢?」...「诸比库,你们真的向未受具足者告知比库的粗重罪吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责...「诸愚痴人,你们为何向未受具足者告知比库的粗重罪呢!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信...诸比库,你们应当如此诵这学处——」

§79

nti.

§80

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」：凡是任何……乃至……凡是……乃至……在此义中所指的是比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

「向」：向另一位比库。

nāma āpatti – cattāri ca pārājikāni, terasa ca saṅghādisesā.

「罪」之名——四巴拉基咖和十三桑喀地谢萨。

nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

「未受具足者」之名——除了比库和比库尼之外，其余的未受具足者之名。

ti āroceyya itthiyā vā purisassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā.

「告知」：应告知女人或男子、在家者或出家者。

ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ.

「除了比库的同意」：除了比库的同意。

Atthi bhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantā, na kulapariyantā. Atthi bhikkhusammuti kulapariyantā, na āpattipariyantā, atthi bhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantā ca kulapariyantā ca, atthi bhikkhusammuti neva āpattipariyantā na kulapariyantā.

有比库的同意以罪为限，不以俗家为限。有比库的同意以俗家为限，不以罪为限。有比库的同意既以罪为限也以俗家为限。有比库的同意既不以罪为限也不以俗家为限。

nāma āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti – ‘‘ettakāhi āpattīhi ārocetabbo’’ti.

「罪」之名——诸罪被限定——「应以这些罪告知」。

nāma kulāni pariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo’’ti. nāma āpattiyo ca pariggahitāyo honti, kulāni ca pariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakāhi āpattīhi ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo’’ti. nāma āpattiyo ca apariggahitāyo honti, kulāni ca apariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakāhi āpattīhi ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo’’ti.

某些家族被限定——「应当向这么多家族告知」。某些罪被限定,家族也被限定——「以这么多罪向这么多家族告知」。某些罪不被限定,家族也不被限定——「以这么多罪向这么多家族告知」。

§81

Āpattipariyante yā āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti, tā āpattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāhi āpattīhi āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在罪的限定中,除了那些被限定的罪之外,以其他罪告知,犯巴吉帝亚。

Kulapariyante yāni kulāni pariggahitāni honti, tāni kulāni ṭhapetvā aññesu kulesu āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在家族的限定中,除了那些被限定的家族之外,向其他家族告知,犯巴吉帝亚。

Āpattipariyante ca kulapariyante ca yā āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti, tā āpattiyo ṭhapetvā yāni kulāni pariggahitāni honti, tāni kulāni ṭhapetvā aññāhi āpattīhi aññesu kulesu āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在罪的限定和家族的限定中,除了那些被限定的罪之外,除了那些被限定的家族之外,以其他罪向其他家族告知,犯巴吉帝亚。

Neva āpattipariyante na kulapariyante, anāpatti.

既非罪的限定也非家族的限定,无罪。

§82

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对粗重罪有粗重罪想,向未受具足者告知,除了比库们同意之外,犯巴吉帝亚。

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对粗重罪有疑,向未受具足者告知,除了比库们同意之外,犯巴吉帝亚。

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对粗重罪有非粗重罪想,向未受具足者告知,除了比库们同意之外,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

告知非粗重罪,犯恶作。

Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

向未受具足者告知粗重或非粗重的恶行,犯恶作。

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于非粗重罪有粗重罪想,犯恶作。

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于非粗重罪有疑,犯恶作。

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于非粗重罪有非粗重罪想,犯恶作。

§83

Anāpatti vatthuṃ āroceti no āpattiṃ, āpattiṃ āroceti no vatthuṃ, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

告知无罪事而非罪,告知罪而非事,经比库同意,疯狂者,最初犯戒者,无罪。

Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 粗重报学处完第九

10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṃ10. 掘地学处

§84

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā pathaviṃ khaṇantipi khaṇāpentipi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā pathaviṃ khaṇissantipi khaṇāpessantipi! Ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū pathaviṃ khaṇissantipi khaṇāpessantipī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pathaviṃ khaṇathapi khaṇāpethapī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pathaviṃ khaṇissathapi khaṇāpessathapi! Jīvasaññino hi, moghapurisā, manussā pathaviyā. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在阿喇维的阿喀喇瓦支提耶。其时,阿喇瓦的诸比库在做新工作时挖地或使人挖地。诸人讥嫌、非难、责备:「沙门释迦子怎么挖地或使人挖地!沙门释迦子伤害一根生命!」诸比库听闻那些讥嫌、非难、责备的诸人。诸少欲比库……讥嫌、非难、责备:「阿喇瓦的诸比库怎么挖地或使人挖地!」……「诸比库!你们真的挖地或使人挖地吗?」「真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人!你们怎么挖地或使人挖地!诸愚痴人!诸人对地有生命想。诸愚痴人!此非令未信者生信……诸比库!你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§85

nti.

§86

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma dve pathaviyo – jātā ca pathavī ajātā ca pathavī.

即有两种地——生地与非生地。

nāma pathavī – suddhapaṃsu suddhamattikā appapāsāṇā appasakkharā appakaṭhalā appamarumbā appavālikā, yebhuyyenapaṃsukā, yebhuyyenamattikā. Adaḍḍhāpi vuccati jātā pathavī. Yopi paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho, ayampi vuccati jātā pathavī.

即地——纯粹的尘土、纯粹的泥土,少石、少砾、少硬块、少沙砾、少沙,大多是尘土,大多是泥土。未烧的也称为生地。或者尘土堆或泥土堆覆盖超过四个月的,这也称为生地。

nāma pathavī – suddhapāsāṇā suddhasakkharā suddhakaṭhalā suddhamarumbā suddhavālikā appapaṃsukā appamattikā, yebhuyyenapāsāṇā, yebhuyyenasakkharā, yebhuyyenakaṭhalā, yebhuyyenamarumbā, yebhuyyenavālikā. Daḍḍhāpi vuccati ajātā pathavī. Yopi paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā omakacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho, ayampi vuccati ajātā pathavī.

即地——纯粹的石、纯粹的砾、纯粹的硬块、纯粹的沙砾、纯粹的沙,少尘土、少泥土,大多是石,大多是砾,大多是硬块,大多是沙砾,大多是沙。已烧的也称为非生地。或者尘土堆或泥土堆覆盖不足四个月的,这也称为非生地。

ti sayaṃ khaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即自己挖掘,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi khaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即命令他人,犯巴吉帝亚。被命令一次而多次挖掘,犯巴吉帝亚。

§87

Pathaviyā pathavisaññī khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于地有地想而挖掘或令挖掘,破坏或令破坏,焚烧或令焚烧,犯巴吉帝亚。

Pathaviyā vematiko khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于地有疑而挖掘或令挖掘,破坏或令破坏,焚烧或令焚烧,犯恶作。

Pathaviyā apathavisaññī khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, anāpatti.

于地有非地想而挖掘或令挖掘,破坏或令破坏,焚烧或令焚烧,无犯。

Apathaviyā pathavisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apathaviyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apathaviyā apathavisaññī, anāpatti.

于非地想为地,犯恶作。于非地疑,犯恶作。于非地想为非地,不犯。

§88

Anāpatti – ‘‘imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇati, asañcicca, asatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯——说「知此、给此、拿此来、以此为用、使此成为净」,无意的,失念的,不知的,发狂者,最初犯戒者。

Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 掘地学处完第十

Musāvādavaggo paṭhamo. · 妄语品第一

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Musā omasapesuññaṃ, padaseyyāya ve duve;

妄语、教人挖、两舌,于床座确实有二;

Aññatra viññunā bhūtā, duṭṭhullāpatti khaṇanāti.

除了有智者所知的,粗恶语罪于挖掘。

2. Bhūtagāmavaggo

2. 有情村品

1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ1. 有生命植物学处

§89

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā rukkhaṃ chindantipi chedāpentipi. Aññataropi āḷavako bhikkhu rukkhaṃ chindati. Tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, attano bhavanaṃ kattukāmo mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ chindī’’ti. So bhikkhu anādiyanto chindi yeva, tassā ca devatāya dārakassa bāhuṃ ākoṭesi. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyya’’nti. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyyaṃ. Yannūnāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ āroceyya’’nti. Atha kho sā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu devate! Sādhu kho tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā na voropesi. Sacajja tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā voropeyyāsi, bahuñca tvaṃ, devate, apuññaṃ pasaveyyāsi. Gaccha tvaṃ, devate, amukasmiṃ okāse rukkho vivitto tasmiṃ upagacchā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rukkhaṃ chindissantipi chedāpessantipi ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhessantī’’ti!

尔时,世尊佛陀住在阿喇维的阿喀喇瓦支提耶。其时,阿喇瓦的诸比库在做新建筑工作,砍树或令人砍树。某位阿喇瓦比库也砍树。住在那棵树上的天人对那位比库说此——「尊者,不要砍我的住处,你想要建造自己的住处」。那位比库不理会而砍了,并打伤了那位天人儿子的手臂。于是那位天人生起此念——「我何不就在此处夺取这位比库的生命呢」。于是那位天人生起此念——「我就在此处夺取这位比库的生命,这对我确实不适当。我何不将此事禀告世尊呢」。于是那位天人前往世尊处;前往后,将此事禀告世尊。「善哉善哉,天人!天人,你不夺取那位比库的生命,这是善的。天人,如果今天你夺取那位比库的生命,天人,你将造作很多非福。天人,你去,在某处有一棵树是空闲的,你前往那里」。诸人非难、呵责、抱怨——「沙门释迦子怎么会砍树或令人砍树呢?沙门释迦子将伤害一根性命」!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū rukkhaṃ chindissantipi chedāpessantipī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, rukkhaṃ chindathāpi chedāpethāpī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, rukkhaṃ chindissathāpi, chedāpessathāpi! Jīvasaññino hi, moghapurisā, manussā rukkhasmiṃ, netaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

诸比库听到那些人非难、呵责、抱怨。那些少欲诸比库……非难、呵责、抱怨——「阿喇瓦诸比库怎么会砍树或令人砍树呢」……「诸比库,你们真的砍树或令人砍树吗」?「是真的,世尊」。世尊佛陀呵责……「你们这些愚痴人怎么会砍树或令人砍树呢!愚痴人,诸人对树有生命想,愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§90

nti.

§91

nāma pañca bījajātāni – mūlabījaṃ, khandhabījaṃ, phaḷubījaṃ, aggabījaṃ, bījabījameva pañcamaṃ.

名为五种种子类——根种子、茎种子、节种子、自落种子、种子种子为第五。

nāma – haliddi, siṅgiveraṃ, vacā, vacattaṃ, ativisā, kaṭukarohiṇī, usīraṃ, bhaddamūttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūle jāyanti, mūle sañjāyanti, etaṃ mūlabījaṃ nāma.

名为——姜黄、生姜、菖蒲、菖蒲根、毒根、苦蔓、香根、善根,或者其他任何从根生、从根而生的,这名为根种。

nāma – assattho, nigrodho, pilakkho, udumbaro, kacchako, kapitthano, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi khandhe jāyanti, khandhe sañjāyanti, etaṃ khandhabījaṃ nāma.

名为——菩提树、榕树、波罗叉树、优昙钵罗树、迦遮迦树、迦毕他那树,或者其他任何从干生、从干而生的,这名为干种。

nāma – ucchu, veḷu, naḷo, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi pabbe jāyanti, pabbe sañjāyanti, etaṃ phaḷubījaṃ nāma.

名为——甘蔗、竹、芦苇,或者其他任何从节生、从节而生的,这名为节种。

nāma – ajjukaṃ, phaṇijjakaṃ, hiriveraṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi agge jāyanti, agge sañjāyanti, etaṃ aggabījaṃ nāma.

名为——阿朱咖、帕尼迦、希利韦拉,或者其他任何从顶生、从顶而生的,这名为顶种。

nāma – pubbaṇṇaṃ, aparaṇṇaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi bīje jāyanti, bīje sañjāyanti, etaṃ bījabījaṃ nāma.

名为——早稻、晚稻,或者其他任何从种子生、从种子而生的,这名为种子种。

§92

Bīje bījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bīje vematiko chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bīje abījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, anāpatti. Abīje bījasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abīje vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abīje abījasaññī, anāpatti.

于种子有种子想而切断或令切断,或破坏或令破坏,或煮或令煮者,犯巴吉帝亚。于种子有疑而切断或令切断,或破坏或令破坏,或煮或令煮者,犯恶作。于种子有非种子想而切断或令切断,或破坏或令破坏,或煮或令煮者,不犯。于非种子有种子想者,犯恶作。于非种子有疑者,犯恶作。于非种子有非种子想者,不犯。

§93

Anāpatti – ‘‘imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇati, asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯——说「知道这个、给这个、拿这个来、需要这个、把这个作成净」,无意的、不记得的、不知道的、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 有生命植物学处完第一

2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṃ2. 异语恼乱学处

§94

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācaritvā saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti? Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissasi – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathāti! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave , ropetabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

尔时,佛世尊住在国桑比的瞿师多园。其时,具寿阐陀行恶行,在僧团中被询问罪时,以其他来回避——「谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么?」那些少欲的比库们……抱怨、非难、呵责——「为何具寿阐陀在僧团中被询问罪时,以其他来回避——谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么?」……「阐陀,你真的在僧团中被询问罪时,以其他来回避——谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,为何你在僧团中被询问罪时,以其他来回避——谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么?」愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……呵责后……作法谈后,告诉比库们——「那么,诸比库,僧团应对比库阐陀施设覆藏语。诸比库,应如此施设。应由有能力的贤能比库告知僧团——」

§95

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropeyya. Esā ñatti.

「尊者,请僧团听我说。这位阐那比库在僧团中被追问罪过时,以其他来回答。若僧团认为适当,僧团应对阐那比库施加异语者(罪名)。这是表白。

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropeti. Yassāyasmato khamati channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakassa ropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「尊者,请僧团听我说。这位阐那比库在僧团中被追问罪过时,以其他来回答。僧团对阐那比库施加异语者(罪名)。对于具寿认可对阐那比库施加异语者(罪名)者,请默然;不认可者,请说。

‘‘Ropitaṃ saṅghena channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

「僧团已对阐那比库施加异语者(罪名)。僧团认可,因此默然,我如是持。」

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,世尊以种种方式呵责具寿阐那难以扶养……(中略)……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§96

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno ‘‘aññenaññaṃ paṭicaranto – ‘‘āpattiṃ āpajjissāmī’’ti tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ropetabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

尔时,具寿阐那在僧团中被追问罪过时,以「我将犯罪」而默然,恼害僧团。那些少欲的比库……(中略)……他们抱怨、非难、呵责——「具寿阐那怎能在僧团中被追问罪过时默然而恼害僧团呢?」……(中略)……「阐那,你确实在僧团中被追问罪过时默然而恼害僧团吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……(中略)……「愚痴人,你怎能在僧团中被追问罪过时默然而恼害僧团!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……(中略)……」呵责后……(中略)……作如法说后,告诉诸比库——「那么,诸比库,僧团应对阐那比库施加恼害者(罪名)。诸比库,应如此施加。应由有能力的贤明比库告知僧团——

§97

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropeyya. Esā ñatti.

「尊者,请僧团听我说。这位阐那比库在僧团中被追问罪过时默然而恼害僧团。若僧团认为适当,僧团应对阐那比库施加恼害者(罪名)。这是表白。

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropeti. Yassāyasmāto khamati channassa bhikkhuno vihesakassa ropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「尊者,请僧团听我说。这位阐那比库在僧团中被追问罪过时默然而恼害僧团。僧团对阐那比库施加恼害者(罪名)。对于具寿认可对阐那比库施加恼害者(罪名)者,请默然;不认可者,请说。

‘‘Ropitaṃ saṅghena channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

「僧团已对骚扰者阐那比库施以覆钵。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持守。」

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,世尊以种种方式呵责具寿阐那难养……乃至……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§98

nti.

§99

nāma saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti. Eso aññavādako nāma.

名为在僧团中,于事或于罪被询问时,不想说那个,不想揭露那个,以别的回答别的——「谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么?」这个名为异语者。

nāma saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Eso vihesako nāma.

名为在僧团中,于事或于罪被询问时,不想说那个,不想揭露那个,保持沉默而骚扰僧团。这个名为骚扰者。

§100

Āropite aññavādake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āropite vihesake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ropite aññavādake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Ropite vihesake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

被指控为异语者,在僧团中,于事或于罪被询问时,不想说那个,不想揭露那个,以别的回答别的——「谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么?」,犯恶作。被指控为骚扰者,在僧团中,于事或于罪被询问时,不想说那个,不想揭露那个,保持沉默而骚扰僧团,犯恶作。被施以覆钵的异语者,在僧团中,于事或于罪被询问时,不想说那个,不想揭露那个,以别的回答别的——「谁犯了?犯了什么?在什么上犯?如何犯?你们说什么?你们说什么?」,犯巴吉帝亚。被施以覆钵的骚扰者,在僧团中,于事或于罪被询问时,不想说那个,不想揭露那个,保持沉默而骚扰僧团,犯巴吉帝亚。

§101

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

如法甘马,有如法甘马想,异语骚扰,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,有疑,异语骚扰,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,有非法甘马想,异语骚扰,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马,有如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马,有疑,犯恶作。非法甘马,有非法甘马想,犯恶作。

§102

Anāpatti ajānanto pucchati, gilāno vā na katheti; ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī’’ti na katheti; ‘‘saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī’’ti na katheti; ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissatī’’ti na katheti; ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:不知而询问;病者不说;「僧团将有争论、争吵、争执或诤论」而不说;「将有僧团分裂或僧团派别」而不说;「将以非法或以派别或对不应作甘马者作甘马」而不说;疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 异语恼乱学处完第二

3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṃ3. 嫌骂学处

§103

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dabbo mallaputto saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeti bhattāni ca uddisati. Tena kho pana samayena mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū navakā ceva honti appapuññā ca . Yāni saṅghassa lāmakāni senāsanāni tāni tesaṃ pāpuṇanti lāmakāni ca bhattāni. Te āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpenti – ‘‘chandāya dabbo mallaputto senāsanaṃ paññapeti, chandāya ca bhattāni uddisatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpessantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林栗鼠饲养处。那时,具寿达巴马喇子为僧团分配住处并指定食物。那时,美地亚布马迦诸比库既是新学又少福德。僧团的劣等住处落到他们,劣等的食物。他们使诸比库对具寿达巴马喇子不满——「达巴马喇子因偏爱而分配住处,因偏爱而指定食物。」那些少欲诸比库……乃至……他们不满、呵责、非难——「怎么美地亚布马迦诸比库会使诸比库对具寿达巴马喇子不满呢?」……乃至……「诸比库,你们真的使诸比库对达巴马喇子不满吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……愚痴人,你们怎么会使诸比库对达巴马喇子不满呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§104

Tena kho pana samayena mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā ujjhāpanakaṃ paṭikkhitta’’nti, ‘‘ettāvatā bhikkhū sossantī’’ti bhikkhūnaṃ sāmantā āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyanti – ‘‘chandāya dabbo mallaputto senāsanaṃ paññapeti, chandāya ca bhattāni uddisatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,美提亚布玛咖诸比库——「世尊已禁止抱怨」,「仅此程度诸比库将会听」,在诸比库面前诽谤具寿达巴马喇子——「达巴马喇子以偏爱分配住所,以偏爱指定食物」。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、诽谤、非难——「为何美提亚布玛咖诸比库诽谤具寿达巴马喇子」……「诸比库,你们真的诽谤达巴马喇子吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们为何诽谤达巴马喇子!愚痴人,这非令未信者生信……诸比库,应如此诵此学处——

§105

nti.

§106

nāma upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa.

名为受具足者,为僧团所认可的住所分配者、食物指定者、粥分配者、果分配者、副食分配者、或少量物品分配者,欲作恶名,欲作不名誉,欲作轻蔑,抱怨或诽谤受具足者,犯巴吉帝亚。于如法甘马作如法甘马想,于抱怨或诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于如法甘马有疑,于抱怨或诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于如法甘马作非法甘马想,于抱怨或诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。

Anupasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa.

抱怨或诽谤未受具足者,犯恶作。受具足者,为僧团所不认可的住所分配者、食物指定者、粥分配者、果分配者、副食分配者、或少量物品分配者,欲作恶名,欲作不名誉,欲作轻蔑,抱怨或诽谤受具足者或未受具足者,犯恶作。未受具足者,为僧团所认可或不认可的住所分配者、食物指定者、粥分配者、果分配者、副食分配者、或少量物品分配者,欲作恶名,欲作不名誉,欲作轻蔑,抱怨或诽谤受具足者或未受具足者,犯恶作。于非法甘马作如法甘马想,犯恶作。于非法甘马有疑,犯恶作。于非法甘马作非法甘马想,犯恶作。

§107

Anāpatti pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:本性以偏爱、以嗔恨、以愚痴、以恐惧而作者,抱怨或诽谤,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 嫌骂学处完第三

4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第一床座学处

§108

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hemantike kāle ajjhokāse senāsanaṃ paññapetvā kāyaṃ otāpentā kāle ārocite taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu. Senāsanaṃ ovaṭṭhaṃ hoti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū ajjhokāse senāsanaṃ paññapetvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ ovaṭṭha’’nti! Atha kho te bhikkhū te anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ajjhokāse…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。尔时,诸比库于冬季时在露地分配住所后晒身,于时间告知后离去时,既不收起也不令人收起,未告知而离去。住所被雨淋湿。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、诽谤、非难——「诸比库为何在露地分配住所后,离去时既不收起也不令人收起,未告知而离去,住所被雨淋湿」!于是,彼等比库以种种方式呵责后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,真的,诸比库在露地……诸比库,应如此诵此学处——

§109

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§110

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vasitvā kālasseva senāsanaṃ abhiharanti. Addasā kho bhagavā te bhikkhū kālasseva senāsanaṃ abhiharante. Disvāna etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭha māse avassikasaṅkete maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā yattha kākā vā kulalā vā na ūhadanti tattha senāsanaṃ nikkhipitu’’nti.

尔时,诸比库于露地住后,过早地收起住所。世尊见彼等比库过早地收起住所。见已,于此因缘,于此事件,作法说后,告诸比库——「诸比库,我允许,于八个月无雨期,于亭中或树下,于乌鸦或老鼠不搬走之处,放置住所。」

§111

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」：凡是……乃至……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

「名为」：已施与僧团、已舍弃。

nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

「名为」：四种床——有框架的、有绳编的、有曲脚的、有可拆卸脚的。

nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

「名为」：四种椅——有框架的、有绳编的、有曲脚的、有可拆卸脚的。

nāma pañca bhisiyo – uṇṇabhisi, coḷabhiti, vākabhisi, tiṇabhisi, paṇṇabhisi.

「名为」：五种褥——羊毛褥、布褥、树皮褥、草褥、叶褥。

nāma – vākamayaṃ vā usīramayaṃ vā muñjamayaṃ vā pabbajamayaṃ vā anto saṃveṭhetvā baddhaṃ hoti.

「名为」：以树皮制或以香根草制或以文阇草制或以芦苇制,内里包裹后捆绑而成。

ti sayaṃ santharitvā.

「自己铺设」：自己铺设。

ti aññaṃ santharāpetvā. Anupasampannaṃ santharāpeti, tassa palibodho. Upasampannaṃ santharāpeti, santhārakassa palibodho.

「使他人铺设」：使他人铺设。使未受具足者铺设,对他有障碍。使已受具足者铺设,对铺设者有障碍。

ti na sayaṃ uddhareyya.

他不应自己收起。

ti na aññaṃ uddharāpeyya.

他不应令他人收起。

ti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

未告知比库、沙玛内拉或园民而离去,超过中等身材之人的投石距离者,犯巴吉帝亚。

§112

Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko…pe… saṅghike puggalikasaññī ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于僧团物有僧团物想,在露地铺设或令人铺设后,离去时既不自己收起也不令人收起,或未告知而离去者,犯巴吉帝亚。于僧团物有疑……于僧团物有个人物想,在露地铺设或令人铺设后,离去时既不自己收起也不令人收起,或未告知而离去者,犯巴吉帝亚。

Cimilikaṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā taṭṭikaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍaṃ vā pādapuñchaniṃ vā phalakapīṭhaṃ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

床单、上敷具、地敷具、草席、皮革片、拭足布或木板凳,在露地铺设或令人铺设后,离去时既不自己收起也不令人收起,或未告知而离去者,犯恶作。于个人物有僧团物想者,犯恶作。于个人物有疑者,犯恶作。于个人物有个人物想,是他人的个人物者,犯恶作。自己的个人物,无犯。

§113

Anāpatti uddharitvā gacchati, uddharāpetvā gacchati, āpucchaṃ gacchati, otāpento gacchati, kenaci palibuddhaṃ hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:收起后离去,令人收起后离去,告知后离去,晾晒着离去,被某事所阻,诸难中,发狂者,最初的犯行者。

Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 第一床座学处完第四

5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第二床座学处

§114

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū sahāyakā honti. Te vasantāpi ekatova vasanti, pakkamantāpi ekatova pakkamanti. Te aññatarasmiṃ saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu. Senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyitaṃ hoti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyita’’nti! Atha kho te bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyita’’nti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyitaṃ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana , bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,十七群比库是同伴。他们住时一起住,离去时一起离去。他们在某僧团住处铺设卧具后,离去时既未收起也未令人收起,未告知而离去。住所被白蚁啃食。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难:「十七群比库怎能在僧团住处铺设卧具后,离去时既不收起也不令人收起,未告知而离去,住所被白蚁啃食呢!」于是,诸比库以种种方式呵责十七群比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,确实十七群比库在僧团住处铺设卧具后,离去时既未收起也未令人收起,未告知而离去,住所被白蚁啃食吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,这些愚痴人怎能在僧团住处铺设卧具后,离去时既不收起也不令人收起,未告知而离去,住所被白蚁啃食呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——

§115

nti.

§116

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……比库……此是在此义中所指的比库。

nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

名为精舍已施予僧团、已舍弃。

nāma bhisi, cimilikā uttarattharaṇaṃ, bhūmattharaṇaṃ, taṭṭikā, cammakhaṇḍo, nisīdanaṃ, paccattharaṇaṃ, tiṇasanthāro, paṇṇasanthāro.

名为垫子、枕头、上敷具、地敷具、席子、皮革片、坐具、覆具、草敷具、叶敷具。

ti sayaṃ santharitvā.

即自己铺设后。

ti aññaṃ santharāpetvā.

即令他人铺设后。

ti na sayaṃ uddhareyya.

即不应自己收起。

ti na aññaṃ uddharāpeyya.

即不应令他人收起。

ti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa ārāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即未问比库或沙玛内拉或园民而越过有围墙的园林的围墙者,犯巴吉帝亚。越过无围墙的园林的界限者,犯巴吉帝亚。于僧团的作僧团想,铺设卧具或令铺设后,离去时既不收起也不令收起,或未问而去者,犯巴吉帝亚。于僧团的有疑,铺设卧具或令铺设后,离去时既不收起也不令收起,或未问而去者,犯巴吉帝亚。于僧团的作个人想,铺设卧具或令铺设后,离去时既不收起也不令收起,或未问而去者,犯巴吉帝亚。

§117

Vihārassa upacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā vihāre vā vihārassūpacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于精舍的界限或须跋堂或凉亭或树下,铺设卧具或令铺设后,离去时既不收起也不令收起,或未问而去者,犯恶作。于精舍或精舍的界限或须跋堂或凉亭或树下,铺设床或椅或令铺设后,离去时既不收起也不令收起,或未问而去者,犯恶作。

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

于个人的(物)有僧伽的想,犯恶作。于个人的(物)有疑,犯恶作。于个人的(物)有个人的想,于其他个人的(物),犯恶作。于自己个人的(物),无犯。

§118

Anāpatti uddharitvā gacchati, uddharāpetvā gacchati, āpucchaṃ gacchati, kenaci palibuddhaṃ hoti, sāpekkho gantvā tattha ṭhito āpucchati, kenaci palibuddho hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:收起后离去,令人收起后离去,未请问而离去,被某事所阻碍,有期待地前往后站在那里请问,被某事所阻碍,于诸难中,于发狂者,于最初犯戒者。

Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 第二床座学处完第五

6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṃ6. 强敷卧具学处

§119

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū varaseyyāyo palibundhenti, therā bhikkhū vuṭṭhāpenti . Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena idheva vassaṃ vaseyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappenti – yassa sambādho bhavissati so pakkamissatīti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ …pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库占据上等卧床,驱赶长老比库。时,六群比库生起此念——「我们以何方便能在此处安居呢?」时,六群比库紧靠长老比库设置卧床——谁感到拥挤,他将离去。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎能紧靠长老比库设置卧床呢!」时,彼诸比库以种种方式呵责六群比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「比库们,你们真的紧靠长老比库设置卧床吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎能紧靠长老比库设置卧床!愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——

§120

nti.

§121

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ 2.0251 atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……即……此……于此义中所指的比库。

nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

名为住处已施与僧伽、已舍弃。

nāma vuḍḍhoti jānāti, gilānoti jānāti, saṅghena dinnoti jānāti.

名为知道是长老,知道是病者,知道是僧伽所施与。

ti anupavisitvā.

即紧靠。

ti mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāre seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即于床或椅的进入者或出离者的近处铺设卧具或令人铺设,犯恶作。坐下或卧下,犯巴吉帝亚。

nti na añño koci paccayo hoti anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappetuṃ.

不存在其他任何因缘可以侵入而设卧具。

§122

Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

僧团的，有僧团想，侵入而设卧具，犯巴吉帝亚。僧团的，有疑，侵入而设卧具，犯巴吉帝亚。僧团的，有个人想，侵入而设卧具，犯巴吉帝亚。

Mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāraṃ ṭhapetvā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vihārassa upacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinippajjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa . Attano puggalike anāpatti.

除了床或椅的进入处或出去处的附近，铺设卧具或令人铺设，犯恶作。坐下或躺下，犯恶作。在精舍的附近或须跋堂或凉棚或树下或露地，铺设卧具或令人铺设，犯恶作。坐下或躺下，犯恶作。个人的，有僧团想，犯恶作。个人的，有疑，犯恶作。个人的，有个人想，对于其他个人的，犯恶作。对于自己个人的，无犯。

§123

Anāpatti gilāno pavisati, sītena vā uṇhena vā pīḷito pavisati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:病人进入,被寒冷或炎热所逼迫而进入,在危难时,发狂者,最初犯戒者。

Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 强敷卧具学处完第六

7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṃ7. 牵出学处

§124

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aññataraṃ paccantimaṃ mahāvihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti – ‘‘idha mayaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmā’’ti . Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonte. Disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ime, āvuso, sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti. Handa ne vuṭṭhāpessāmā’’ti! Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgamethāvuso, yāva paṭisaṅkharonti; paṭisaṅkhate vuṭṭhāpessāmā’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,十七群比库修理某个边地的大精舍——「我们将在此处雨安居」。六群比库看见十七群比库正在修理精舍。看见后如此说——「诸具寿,这些十七群比库正在修理精舍。来!我们将驱逐他们!」有些如此说——「诸具寿,请等待,直到他们修理完;修理完后我们将驱逐。」

Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, paṭikacceva ācikkhitabbaṃ, mayañcaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhareyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, saṅghiko vihāro’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, saṅghiko vihāro’’ti. ‘‘Uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī’’ti. ‘‘Mahallako, āvuso, vihāro. Tumhepi vasatha, mayampi vasissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī’’ti kupitā anattamanā gīvāyaṃ gahetvā nikkaḍḍhanti. Te nikkaḍḍhīyamānā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhe saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhantī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhissantī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhissatha? Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,六群比库对十七群比库如此说——「诸具寿,起来!精舍属于我们。」「诸具寿,岂不是应该预先告知,我们才修理吗?」「诸具寿,岂不是僧团的精舍吗?」「是的,诸具寿,是僧团的精舍。」「诸具寿,起来!精舍属于我们。」「诸具寿,精舍很大。你们也住,我们也将住。」「诸具寿,起来!精舍属于我们。」愤怒、不满,抓住脖子拖出。他们被拖出时哭泣。诸比库如此说——「诸具寿,你们为何哭泣?」「诸具寿,这些六群比库愤怒、不满,从僧团的精舍拖出我们。」那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「六群比库怎能愤怒、不满,从僧团的精舍拖出诸比库呢!」那时,那些比库以种种方式呵责六群比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,你们真的愤怒、不满,从僧团的精舍拖出诸比库吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能愤怒、不满,从僧团的精舍拖出诸比库呢?诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§125

nti.

§126

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……比库的意思是……这是在此义中所指的比库。

nti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

意思是其他比库。

ti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

如此不喜、心怀恼怒、生起顽固。

nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

名为住处已施予僧团、已舍弃。

ti gabbhe gahetvā pamukhaṃ nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pamukhe gahetvā bahi nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekena payogena bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

如此在门槛内抓住拖到门口,犯巴吉帝亚。在门口抓住拖到外面,犯巴吉帝亚。以一次行为使许多人越过门,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

如此命令他人,犯巴吉帝亚。被命令一次而使许多人越过门,犯巴吉帝亚。

§127

Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于僧团物有僧团物想,愤怒、不满而拖出或使人拖出,犯巴吉帝亚。于僧团物有疑,愤怒、不满而拖出或使人拖出,犯巴吉帝亚。于僧团物有个人物想,愤怒、不满而拖出或使人拖出,犯巴吉帝亚。

Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vihārassa upacārā vā upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍapā vā rukkhamūlā vā ajjhokāsā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ vihārā vā vihārassa upacārā vā upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍapā vā rukkhamūlā vā ajjhokāsā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

拖出或使人拖出其资具,犯恶作。从住处的附近、或须跋堂、或凉亭、或树下、或露地拖出或使人拖出,犯恶作。拖出或使人拖出其资具,犯恶作。从住处、或住处的附近、或须跋堂、或凉亭、或树下、或露地拖出或使人拖出未受具足者,犯恶作。拖出或使人拖出其资具,犯恶作。

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

于个人物有僧团物想,犯恶作。于个人物有疑,犯恶作。于个人物有个人物想,他人的个人物犯恶作。自己的个人物无犯。

§128

Anāpatti alajjiṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattakaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, bhaṇḍanakārakaṃ kalahakārakaṃ vivādakārakaṃ bhassakārakaṃ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, antevāsikaṃ vā saddhivihārikaṃ vā na sammā vattantaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:拖出或使人拖出无惭者,拖出或使人拖出其资具;拖出或使人拖出疯狂者,拖出或使人拖出其资具;拖出或使人拖出制造争论者、制造诤吵者、制造争执者、制造喧哗者、在僧团中制造诤事者,拖出或使人拖出其资具;拖出或使人拖出不正行的弟子或共住弟子,拖出或使人拖出其资具;疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 牵出学处完第七

8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṃ8. 重阁小屋学处

§129

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā viharanti?. Eko heṭṭhā viharati , eko upari. Uparimo bhikkhu āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdi. Mañcapādo nippatitvā heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi. So bhikkhu vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī’’ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdissatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,有两位比库住在僧团的住所楼阁房。一位住在下面,一位住在上面。住在上面的比库突然坐在有脚的床上。床脚脱落,落在下面比库的头上。那位比库大叫起来。诸比库跑过来对那位比库说——「贤友,你为何大叫?」于是那位比库向诸比库报告此事。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「怎么比库在僧团的住所楼阁房突然坐在有脚的床上呢!」于是那些比库以种种方式呵责那位比库后,向世尊报告此事……「比库,你确实在僧团的住所楼阁房突然坐在有脚的床上吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么在僧团的住所楼阁房突然坐在有脚的床上呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§130

nti.

§131

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……比库之义:在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

僧团的:名为已施予僧团、已舍弃的住所。

nāma majjhimassa purisassa asīsaghaṭṭā.

楼阁:名为中等身量男子的头触及之处。

nāma aṅge vijjhitvā ṭhito hoti. nāma aṅge vijjhitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti.

有脚的床:名为穿入肢体而立者。有脚的椅:名为穿入肢体而立者。

ti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

坐:在其上坐,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

卧:在其上卧,犯巴吉帝亚。

§132

Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko…pe… saṅghike puggalikasaññī uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

僧团的有僧团想,在楼阁房有脚的床或椅上坐或卧,犯巴吉帝亚。僧团的有疑想……僧团的有个人想,在楼阁房有脚的床或椅上坐或卧,犯巴吉帝亚。

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike, anāpatti.

于个人的(物)有僧团的想,犯恶作。于个人的(物)有疑,犯恶作。于个人的(物)有个人的想(而用于)其他个人的(物),犯恶作。(用于)自己个人的(物),不犯。

§133

Anāpatti – avehāsakuṭiyā sīsaghaṭṭāya heṭṭhā aparibhogaṃ hoti, padarasañcitaṃ hoti, paṭāṇi dinnā hoti, tasmiṃ ṭhito gaṇhati vā laggeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯——在无主小屋里,在屋顶下方不受用(之处),积聚了泥土,给予了梯子,站在那里取或涂抹;痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 重阁小屋学处完第八

9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṃ9. 大住所学处

§134

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato channassa upaṭṭhāko mahāmatto āyasmato channassa vihāraṃ kārāpeti. Atha kho āyasmā channo katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpeti, punappunaṃ lepāpeti. Atibhārito vihāro paripati. Atha kho āyasmā channo tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca saṃkaḍḍhanto aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa yavakhettaṃ dūsesi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā amhākaṃ yavakhettaṃ dūsessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpessati, punappunaṃ lepāpessati, atibhārito vihāro paripatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpesi, punappunaṃ lepāpesi, atibhārito vihāro paripatī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpessasi, punappunaṃ lepāpessasi , atibhārito vihāro paripati! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在国桑比城瞿师多园。其时,具寿阐陀的侍者大臣为具寿阐陀建造住处。时,具寿阐陀对已完成的住处一再地令覆盖,一再地令涂抹。住处负荷过重而倒塌。时,具寿阐陀拖拉草和木材,损坏了某位婆罗门的大麦田。时,彼婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸大德怎么损坏我们的大麦田呢?」诸比库听闻彼婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨。彼诸少欲比库……不满、呵责、抱怨:「具寿阐陀怎么对已完成的住处一再地令覆盖,一再地令涂抹,住处负荷过重而倒塌呢?」时,彼诸比库以种种方式呵责具寿阐陀后,将此事禀告世尊……「阐陀,你确实对已完成的住处一再地令覆盖,一再地令涂抹,住处负荷过重而倒塌吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么对已完成的住处一再地令覆盖,一再地令涂抹,住处负荷过重而倒塌呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§135

nti.

§136

nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.

「有主的住处」者,称为有主人的住处。

nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.

「新的」者,已涂抹或未涂抹或已涂抹未涂抹。

ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.

「令覆盖」者,自己做或令做。

ti piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa samantā hatthapāsā.

「二三层覆盖」者,门框周围一手张之处。

ti dvāraṭṭhapanāya.

「为了安置门」者,为了安置门。

ti vātapānaparikammāya setavaṇṇaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ gerukaparikammaṃ mālākammaṃ latākammaṃ makaradantakaṃ pañcapaṭikaṃ.

为了窗户的工作,白色、黑色、红土色的工作、花环工作、藤蔓工作、摩伽罗牙饰、五层饰。

nti – haritaṃ nāma pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ. Sace harite ṭhito adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Maggena chādentassa dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ maggaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Pariyāyena chādentassa dve pariyāye adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ pariyāyaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ.

「绿色」——名为前面的、后面的。如果站在绿色上决意,犯恶作。以道路覆盖者,决意了两道后,命令第三道后应离去。以次第覆盖者,决意了两次第后,命令第三次第后应离去。

§137

ti iṭṭhakāya 2.0262 chādentassa iṭṭhakiṭṭhakāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Silāya chādentassa silāya silāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Sudhāya chādentassa piṇḍe piṇḍe āpatti pācittiyassa. Tiṇena chādentassa karaḷe karaḷe āpatti pācittiyassa. Paṇṇena chādentassa paṇṇe paṇṇe āpatti pācittiyassa.

以砖覆盖者,砖砖地犯巴吉帝亚。以石覆盖者,石石地犯巴吉帝亚。以灰泥覆盖者,团团地犯巴吉帝亚。以草覆盖者,束束地犯巴吉帝亚。以叶覆盖者,叶叶地犯巴吉帝亚。

Atirekadvattipariyāye atirekasaññī adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipariyāye vematiko adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipariyāye ūnakasaññī adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

超过二三次第,有超过想而决意,犯巴吉帝亚。超过二三次第,疑而决意,犯巴吉帝亚。超过二三次第,有不足想而决意,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ūnakadvattipariyāye atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipariyāye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipariyāye ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

不足二三次第,有超过想,犯恶作。不足二三次第,疑,犯恶作。不足二三次第,有不足想,无犯。

§138

Anāpatti dvattipariyāye, ūnakadvattipariyāye, leṇe, guhāya, tiṇakuṭikāya, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:二三次第,不足二三次第,洞窟,山洞,草屋,为他人,以自己的财物,除了住所外一切处无犯,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 大住所学处完第九

10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ10. 有生命水学处

§139

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcantipi siñcāpentipi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcissantipi siñcāpessantipī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āḷavake bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcathapi siñcāpethapī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcissathapi siñcāpessathapi! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在阿喇维的阿喀喇瓦支提耶。其时,阿喇瓦的诸比库作新工作,明知有生命的水,草也好泥土也好,洒也好使洒也好。诸少欲比库……他们非难、呵责、传播:「阿喇瓦的诸比库怎么明知有生命的水,草也好泥土也好,将洒也好将使洒也好呢!」于是,诸比库以种种方式呵责阿喇瓦的诸比库后,将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,你们真的明知有生命的水,草也好泥土也好,洒也好使洒也好吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么明知有生命的水,草也好泥土也好,将洒也好将使洒也好呢!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

§140

nti.

§141

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡任何……『比库』……此是在此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti.

名字他自己知道或其他人告诉他。

ti sayaṃ siñcati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己浇水，犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi siñcati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

命令他人，犯巴吉帝亚。被命令一次而多次浇水，犯巴吉帝亚。

§142

Sappāṇake sappāṇakasaññī tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sappāṇake vematiko tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sappāṇake appāṇakasaññī tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, anāpatti. Appāṇake sappāṇakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake appāṇakasaññī, anāpatti.

有生物想为有生物，浇水或令浇草或土，犯巴吉帝亚。有生物而疑，浇水或令浇草或土，犯恶作。有生物想为无生物，浇水或令浇草或土，不犯。无生物想为有生物，犯恶作。无生物而疑，犯恶作。无生物想为无生物，不犯。

§143

Anāpatti asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:无意、不忆念、不知、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 有生命水学处完第十

Bhūtagāmavaggo dutiyo. · 有生命植物品第二

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Bhūtaṃ aññāya ujjhāyaṃ, pakkamantena te duve;

知有生物而抱怨,离去者此二;

Pubbe nikkaḍḍhanāhacca, dvāraṃ sappāṇakena cāti.

先前拖拉击打,门与有生物。

3. Ovādavaggo

3. 教诫品

1. Ovādasikkhāpadaṃ1. 教诫学处

§144

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。尔时,诸长老比库教诫比库尼,得到衣、食、住所、病者所需之药资具。时,六群比库生起此念:「诸友,现在诸长老比库教诫比库尼,得到衣、食、住所、病者所需之药资具。来吧,诸友,我们也教诫比库尼。」时,六群比库前往诸比库尼处,到达后对她们说:「诸姊妹,你们也来我们这里,我们也将教诫。」

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaginiyo’’ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhuniyo, ovādo iddho ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Kuto, bhante, ovādo iddho bhavissati! Ayyā chabbaggiyā parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi . Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

时,诸比库尼前往六群比库处;到达后,礼敬六群比库,在一旁坐下。时,六群比库对诸比库尼作少许法的谈论后,以畜生论度过白日,然后遣散她们:「诸姊妹,你们去吧。」时,诸比库尼前往世尊处;到达后,礼敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的诸比库尼,世尊对她们说:「诸比库尼,教诫成功了吗?」「尊者,教诫怎会成功!诸尊者六群比库作少许法的谈论后,以畜生论度过白日,然后遣散我们。」时,世尊以法的谈论开示、劝导、鼓励、使诸比库尼欢喜。时,诸比库尼被世尊以法的谈论开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。

Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo. Yācitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,召集比库僧团后,询问六群比库:「诸比库,听说你们对诸比库尼作少许法的谈论后,以畜生论度过白日,然后遣散她们,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能对诸比库尼作少许法的谈论后,以畜生论度过白日,然后遣散她们!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……」呵责后……作法的谈论后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许指定比库尼教诫者。诸比库,应如此指定:首先应请求比库。请求后,应由有能力的、能胜任的比库告知僧团——

§145

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

「尊者们,请僧团听我说。若僧团认为适当,僧团应指定某某名比库为比库尼教诫者。此为表白。

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhikkhunovādakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「尊者们,请僧团听我说。僧团指定某某名比库为比库尼教诫者。某某名比库为比库尼教诫者之指定,对哪位具寿认为适当者,他应默然;对谁不认为适当者,他应说。

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhikkhunovādakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「第二次我也说此义……第三次我也说此义——尊者们,请僧团听我说。僧团指定某某名比库为比库尼教诫者。某某名比库为比库尼教诫者之指定,对哪位具寿认为适当者,他应默然;对谁不认为适当者,他应说。

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

「某某名比库被僧团指定为比库尼教诫者。僧团认为适当,因此默然,我如此持。」

Atha kho bhagavā chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

时,世尊以种种方法呵责六群比库后,难以扶养……「诸比库,应如此诵此学处——

§146

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§147

Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū sammatā bhikkhuniyo ovadantā tatheva lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho, āvuso, therā bhikkhū sammatā bhikkhuniyo ovadantā tatheva lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Handāvuso, mayampi nissīmaṃ gantvā aññamaññaṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadāmā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā aññamaññaṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitvā bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayampi, bhaginiyo, sammatā. Amhepi upasaṅkamatha. Mayampi ovadissāmā’’ti.

尔时,诸长老比库被认可教诫诸比库尼,同样获得衣、食、住所、病人所需药品资具之利得。时,六群比库生起此念:「诸友,现今诸长老比库被认可教诫诸比库尼,同样获得衣、食、住所、病人所需药品资具之利得。诸友,来吧,我们也前往界外,互相认可为比库尼教诫者,教诫诸比库尼。」时,六群比库前往界外,互相认可为比库尼教诫者,诣诸比库尼处,对她们如此说:「诸姊妹,我们也被认可了。你们也来我们这里。我们也将教诫。」

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha bhaginiyo’’ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhuniyo, ovādo iddho ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Kuto, bhante, ovādo iddho bhavissati! Ayyā chabbaggiyā parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesu’’nti.

时,彼诸比库尼诣六群比库处;诣已,礼敬六群比库后,在一旁坐下。时,六群比库对诸比库尼仅作少许法说后,以畜生论度过白日,遣散她们:「诸姊妹,去吧。」时,彼诸比库尼诣世尊处;诣已,礼敬世尊后,在一旁站立。在一旁站立的彼诸比库尼,世尊对她们如此说:「诸比库尼,教诫成功了吗?」「尊者,教诫如何会成功!诸尊者六群仅作少许法说后,以畜生论度过白日,遣散了我们。」

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannituṃ. Sīlavā hoti , pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasā anupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo; paṭibalo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; na kho panetaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajitāya kāsāyavatthavasanāya garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannapubbo hoti; vīsativasso vā hoti atirekavīsativasso vā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitu’’nti.

时,世尊以法说开示彼诸比库尼……乃至……时,彼诸比库尼被世尊以法说开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜后,礼敬世尊,行右绕礼后离去。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,集合比库僧团,诘问六群比库:「诸比库,听说你们对诸比库尼仅作少许法说后,以畜生论度过白日,遣散她们,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么对诸比库尼仅作少许法说后,以畜生论度过白日,遣散她们!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……」呵责后……乃至……作法说后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许认可具足八支的比库为比库尼教诫者。有戒,以巴帝摩卡律仪防护而住,具足正行与行处,于微细罪中见怖畏,受持学习诸学处;多闻,持所闻,积集所闻,凡彼诸法初善、中善、后善,有义、有文,宣说纯一圆满清净的梵行,如是诸法为他所多闻、所忆持、以语熟习、以意思惟、以见善通达;两部巴帝摩卡为他所详细学习、分别论、善通晓、善抉择,依经文、依字句;善语者,具善语;大多为诸比库尼所喜爱、所钟爱;有能力教诫诸比库尼;然而未曾对为世尊而出家、着袈裟衣者犯重法;二十岁或超过二十岁——诸比库,我允许认可具足此八支的比库为比库尼教诫者。」

§148

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」者,凡任何……乃至……者……乃至……在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma ñatticatutthena kammena asammato.

「未被认可」者,未以白四甘马被认可。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

「比库尼」者,于两部僧团中受达上者。

ti aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññena dhammena ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ekatoupasampannaṃ ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

「教诫」者,以八重法教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。以其他法教诫,犯恶作。教诫一部受达上者,犯恶作。

§149

Tena sammatena bhikkhunā pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññapetvā dutiyaṃ gahetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Bhikkhunīhi tattha gantvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīditabbaṃ. Tena bhikkhunā pucchitabbā – ‘‘samaggāttha, bhaginiyo’’ti? Sace ‘‘samaggāmhāyyā’’ti bhaṇanti, ‘‘vattanti, bhaginiyo, aṭṭha garudhammā’’ti? Sace ‘‘vattantāyyā’’ti bhaṇanti, ‘‘eso, bhaginiyo, ovādo’’ti niyyādetabbo . Sace ‘‘na vattantāyyā’’ti bhaṇanti, osāretabbā. ‘‘Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahupasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Na bhikkhuniyā abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasitabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Anvaddhamāsaṃ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā uposathapucchakañca ovādupasaṅkamanañca, ayampi dhammo…pe… vassaṃ vuṭṭhāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretabbaṃ diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā; ayampi dhammo…pe… garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe pakkhamānattaṃ caritabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo…pe… dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya ubhatosaṅghe upasampadā pariyesitabbā; ayampi dhammo…pe… na bhikkhuniyā kena ci pariyāyena bhikkhu akkositabbo paribhāsitabbo; ayampi dhammo…pe… ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo’’ti.

那位被认可的比库应当打扫住处,备好饮用水和食用水,设置座位,然后拿着拂尘坐下。比库尼们应当前往那里,礼敬那位比库后,在一旁坐下。那位比库应当询问——「诸姊妹,你们和合吗?」如果她们说「我们和合,尊者」,「诸姊妹,八重法是否奉行?」如果她们说「奉行,尊者」,应当传达「诸姊妹,这是教诫」。如果她们说「不奉行,尊者」,应当宣说。「受达上百年的比库尼应当向当日受达上的比库礼敬、起迎、合掌、行恭敬;此法应当尊重、尊敬、敬重、礼敬,尽形寿不得违越。比库尼不得在无比库的住处结雨安居;此法应当尊重、尊敬、敬重、礼敬,尽形寿不得违越。每半月比库尼应当从比库僧团期待两法:询问伍波萨他日及前来受教诫,此法……乃至……雨安居结束后,比库尼应当在两部僧团中以三事自恣:见、闻或疑;此法……乃至……犯重法的比库尼应当在两部僧团中行半月僧悦;此法……乃至……在六法中学习二年的学法女应当在两部僧团中寻求受达上;此法……乃至……比库尼不得以任何方式辱骂、诽谤比库;此法……乃至……从今日起,比库尼对比库的言路被遮止,比库对比库尼的言路不被遮止;此法应当尊重、尊敬、敬重、礼敬,尽形寿不得违越」。

Sace ‘‘samaggāmhāyyā’’ti bhaṇantaṃ aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sace ‘‘vaggāmhāyyā’’ti bhaṇantaṃ aṭṭha garudhamme bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ovādaṃ aniyyādetvā aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

如果她们说「我们和合,尊者」而说其他法,犯恶作。如果她们说「我们不和合,尊者」而说八重法,犯恶作。不传达教诫而说其他法,犯恶作。

§150

Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunīsaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非法甘马作非法甘马想,对不和合的比库尼僧团作不和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马作非法甘马想,对不和合的比库尼僧团有疑而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马作非法甘马想,对不和合的比库尼僧团作和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非法甘马有疑,对不和合的比库尼僧团作不和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马有疑,对不和合的比库尼僧团有疑而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马有疑,对不和合的比库尼僧团作和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非法甘马作如法甘马想,对不和合的比库尼僧团作不和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马作如法甘马想,对不和合的比库尼僧团有疑而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马作如法甘马想,对不和合的比库尼僧团作和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非法甘马作非法甘马想,对和合的比库尼僧团作不和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马作非法甘马想,对和合的比库尼僧团有疑而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。非法甘马作非法甘马想,对和合的比库尼僧团作和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme vematiko samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非法甘马有疑,对和合的比库尼僧团作不和合想而教诫……乃至……有疑而教诫……乃至……作和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非法甘马作如法甘马想,对和合的比库尼僧团作不和合想而教诫……乃至……有疑而教诫……乃至……作和合想而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

§151

Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于如法甘马,有非法甘马想,教诫分裂的比库尼僧团,有分裂想,犯恶作。于如法甘马,有非法甘马想,教诫分裂的比库尼僧团,有疑……有和合想,犯恶作。

Dhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于如法甘马,有疑,教诫分裂的比库尼僧团,有分裂想……有疑……有和合想,犯恶作。

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于如法甘马,有如法甘马想,教诫分裂的比库尼僧团,有分裂想……有疑……有和合想,犯恶作。

Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于如法甘马,有非法甘马想,教诫和合的比库尼僧团,有分裂想……有疑……有和合想,犯恶作。

Dhammakamme vematiko samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于如法甘马,有疑,教诫和合的比库尼僧团,有分裂想……有疑……有和合想,犯恶作。

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, anāpatti.

于如法甘马,有如法甘马想,教诫和合的比库尼僧团,有分裂想,犯恶作。于如法甘马,有如法甘马想,教诫和合的比库尼僧团,有疑,犯恶作。于如法甘马,有如法甘马想,教诫和合的比库尼僧团,有和合想,无犯。

§152

Anāpatti uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno, osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:给予诵戒,给予遍问,被说「尊者请降下」而降下,问问题,被问问题而说,比库尼们听闻为他人之利益而说者,对学法女,对沙马内莉,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Ovādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 教诫学处完第一

2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadaṃ2. 日没后学处

§153

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadanti pariyāyena. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato cūḷapanthakassa pariyāyo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na dāni ajja ovādo iddho bhavissati, taññeva dāni udānaṃ ayyo cūḷapanthako punappunaṃ bhaṇissatī’’ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā cūḷapanthako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cūḷapanthakaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā cūḷapanthako etadavoca – ‘‘samaggāttha, bhaginiyo’’ti? ‘‘Samaggāmhāyyā’’ti. ‘‘Vattanti, bhaginiyo, aṭṭha garudhammā’’ti? ‘‘Vattantāyyā’’ti. ‘‘Eso, bhaginiyo, ovādo’’ti niyyādetvā imaṃ udānaṃ punappunaṃ abhāsi –

尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。尔时,诸长老比库们轮流教诫比库尼们。尔时,具寿朱喇般他咖轮到教诫比库尼们。比库尼们如此说:「今天教诫将不会成功,尊者朱喇般他咖只会一再地说那同样的偈颂。」于是,那些比库尼们前往具寿朱喇般他咖处;抵达后,礼敬具寿朱喇般他咖,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的那些比库尼们,具寿朱喇般他咖对她们如此说:「诸姊妹,你们和合吗?」「尊者,我们和合。」「诸姊妹,八敬法在行持吗?」「尊者,在行持。」「诸姊妹,这就是教诫。」送出后,一再地说此偈颂:

‘‘Adhicetaso appamajjato, munino monapathesu sikkhato;

「对于增上心不放逸者，对于牟尼在牟尼道中学习者；

Sokā na bhavanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato’’ti.

如此者无诸忧，对于寂静者、常具念者。」

Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘nanu avocumhā – na dāni ajja ovādo iddho bhavissati, taññeva dāni udānaṃ ayyo cūḷapanthako punappunaṃ bhaṇissatī’’ti! Assosi kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti dhūmāyatipi pajjalatipi antaradhāyatipi, tañceva udānaṃ bhaṇati aññañca bahuṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, na vata no ito pubbe ovādo evaṃ iddho bhūtapubbo yathā ayyassa cūḷapanthakassā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako tā bhikkhuniyo yāva samandhakārā ovaditvā uyyojesi – gacchatha bhaginiyoti.

诸比库尼如此说——「我们岂不是说过——现在今天教诫将不会有神通，尊者朱喇般塔咖只会一再地说那个自说而已」！具寿朱喇般塔咖听到了那些比库尼的这番谈话。于是具寿朱喇般塔咖升上虚空，在空中、天空中行走、站立、坐着、躺卧、冒烟、燃烧、隐没，并说那个自说及其他许多佛陀之语。诸比库尼如此说——「实在稀有啊，尊者！实在未曾有啊，尊者！我们以前从未有过如此具神通的教诫，如同尊者朱喇般塔咖的」！于是具寿朱喇般塔咖教诫那些比库尼直到黄昏，然后遣散她们——「诸姊妹，去吧」。

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo nagaradvāre thakite bahinagare vasitvā kālasseva nagaraṃ pavisanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abrahmacāriniyo imā bhikkhuniyo; ārāme bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ vasitvā idāni nagaraṃ pavisantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā cūḷapanthako atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadissatī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadissasi! Netaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

于是那些比库尼因城门已关闭而住在城外，清晨才进入城中。人们非议、呵责、传播——「这些比库尼不是梵行者；她们与诸比库在精舍住宿后，现在才进城」。诸比库听到那些人们非议、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库……他们非议、呵责、传播——「具寿朱喇般塔咖怎么在太阳落下后教诫诸比库尼呢」……「朱喇般塔咖，你真的在太阳落下后教诫诸比库尼吗」？「是真的，世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「朱喇般塔咖，你怎么在太阳落下后教诫诸比库尼呢！朱喇般塔咖,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵这学处——

§154

nti.

§155

nāma ñatticatutthena kammena sammato.

即以白四甘马所认可者。

ti oggate sūriye.

即太阳落下后。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

即在两部僧团中受达上者。

ti aṭṭhahi vā garudhammehi aññena vā dhammena ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即以八敬法或其他法教诫者,犯巴吉帝亚。

§156

Atthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthaṅgate vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthaṅgate anatthaṅgatasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对已日没者,想为已日没而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。对已日没者,疑惑而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。对已日没者,想为未日没而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ekatoupasampannāya ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate anatthaṅgatasaññī, anāpatti.

对一众受具足者教诫,犯恶作。对未日没者,想为已日没,犯恶作。对未日没者,疑惑,犯恶作。对未日没者,想为未日没,无犯。

§157

无犯:给予诵习、给予遍问、被说「尊者请降下」而降下、问问题、被问问题而说、为其他目的而说时比库尼们听到、对学法女、对沙马内莉、对疯狂者、对最初犯戒者。

Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 日没后学处完第二

3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadaṃ3. 比库尼住所学处

§158

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovadanti. Bhikkhuniyo chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ethāyye, ovādaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yampi mayaṃ, ayye, gaccheyyāma ovādassa kāraṇā, ayyā chabbaggiyā idheva āgantvā amhe ovadantī’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissantī’’ti ! Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave , bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在释迦国咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。其时,六群比库前往比库尼住处后教诫六群比库尼。诸比库尼对六群比库尼如此说——「来吧,尊姊,我们将去教诫」。「尊姊,即使我们为了教诫的缘故而去,六群尊者们来到此处教诫我们」。诸比库尼抱怨、呵责、传播——「为何六群比库前往比库尼住处后教诫比库尼们呢」!其时,彼等比库尼将此事告知诸比库。彼等少欲比库……抱怨、呵责、传播——「为何六群比库前往比库尼住处后教诫比库尼们呢」……「诸比库,汝等前往比库尼住处后教诫比库尼们,是真实吗」?「世尊,是真实的」。佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,为何汝等前往比库尼住处后教诫比库尼们呢!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,汝等应如此诵此学处——

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§159

Tena kho pana samayena mahāpajāpati gotamī gilānā hoti. Therā bhikkhū yena mahāpajāpati gotamī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kacci te, gotami, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Na me, ayyā, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ’’. ‘‘Iṅghayyā, dhammaṃ desethā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhagini, kappati bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo dhammaṃ desetu’’nti kukkuccāyantā na desesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena mahāpajāpati gotamī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, gotami, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīya’’nti ? ‘‘Pubbe me, bhante, therā bhikkhū āgantvā dhammaṃ desenti. Tena me phāsu hoti. Idāni pana – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti, kukkuccāyantā na desenti. Tena me na phāsu hotī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā gilānaṃ bhikkhuniṃ ovadituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,摩诃巴阇波提果德弥患病。诸长老比库前往摩诃巴阇波提果德弥处;前往后,对摩诃巴阇波提果德弥如此说——「果德弥,可忍受吗?可维持吗」?「尊者,我不能忍受,不能维持」。「来吧,尊姊,请说法」。「姊妹,前往比库尼住处后为比库尼们说法不许可」,因疑虑而未说。其时,世尊于上午时分着衣,持钵与衣,前往摩诃巴阇波提果德弥处;前往后,坐于所设之座。坐已,世尊对摩诃巴阇波提果德弥如此说——「果德弥,可忍受吗?可维持吗」?「尊者,以前诸长老比库来后为我说法。因此我感到舒适。但现在,『被世尊所禁止』,因疑虑而不说。因此我不感到舒适」。其时,世尊以法语示导、劝导、激励、使摩诃巴阇波提果德弥欢喜后,从座起而离去。其时,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘作法语后,告诸比库——「诸比库,我允许前往比库尼住处后教诫患病的比库尼。诸比库,汝等应如此诵此学处——

§160

ti.

§161

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……此……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma yattha bhikkhuniyo ekarattampi vasanti.

名为比库尼们即使一夜也住的地方。

ti tattha gantvā.

去到那里。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

于两部僧团受具足。

ti aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

以八敬法教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

除了适时。

nāma bhikkhunī na sakkoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ.

比库尼不能前往教诫或共住。

§162

Upasampannāya upasampannasaññī bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematiko bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññī bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对已受具足者有已受具足想,前往比库尼住所,除了适时而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑,前往比库尼住所,除了适时而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足想,前往比库尼住所,除了适时而教诫,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññena dhammena ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ekatoupasampannāya ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampannāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

以其他法教诫,犯恶作。对一部受具足者教诫,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,无犯。

§163

Anāpatti samaye, uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:适时,给予诵戒,给予遍问,被说「具寿请降下」而降下,问问题,被问问题而说,诸比库尼听闻为他人之利益而说,对学法女、沙马内莉,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 比库尼住所学处完第三

4. Āmisasikkhāpadaṃ4. 利养学处

§164

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vakkhanti – ‘na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī’’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadetha – ‘na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī’’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, evaṃ vakkhatha – na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantīti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。尔时,诸长老比库教诫比库尼,获得衣、食、住所、病者所需之药品资具。六群比库如此说——「诸长老比库并非为了利益而教诫比库尼;诸长老比库为了利养而教诫比库尼。」凡彼诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「六群比库怎能如此说——『诸长老比库并非为了利益而教诫比库尼;诸长老比库为了利养而教诫比库尼』?」……「诸比库,你们真的如此说——『诸长老比库并非为了利益而教诫比库尼;诸长老比库为了利养而教诫比库尼』吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能如此说——『诸长老比库并非为了利益而教诫比库尼;诸长老比库为了利养而教诫比库尼』!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§165

nti.

§166

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡任何……比库」者:……在此义中所指的是比库。

ti cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu.

「为了利养」者:为了衣之因、为了食之因、为了住所之因、为了病者所需之药品资具之因、为了恭敬之因、为了尊重之因、为了尊敬之因、为了礼拜之因、为了供养之因。

ti upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadatī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「说……为了利养而教诫」者:欲使僧团所认可的已受具足的比库尼教诫者成为无德者、欲使成为无名声者、欲使成为羞愧者,如此说——「为了衣之因、为了食之因、为了住所之因、为了病者所需之药品资具之因、为了恭敬之因、为了尊重之因、为了尊敬之因、为了礼拜之因、为了供养之因而教诫」,说者,犯巴吉帝亚。

§167

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

如法甘马,有如法甘马想,如此说者,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,有疑,如此说者,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,有非法甘马想,如此说者,犯巴吉帝亚。

Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘cīvarahetu…pe… pūjanahetu ovadatī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadatī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

欲使僧团所未认可的已受具足的比库尼教诫者成为无德者、欲使成为无名声者、欲使成为羞愧者,如此说——「为了衣之因……为了供养之因而教诫」,说者,犯恶作。欲使僧团所认可或未认可的未受具足的比库尼教诫者成为无德者、欲使成为无名声者、欲使成为羞愧者,如此说——「为了衣之因、为了食之因、为了住所之因、为了病者所需之药品资具之因、为了恭敬之因、为了尊重之因、为了尊敬之因、为了礼拜之因、为了供养之因而教诫」,说者,犯恶作。非法甘马,有如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马,有疑,犯恶作。非法甘马,有非法甘马想,犯恶作。

§168

Anāpatti pakatiyā cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadantaṃ bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:说本来为了衣之因、为了食之因、为了住所之因、为了病者所需之药品资具之因、为了恭敬之因、为了尊重之因、为了尊敬之因、为了礼拜之因、为了供养之因而教诫者,痴狂者,最初之犯行者。

Āmisasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 财物学处完第四

5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṃ5. 衣施学处

§169

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarissā visikhāya piṇḍāya carati. Aññatarāpi bhikkhunī tassā visikhāya piṇḍāya carati. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha, bhagini, amukasmiṃ okāse bhikkhā diyyatī’’ti. Sāpi kho evamāha – ‘‘gacchāyya, amukasmiṃ okāse bhikkhā diyyatī’’ti. Te abhiṇhadassanena sandiṭṭhā ahesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa cīvaraṃ bhājīyati. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī ovādaṃ gantvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho taṃ bhikkhuniṃ so bhikkhu etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ me, bhagini, cīvarapaṭivīso ; sādiyissasī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāyya, dubbalacīvarāmhī’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。尔时,某位比库在沙瓦提城某条街巷行乞食。某位比库尼也在那条街巷行乞食。时,彼比库对彼比库尼如此说——「去吧,姊妹,在某处施食。」她也如此说——「去吧,具寿,在某处施食。」他们因频繁相见而相识。尔时,僧团分配衣。时,彼比库尼前往教诫,来到彼比库处;来到后,礼敬彼比库,站立一旁。彼比库对站立一旁的彼比库尼如此说——「姊妹,这是我的衣之分配;你将接受吗?」「是的,具寿,我衣薄弱。」

Atha kho so bhikkhu tassā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ adāsi. Sopi kho bhikkhu dubbalacīvaro hoti. Bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘karohi dāni te, āvuso, cīvara’’nti . Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dassatī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ adāsī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ñātikā te , bhikkhu, aññātikā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātikā, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Aññātako, moghapurisa, aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dassasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,那位比库把衣给了那位比库尼。那位比库也成了衣弱者。诸比库对那位比库说:「贤友,现在为你自己做衣吧。」那时,那位比库把这件事告诉了诸比库。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、非难、呵责:「比库怎么可以把衣给比库尼呢?」……「比库,你真的把衣给了比库尼吗?」「是真的,世尊。」「比库,她是你的亲戚还是非亲戚?」「非亲戚,世尊。」「愚痴人,非亲戚对非亲戚不知道适当或不适当、有或无。愚痴人,你怎么可以把衣给非亲戚的比库尼呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵这学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§170

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā bhikkhunīnaṃ pārivattakaṃ cīvaraṃ na denti. Bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā amhākaṃ pārivattakaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ dātuṃ. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,诸比库因疑虑而不给诸比库尼交换衣。诸比库尼抱怨、非难、呵责:「尊者们怎么不给我们交换衣呢?」诸比库听到那些比库尼在抱怨、非难、呵责。那时,那些比库把这件事告诉了世尊。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作了如法之语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许给五种人交换衣。给比库、比库尼、在学尼、沙玛内拉、沙马内莉——诸比库,我允许给这五种人交换衣。诸比库,你们应当如此诵这学处——」

§171

nti.

§172

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……这里所指的比库是……

nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.

非亲戚,名为从母系或父系乃至七世祖代不相连者。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

比库尼,名为在两部僧团中受达上者。

nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ .

衣,名为六种衣中的任何一种衣,可作净施的,最小的。

ti ṭhapetvā pārivattakaṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

除了交换而给,犯巴吉帝亚。

§173

Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对非亲戚者有非亲戚想而给予衣,除了交换,犯巴吉帝亚。对非亲戚者有疑而给予衣,除了交换,犯巴吉帝亚。对非亲戚者有亲戚想而给予衣,除了交换,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ekato upasampannāya cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.

对单边受具足者给予衣,除了交换,犯恶作。对亲戚者有非亲戚想,犯恶作。对亲戚者有疑,犯恶作。对亲戚者有亲戚想,无犯。

§174

Anāpatti ñātikāya, pārivattakaṃ parittena vā vipulaṃ, vipulena vā parittaṃ, bhikkhunī vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ deti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:对亲戚者,交换少的换多的,或多的换少的,比库尼取得信任,取得暂时的,除了衣之外给予其他资具,对学法女,对沙马内莉,对痴狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 衣施学处完第五

6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṃ6. 衣缝学处

§175

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī paṭṭo hoti cīvarakammaṃ kātuṃ. Aññatarā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, ayyo cīvaraṃ sibbatū’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbitvā surattaṃ suparikammakataṃ katvā majjhe paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā saṃharitvā nikkhipi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ taṃ, bhante, cīvara’’nti? ‘‘Handa, bhagini , imaṃ cīvaraṃ yathāsaṃhaṭaṃ haritvā nikkhipitvā yadā bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ āgacchati tadā imaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhunisaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchā’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ yathāsaṃhaṭaṃ haritvā nikkhipitvā yadā bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ āgacchati tadā taṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhunisaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yāva chinnikā imā bhikkhuniyo dhuttikā ahirikāyo, yatra hi nāma cīvare paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti!

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍达夷善于做衣的工作。某位比库尼去到具寿伍达夷处;去到后,对具寿伍达夷如此说:「尊者,请善为我缝衣。」于是,具寿伍达夷为那位比库尼缝衣,做得极好、极精致后,在中间生起欲念,收起后放置。于是,那位比库尼去到具寿伍达夷处;去到后,对具寿伍达夷如此说:「尊者,那衣在哪里?」「来吧,姊妹,把这衣如所收起的拿去放置,当比库尼僧团来听教诫时,你穿上这衣,在比库尼僧团后面后面地来。」于是,那位比库尼把那衣如所收起的拿去放置,当比库尼僧团来听教诫时,穿上那衣,在比库尼僧团后面后面地来。人们非难、呵责、传播:「这些比库尼真是破戒者、恶行者、无惭者,竟然在衣上生起欲念!」

Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kassidaṃ kamma’’nti? ‘‘Ayyassa udāyissā’’ti. ‘‘Yepi te chinnakā dhuttakā ahirikā tesampi evarūpaṃ na sobheyya, kiṃ pana ayyassa udāyissā’’ti! Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ñātikā te, udāyi, aññātikā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātikā, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Aññātako, moghapurisa, aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

诸比库尼如此说:「这是谁的行为?」「是尊者伍达夷的。」「即使那些破戒者、恶行者、无惭者,这样的事也不适合,何况尊者伍达夷!」于是,那些比库尼向诸比库报告此事。那些少欲的比库……非难、呵责、传播:「具寿伍达夷怎么为比库尼缝衣呢?」……「伍达夷,你真的为比库尼缝衣吗?」「真实,世尊。」「伍达夷,她是你的亲戚还是非亲戚?」「非亲戚,世尊。」「愚痴人,非亲戚者对非亲戚者不知道适当或不适当、可喜或不可喜。愚痴人,你怎么为非亲戚的比库尼缝衣!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§176

nti.

§177

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……比库……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.

非亲戚者,名为从母方或从父方乃至七世祖代无血缘关系者。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

比库尼,名为在两部僧团中受具足者。

nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

即六种衣中的任何一种衣。

ti sayaṃ sibbati ārāpathe ārāpathe āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己缝,每一针每一针都犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi sibbati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

命令他人,犯巴吉帝亚。被命令一次而缝多次,犯巴吉帝亚。

§178

Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对非亲戚作非亲戚想而缝衣或使人缝衣,犯巴吉帝亚。对非亲戚有疑而缝衣或使人缝衣,犯巴吉帝亚。对非亲戚作亲戚想而缝衣或使人缝衣,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ekatoupasampannāya cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.

为一起受具足者缝衣或使人缝衣,犯恶作。对亲戚作非亲戚想,犯恶作。对亲戚有疑,犯恶作。对亲戚作亲戚想,无犯。

§179

Anāpatti ñātikāya, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:为亲戚;除了衣之外缝其他资具或使人缝;为学法女;为沙马内莉;痴狂者;最初犯戒者。

Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 衣缝学处完第六

7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ7. 预约学处

§180

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yatheva mayaṃ sapajāpatikā āhiṇḍāma, evamevime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya āhiṇḍantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库与比库尼约定同行一条道路。人们非难、呵责、诽谤:「就像我们与妻子一起游行,这些沙门释迦子也与比库尼约定一起游行!」诸比库听到那些人们非难、呵责、诽谤。那些少欲的比库……非难、呵责、诽谤:「为何六群比库与比库尼约定同行一条道路呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的与比库尼约定同行一条道路吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们为何与比库尼约定同行一条道路!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处。」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

世尊如此为诸比库制定学处。

§181

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayampi ayyehi saddhiṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Tumhe vā paṭhamaṃ gacchatha mayaṃ vā gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ayyā, bhante, aggapurisā. Ayyāva paṭhamaṃ gacchantū’’ti. Atha kho tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pacchā gacchantīnaṃ antarāmagge corā acchindiṃsu ca dūsesuñca. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthagamanīye magge sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,众多比库与比库尼从萨咖塔前往沙瓦提,行于道路中。那时,那些比库尼对那些比库如此说——「我们也将与诸具寿一起前往」。「不行,姊妹,比库尼不允许与(比库)约定一起行于同一道路。你们先走,或者我们将走」。「诸具寿,尊者,是上首人。请诸具寿先走」。那时,那些比库尼在后面走时,盗贼在路中抢劫并侵犯了(她们)。那时,那些比库尼前往沙瓦提后,将此事告知诸比库尼。诸比库尼将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,作法谈后,告诉诸比库——「诸比库,我允许在有商队行走的道路上,被认为有危险、有恐怖时,比库尼与(比库)约定一起行于同一道路。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§182

ti.

§183

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡如是者……乃至……此……乃至……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

名为在两部僧团中受达上者。

nti ekato.

即一起。

ti – ‘‘gacchāma, bhagini, gacchāmāyya; gacchāmāyya, gacchāma, bhagini; ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

即——「我们走吧,姊妹,我们走吧,具寿;我们走吧,具寿,我们走吧,姊妹;今天或昨天或明天我们走吧」如此约定,犯恶作。

ti kukkuṭasampāte gāme, gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe, addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

即在公鸡飞行(的距离)的村落,每一村落间犯巴吉帝亚。在无村落的旷野,每半由旬犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

即除了特定时候。

nāma maggo na sakkā hoti vinā satthena gantuṃ.

名为须跋没有商队而行走的道路。

nāma tasmiṃ magge corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.

在那条路上,盗贼的停留处可见,进食处可见,站立处可见,坐卧处可见,躺卧处可见。

nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti, sappaṭibhayaṃ gantvā appaṭibhayaṃ dassetvā uyyojetabbā – ‘‘gacchatha bhaginiyo’’ti.

在那条路上,被盗贼所杀的人可见,被抢劫的人可见,被殴打的人可见。应当与她们一起前往有恐怖之处,显示无恐怖之处后,应当遣散她们——「诸姊妹,你们去吧」。

§184

Saṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite vematiko ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite, asaṃvidahitasaññī ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于已约定有已约定想,行于单一道路,乃至村与村之间,除了适时,犯巴吉帝亚。于已约定有疑,行于单一道路,乃至村与村之间,除了适时,犯巴吉帝亚。于已约定有未约定想,行于单一道路,乃至村与村之间,除了适时,犯巴吉帝亚。

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati bhikkhunī na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite asaṃvidahitasaññī, anāpatti.

比库约定,比库尼未约定,犯恶作。于未约定有已约定想,犯恶作。于未约定有疑,犯恶作。于未约定有未约定想,不犯。

§185

Anāpatti samaye, asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, bhikkhunī saṃvidahati , bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchanti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯者:适时,未约定而去,比库尼约定,比库未约定,以分离而去,于危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 预约学处完第七

8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadaṃ8. 船乘学处

§186

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yatheva mayaṃ sapajāpatikā nāvāya kīḷāma, evamevime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya nāvāya kīḷantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库与比库尼约定后登上同一艘船。人们非难、呵责、传播:「正如我们与妻子在船上嬉戏,这些沙门释迦子也与比库尼约定后在船上嬉戏!」诸比库听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲比库……他们非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎能与比库尼约定后登上同一艘船呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的与比库尼约定后登上同一艘船吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎能与比库尼约定后登上同一艘船呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§187

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge nadī taritabbā hoti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayampi ayyehi saddhiṃ uttarissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhituṃ; tumhe vā paṭhamaṃ uttaratha mayaṃ vā uttarissāmā’’ti . ‘‘Ayyā, bhante, aggapurisā. Ayyāva paṭhamaṃ uttarantū’’ti. Atha kho tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pacchā uttarantīnaṃ corā acchindiṃsu ca dūsesuñca . Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiriyaṃ taraṇāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,众多比库与比库尼从萨咖塔前往沙瓦提,行于旅途中。途中有河流应当渡过。时,那些比库尼对那些比库如此说:「我们也将与诸大德一起渡过。」「诸姊妹,不允许与比库尼约定后登上同一艘船;你们先渡过,或者我们将渡过。」「诸大德,尊者们是上首人。请诸大德先渡过。」时,那些比库尼在后渡过时,盗贼抢劫并侵犯了她们。时,那些比库尼前往沙瓦提后,将此事告知诸比库尼。诸比库尼将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许为了横渡,与比库尼约定后登上同一艘船。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§188

nti.

§189

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

这是指任何……（中略）……这……（中略）……这是在此义中所指的诸比库。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā .

名为在两部僧团中受达上者。

nti ekato.

意为一起。

ti ‘‘abhiruhāma, bhagini, abhiruhāmāyya; abhiruhāmāyya, abhiruhāma, bhagini; ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā abhiruhāmā’’ti saṃvidahati āpatti dukkaṭassa.

「我们一起乘吧,姊妹;我们一起乘吧,尊姊;我们一起乘吧,尊姊;我们一起乘吧,姊妹;今天或昨天或明天我们一起乘吧」,如此约定者,犯恶作。

Bhikkhuniyā abhiruḷhe bhikkhu abhiruhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhumhi abhiruḷhe bhikkhunī abhiruhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā abhiruhanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

比库尼已乘,比库乘,犯巴吉帝亚。比库已乘,比库尼乘,犯巴吉帝亚。或两者一起乘,犯巴吉帝亚。

nti ujjavanikāya.

意为逆流而上。

nti ojavanikāya.

意为顺流而下。

ti ṭhapetvā tiriyaṃ taraṇaṃ.

这是指除了横渡之外。

Kukkuṭasampāte gāme, gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe, aḍḍhayojane aḍḍhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

在库咖他桑巴德村,从一村至另一村,犯巴吉帝亚。在无村的阿兰若,每半由旬半由旬,犯巴吉帝亚。

§190

Saṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya , āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite vematiko ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite asaṃvidahitasaññī ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于约定时,有约定想,登上同一船,上行或下行,除了横渡之外,犯巴吉帝亚。于约定时,有疑,登上同一船,上行或下行,除了横渡之外,犯巴吉帝亚。于约定时,有非约定想,登上同一船,上行或下行,除了横渡之外,犯巴吉帝亚。

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, bhikkhunī na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite, asaṃvidahitasaññī, anāpatti.

比库约定,比库尼未约定,犯恶作。于非约定时,有约定想,犯恶作。于非约定时,有疑,犯恶作。于非约定时,有非约定想,无犯。

§191

Anāpatti tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, asaṃvidahitvā abhiruhanti, bhikkhunī saṃvidahati, bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena abhiruhanti, āpadāsu ummattakassa, ādikammissāti.

无犯:为了横渡,未约定而登上,比库尼约定,比库未约定,以信号登上,在危难时,对于疯狂者,最初的行为者。

Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 船乘学处完第八

9. Paripācitasikkhāpadaṃ9. 教唆学处

§192

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī aññatarassa kulassa kulūpikā hoti niccabhattikā. Tena ca gahapatinā therā bhikkhū nimantitā honti. Atha kho thullanandā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kimidaṃ, gahapati, pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyatta’’nti? ‘‘Therā mayā, ayye, nimantitā’’ti. ‘‘Ke pana te, gahapati, therā’’ti? ‘‘Ayyo sāriputto ayyo mahāmoggallāno ayyo mahākaccāno ayyo mahākoṭṭhiko ayyo mahākappino ayyo mahācundo ayyo anuruddho ayyo revato ayyo upāli ayyo ānando ayyo rāhulo’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, gahapati, mahānāge tiṭṭhamāne ceṭake nimantesī’’ti?

尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。其时,图拉难陀比库尼是某家族的家族女,常受供养者。而那位居士邀请了长老比库们。时,图拉难陀比库尼于上午时分着衣,持钵衣,前往那家族;前往后,对那位居士如此说:「居士,这是什么?准备了丰盛的副食主食?」「尊者,我邀请了长老们。」「居士,那些长老是谁?」「具寿沙利子、具寿马哈摩嘎喇那、具寿马哈咖吒亚那、具寿马哈果提咖、具寿马哈咖宾那、具寿马哈准达、具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿勒瓦答、具寿伍巴离、具寿阿难、具寿拉胡喇。」「居士,你为何舍弃大龙而邀请仆从?」

‘‘Ke pana te, ayye, mahānāgā’’ti? ‘‘Ayyo devadatto ayyo kokāliko ayyo kaṭamodakatissako ayyo khaṇḍadeviyā putto ayyo samuddadatto’’ti. Ayaṃ carahi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antarā kathā vippakatā, atha te therā bhikkhū pavisiṃsu. ‘‘Saccaṃ mahānāgā kho tayā, gahapati, nimantitā’’ti. ‘‘Idāneva kho tvaṃ, ayye, ceṭake akāsi; idāni mahānāge’’ti. Gharato ca nikkaḍḍhi, niccabhattañca pacchindi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma devadatto jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, devadatta, jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

「尊者,那些大龙是谁?」「具寿提婆达答、具寿果咖离咖、具寿咖答摩达咖帝萨咖、具寿康达提维亚之子、具寿沙木达达答。」这是图拉难陀比库尼中途未完的话,那时那些长老比库们进入了。「居士,你确实邀请了大龙。」「尊者,刚才你说仆从;现在说大龙。」从家中驱逐,并断绝常供。那些少欲比库们……抱怨、非难、呵责:「提婆达答怎能知道而食用比库尼所劝诱的钵食?」……「提婆达答,你确实知道而食用比库尼所劝诱的钵食吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「愚人,你怎能知道而食用比库尼所劝诱的钵食?愚人,这不能使未信者信乐……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§193

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rājagahā pabbajito ñātikulaṃ agamāsi. Manussā – ‘‘cirassampi bhadanto āgato’’ti sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ akaṃsu. Tassa kulassa kulūpikā bhikkhunī te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘dethayyassa, āvuso, bhatta’’nti. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi. Nāsakkhi piṇḍāya carituṃ, chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pubbe gihisamārambhe jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,某位比库从王舍城出家,前往亲戚家族。人们:「尊者久违来了」,恭敬地准备了食物。那家族的家族女比库尼对那些人如此说:「朋友们,给他食物。」时,那位比库:「世尊已禁止知道而食用比库尼所劝诱的钵食」,因疑虑而不接受。不能行乞食,成为断食者。时,那位比库前往精舍,向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许在先前居士的准备时,知道而食用比库尼所劝诱的钵食。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§194

nti.

§195

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

这是指任何…乃至…这…乃至…在此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti sā vā āroceti.

名字是指自己知道或他人告知他或她告知。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

名字是指在两部僧团中受达上。

nāma pubbe adātukāmānaṃ akattukāmānaṃ – ‘‘ayyo bhāṇako, ayyo bahussuto, ayyo suttantiko, ayyo vinayadharo, ayyo dhammakathiko, detha ayyassa, karotha ayyassā’’ti esā paripāceti nāma.

名字是指以前对那些不想给、不想做的人说——「尊者是诵者,尊者是多闻者,尊者是经师,尊者是持律者,尊者是说法者,请给尊者,请为尊者做」——这样劝说名为。

nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ.

名字是指五种食物中的任何一种食物。

ti ṭhapetvā gihisamārambhaṃ.

这是指除了在家人的工作。

nāma ñātakā vā honti pavāritā vā pakatipaṭiyattaṃ vā.

名字是指是亲戚或被邀请或为他们常备。

Aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā bhuñjissāmīti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre, āpatti pācittiyassa.

除了以前在家人的工作之外而「我将食用」地接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§196

Paripācite paripācitasaññī bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paripācite vematiko bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripācite aparipācitasaññī bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, anāpatti. Ekatoupasampannāya paripācitaṃ bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācite paripācitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācitte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācite aparipācitasaññī, anāpatti.

于已煮食有已煮食想而食用,除了先前在家时的准备,犯巴吉帝亚。于已煮食有疑而食用,除了先前在家时的准备,犯恶作。于已煮食有未煮食想而食用,除了先前在家时的准备,无犯。食用一方受具足者所煮之食,除了先前在家时的准备,犯恶作。于未煮食有已煮食想,犯恶作。于未煮食有疑,犯恶作。于未煮食有未煮食想,无犯。

§197

Anāpatti pubbe gihisamārambhe, sikkhamānā paripāceti, sāmaṇerī paripāceti, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:先前在家时的准备,在学尼煮,沙马内莉煮,除了五种食物外一切处无犯,对于痴狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Paripācitasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 教唆学处完第九

10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ10. 独坐学处

§198

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato udāyissa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Sā āyasmato udāyissa santike abhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchati, āyasmāpi udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā santike abhikkhaṇaṃ gacchati. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍达夷的前妻已在比库尼众中出家。她常常前往具寿伍达夷处,具寿伍达夷也常常前往那位比库尼处。其时,具寿伍达夷与那位比库尼一男一女屏处坐。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、非难、呵责——「具寿伍达夷怎能与比库尼一男一女屏处坐呢?」……「伍达夷,你真的与比库尼一男一女屏处坐吗?」「世尊,是真的。」世尊佛陀呵责……「愚痴人,你怎能与比库尼一男一女屏处坐呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§199

nti.

§200

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡任何……」……「比库」者,在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā .

「比库尼」者,名为在两部僧团中受具足。

nti ekato.

「一」者,单独。

ti bhikkhu ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

「一」者,既是比库又是比库尼。

nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

「屏处」者,名为眼的屏处、耳的屏处。眼的屏处者,名为即使眨眼、扬眉、抬头也不能看见。耳的屏处者,名为不能听到平常的谈话。

ti bhikkhuniyā nisinnāya bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

比库尼坐着时,比库靠近坐或靠近卧,犯巴吉帝亚。

Bhikkhu nisinne bhikkhunī upanisinnā vā hoti upanipannā vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

比库坐着时,比库尼靠近坐或靠近卧,犯巴吉帝亚。或者两者都坐着,或者两者都卧着,犯巴吉帝亚。

§201

Raho rahosaññī eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Raho vematiko eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Raho arahosaññī eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

隐密处,有隐密想,一对一地作坐,犯巴吉帝亚。隐密处,有疑,一对一地作坐,犯巴吉帝亚。隐密处,有非隐密想,一对一地作坐,犯巴吉帝亚。

Araho rahosaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Araho vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Araho arahosaññī, anāpatti.

非隐密处,有隐密想,犯恶作。非隐密处,有疑,犯恶作。非隐密处,有非隐密想,无犯。

§202

Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho, aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:任何有智者作为第二人,站立而不坐,期待非隐密处,另有所为而坐,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 独坐学处完第十

Ovādavaggo tatiyo. · 教诫品第三

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Asammataatthaṅgatū , passayāmisadānena;

未经同意而离去,以期待食物之施与;

Sibbati addhānaṃ nāvaṃ bhuñjeyya, eko ekāya te dasāti.

缝制旅途之船,应受用,一对一地,此等十。

4. Bhojanavaggo

4. 食物品

1. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṃ1. 住处食学处

§203

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā avidūre aññatarassa pūgassa āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā āvasathaṃ agamaṃsu. Manussā – ‘‘cirassampi bhadantā āgatā’’ti te sakkaccaṃ parivisiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dutiyampi divasaṃ…pe… tatiyampi divasaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā āvasathaṃ gantvā bhuñjiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ mayaṃ karissāma ārāmaṃ gantvā! Hiyyopi idheva āgantabbaṃ bhavissatī’’ti, tattheva anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjanti. Titthiyā apasakkanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissanti! Nayimesaññeva āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto; sabbesaññeva āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。尔时,在沙瓦提城不远处,某个团体的施处食被设立。六群比库于上午时分着下衣,持钵与衣,进入沙瓦提城行乞食,未得食后前往施处。人们说:「尊者们久违了」,恭敬地供养他们。其后,六群比库第二天也……乃至……第三天也于上午时分着下衣,持钵与衣,进入沙瓦提城行乞食,未得食后前往施处而食用。其后,六群比库生起此念:「我们前往园林做什么!明天也应当来此处」,即住在那里,连续住宿而食用施处食。外道们被排挤。人们非难、呵责、传播:「为何沙门释迦子连续住宿而食用施处食!此施处食并非只为他们设立;此施处食是为一切人设立的。」

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

诸比库听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库……乃至……非难、呵责、传播:「为何六群比库连续住宿而食用施处食?」……乃至……「诸比库,汝等真的连续住宿而食用施处食吗?」「世尊,真实。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……「愚痴人,汝等为何连续住宿而食用施处食!愚痴人,此非为令未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,汝等应如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§204

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto yena aññataro āvasatho tenupasaṅkami. Manussā – ‘‘cirassampi thero āgato’’ti sakkaccaṃ parivisiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, nāsakkhi tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ. Atha kho te manussā dutiyampi divasaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhuñjatha, bhante’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi; chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,具寿沙利子在国萨拉国地方前往沙瓦提城时,前往某个施处。人们说:「长老久违了」,恭敬地供养。其后,具寿沙利子食后,生起严重的疾病,不能从该施处离去。其后,那些人们第二天也对具寿沙利子说:「尊者,请食用。」其后,具寿沙利子因「世尊禁止连续住宿而食用施处食」而疑虑,不接受;成为断食者。其后,具寿沙利子前往沙瓦提城,向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。其后,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许有病的比库连续住宿而食用施处食。诸比库,汝等应如此诵此学处——」

§205

nti.

§206

nāma sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ.

「有病」者,不能从该施处离去。

nāma na sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ.

「无病」者,能从该施处离去。

nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ – sālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā anodissa yāvadattho paññatto hoti. Agilānena bhikkhunā sakiṃ bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttari ‘bhuñjissāmī’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「施处食」者,五种食物中的任一食物——在堂或亭或树下或露地,不指定而设立随所欲者。无病的比库应食用一次。若从那以上「我将食用」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§207

Agilāno agilānasaññī tatuttari āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko tatuttari āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī tatuttariṃ āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

无病者有无病想,食用那以上的施处食,犯巴吉帝亚。无病者疑虑,食用那以上的施处食,犯巴吉帝亚。无病者有病想,食用那以上的施处食,犯巴吉帝亚。

Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī, anāpatti.

病者有非病想,犯恶作。病者疑惑,犯恶作。病者有病想,不犯。

§208

Anāpatti gilānassa, agilāno sakiṃ bhuñjati, gacchanto, vā āgacchanto vā bhuñjati, sāmikā nimantetvā bhojenti, odissa paññatto hoti, na yāvadattho paññatto hoti, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

病者不犯,非病者一次食用,行走时或来时食用,施主邀请后供养,为特定对象而设,非设至满足为止,除五种食物外一切处不犯,对疯狂者、最初犯戒者不犯。

Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 住处食学处完第一

2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ2. 众食学处

§209

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena devadatto parihīnalābhasakkāro sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti! Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpaṃ, kassa sāduṃ na ruccatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma devadatto sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, devadatta, sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。其时,迭瓦达德失去利养恭敬,与其徒众在诸家中告知后告知后食用。诸人非难、呵责、传播:「沙门释迦子怎可在诸家中告知后告知后食用!谁不喜欢丰盛之物,谁不爱好美味!」诸比库听闻彼诸人非难、呵责、传播。彼诸少欲比库……非难、呵责、传播:「迭瓦达德怎可与其徒众在诸家中告知后告知后食用!」……「迭瓦达德,汝确实与徒众在诸家中告知后告知后食用耶?」「世尊,确实。」世尊呵责……「愚痴人,汝怎可与徒众在诸家中告知后告知后食用!愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,汝等应如是诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§210

Tena kho pana samayena manussā gilāne bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸人以食物邀请病比库。诸比库顾虑而不接受:「世尊已禁止别众食。」彼等将此事禀告世尊。尔时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许病比库食用别众食。诸比库,汝等应如是诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§211

Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaradānasamaye sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhikkhū nimantenti – ‘‘bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸人在施衣时节,准备附带衣的食物后邀请诸比库:「供养食物后将以衣覆盖。」诸比库顾虑而不接受:「世尊已禁止别众食。」所得衣少。诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在施衣时节食用别众食。诸比库,汝等应如是诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§212

Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvarakārake bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,人们以食物邀请制作衣的比库们。比库们疑虑而不接受——「世尊禁止了别众食」。他们将此事禀告世尊……(世尊说:)「诸比库,我允许在制衣时食别众食。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§213

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū manussehi saddhiṃ addhānaṃ gacchanti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘muhuttaṃ, āvuso, āgametha; piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānagamanasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,比库们与人们一起行路。那时,那些比库对那些人说:「贤友们,请稍候片刻;我们将行乞食。」他们如此说:「尊者,就在此处食用吧。」比库们疑虑而不接受——「世尊禁止了别众食」。他们将此事禀告世尊……(世尊说:)「诸比库,我允许在行路时食别众食。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§214

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū manussehi saddhiṃ nāvāya gacchanti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘muhuttaṃ, āvuso, tīraṃ upanetha; piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāvābhiruhanasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,比库们与人们一起乘船而行。那时,那些比库对那些人说:「贤友们,请稍候片刻靠岸;我们将行乞食。」他们如此说:「尊者,就在此处食用吧。」比库们疑虑而不接受——「世尊禁止了别众食」。他们将此事禀告世尊……(世尊说:)「诸比库,我允许在乘船时食别众食。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§215

Tena 0 kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ āgacchanti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Manussā nānāverajjake bhikkhū passitvā bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mahāsamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,在各方结夏安居的比库们来到王舍城见世尊。人们见到来自不同地方的比库们,以食物邀请他们。比库们疑虑而不接受——「世尊禁止了别众食」。他们将此事禀告世尊……(世尊说:)「诸比库,我允许在大集会时食别众食。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§216

Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa ñātisālohito ājīvakesu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho so ājīvako yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, sabbapāsaṇḍikabhattaṃ kātu’’nti. ‘‘Sace tvaṃ, bhante, buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyāsi’’. ‘‘Evaṃ kareyyāmī’’ti. Atha kho so ājīvako bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘adhivāsentu me bhikkhū svātanāya bhatta’’nti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Atha kho so ājīvako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so ājīvako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhavampi gotamo pabbajito, ahampi pabbajito; arahati pabbajito pabbajitassa piṇḍaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ. Adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so ājīvako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samaṇabhattasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,马嘎达国王色尼亚·宾比萨拉的亲族血亲于邪命外道出家。时,彼邪命外道前往马嘎达国王色尼亚·宾比萨拉处;抵达后,对马嘎达国王色尼亚·宾比萨拉如此说——「大王,我想作一切外道食。」「尊者,若你先供养以佛为首的比库僧团。」「我将如此作。」时,彼邪命外道派遣使者至比库们处——「愿比库们应允我明日的食。」比库们疑虑而不应允——「世尊禁止别众食。」时,彼邪命外道前往世尊处;抵达后,与世尊共相问候,交换了值得忆念的友好话语后,站立于一旁。站立于一旁的彼邪命外道对世尊如此说——「果德玛尊者也是出家者,我也是出家者;出家者应当接受出家者的钵食。愿果德玛尊者与比库僧团一起应允我明日的食。」世尊以沉默应允。时,彼邪命外道知世尊已应允后离去。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘作法说后,告诉比库们——「比库们,我允许在沙门食时食别众食。比库们,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§217

ti.

§218

nāma yattha cattāro bhikkhū pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā bhuñjanti. Etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma.

即凡四位比库受邀于五种食的任何一种食而食。此名为别众食。

ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

除适时。

nāma antamaso pādāpi phalitā honti. ‘‘Gilānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即乃至脚也肿胀。「病时」应食。

nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañcamāsā. ‘‘Cīvaradānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即未施咖提那衣时雨季的最后月,已施咖提那衣时五个月。「施衣时」应食。

nāma cīvare kayiramāne. ‘‘Cīvarakārasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即在作衣时。「作衣时」应食。

nāma ‘‘addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmī’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ, gacchantena bhuñjitabbaṃ, gatena bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即「我将行半由旬」应食,行时应食,已行应食。

nāma ‘‘nāvaṃ abhiruhissāmī’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ, āruḷhena bhuñjitabbaṃ, oruḷhena bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即「我将登船」应食,已登应食,已下应食。

nāma yattha dve tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā yāpenti, catutthe āgate na yāpenti. ‘‘Mahāsamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即是两三位比库行乞食后能维持,第四位到来时不能维持。「大集会」时可以食用。

nāma yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno bhattaṃ karoti. ‘‘Samaṇabhattasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

即是任何游方者集会时供食。「沙门食集会」时可以食用。

‘‘Aññatra samayā bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「我将在非时食用」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§219

Gaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇabhojane vematiko, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇabhojane nagaṇabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于别众食有别众食想,除了适时,食用,犯巴吉帝亚。于别众食有疑,除了适时,食用,犯巴吉帝亚。于别众食有非别众食想,除了适时,食用,犯巴吉帝亚。

Nagaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nagaṇabhojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nagaṇabhojane nagaṇabhojanasaññī, anāpatti.

于非别众食有别众食想,犯恶作。于非别众食有疑,犯恶作。于非别众食有非别众食想,无犯。

§220

Anāpatti samaye, dve tayo ekato bhuñjanti, piṇḍāya caritvā ekato sannipatitvā bhuñjanti, niccabhattaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:适时,两三人一起食用,行乞食后一起聚集食用,常食,筹食,半月食,伍波萨他食,初日食,除了五种食物外一切处无犯,对于痴狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 众食学处完第二

3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ3. 展转食学处

§221

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena vesāliyaṃ paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa daliddassa kammakārassa etadahosi – ‘‘na kho idaṃ orakaṃ bhavissati yathayime manussā sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ karonti; yaṃnūnāhampi bhattaṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro yena kirapatiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ kirapatikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, ayyaputta, buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ kātuṃ. Dehi me vetana’’nti. Sopi kho kirapatiko saddho hoti pasanno. Atha kho so kirapatiko tassa daliddassa kammakārassa abbhātirekaṃ vetanaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so daliddo kammakāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho. Jānāhī’’ti. ‘‘Hotu bhante, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho. Bahū me badarā paṭiyattā badaramissena peyyā paripūrissantī’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

尔时,佛世尊住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。其时,韦萨离已确定美食的供食次序。时,某位贫穷的工人生起此念:「这些人如此恭敬地供食,这并非小事;我何不也供食呢?」时,彼贫穷的工人前往雇主处;前往后,对彼雇主如是说:「尊者,我想供养以佛为首的比库僧团食物。请给我工资。」彼雇主也是有信心、有净信的。时,彼雇主给予彼贫穷工人额外的工资。时,彼贫穷工人前往世尊处;前往后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的彼贫穷工人对世尊如是说:「尊者,请世尊与比库僧团一起接受我明日的供食。」「贤友,比库僧团众多。你要知道。」「尊者,虽然比库僧团众多,我已准备许多枣子,将以枣子混合的饮料使之满足。」世尊以沉默接受。

Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū – ‘‘daliddena kira kammakārena svātanāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito, badaramissena peyyā paripūrissantī’’ti. Te kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjiṃsu. Assosuṃ kho manussā – ‘‘daliddena kira kammakārena buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito’’ti. Te daliddassa kammakārassa pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ abhihariṃsu. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

时,彼贫穷工人知道世尊已接受,即从座起,礼敬世尊,行右绕礼后离去。诸比库听闻:「据说贫穷工人已邀请明日以佛为首的比库僧团,将以枣子混合的饮料使之满足。」他们及时行乞食后食用。诸人听闻:「据说贫穷工人已邀请以佛为首的比库僧团。」他们带来许多副食、主食给贫穷工人。时,彼贫穷工人于彼夜过后,准备美妙的副食、主食,使人告知世尊时间:「尊者,时间已到,食物已备办。」

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa daliddassa kammakārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro bhattagge bhikkhū parivisati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘thokaṃ, āvuso, dehi. Thokaṃ, āvuso, dehī’’ti. ‘‘Mā kho tumhe, bhante, ‘ayaṃ daliddo kammakāro’ti thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhittha. Pahūtaṃ me khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ.

尔时,世尊于上午时分着衣持钵,前往那位贫穷工人的住处;抵达后,与比库僧团一起坐于所设之座。尔时,那位贫穷工人在食堂供养诸比库。诸比库如此说:「朋友,给少许。朋友,给少许。」「诸尊者,请勿因『这是贫穷工人』而只接受少许。我已准备了丰富的副食与主食。诸尊者,请接受所需之量。」

Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhante, yāvadattha’’nti. ‘‘Na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Apica, mayaṃ kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā; tena mayaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmā’’ti.

「朋友,我们并非因此缘故而只接受少许。然而,我们今早已行乞食而食;因此我们只接受少许。」

Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā mayā nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti? Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa daliddassa kammakārassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,那位贫穷工人不满、呵责、抱怨:「为何诸尊者受我邀请却在他处食用!而我无能力给予所需之量。」诸比库听闻那位贫穷工人不满、呵责、抱怨。那些少欲诸比库……不满、呵责、抱怨:「为何诸比库受邀于一处却在他处食用?」……「诸比库,诸比库受邀于一处却在他处食用,此事真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,那些愚人为何受邀于一处却在他处食用!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§222

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhuñjāhi, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, atthi me bhattapaccāsā’’ti. Tassa bhikkhuno piṇḍapāto ussūre āharīyittha. So bhikkhu na cittarūpaṃ bhuñji. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana , bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,有一位比库生病。有一位比库持钵食前往那位比库处;抵达后,对那位比库如此说:「朋友,请食用。」「够了,朋友,我有食物的期待。」那位比库的钵食被徒然带来。那位比库未能如意地食用。他们将此事禀告世尊。尔时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许病比库食用辗转食。诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§223

Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaradānasamaye sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhikkhū nimantenti – ‘‘bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paramparabhojana’’nti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,在衣施时节,人们准备了附衣之食而邀请诸比库:「供食后将以衣布施。」诸比库因疑虑而不接受:「世尊已禁止辗转食。」所得衣物稀少。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在衣施时节食用辗转食。诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§224

Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvarakārake bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paramparabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,人们以食物邀请制作衣的诸比库。诸比库疑虑而不接受——「世尊禁止辗转食」。他们将此事禀告世尊……(世尊说:)「诸比库,我允许在制衣时食辗转食。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§225

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§226

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā bhagavato ca āyasmato ca ānandassa bhojanaṃ adaṃsu. Āyasmā ānando kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggaṇhāti. ‘‘Gaṇhāhi , ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bhagavā , atthi me bhattapaccāsā’’ti. ‘‘Tenahānanda, vikappetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikappetvā paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, vikappetabbaṃ – ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’’ti.

尔时,世尊于上午时分着衣、持钵衣,与具寿阿难为后随行沙门,前往某一家族;抵达后,坐于所设之座。时,那些人供养世尊及具寿阿难食物。具寿阿难疑虑而不接受。「阿难,你拿取吧。」「够了,世尊,我有食物的邀请。」「那么,阿难,你转让后拿取吧。」于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作法谈后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许转让后食辗转食。诸比库,应当如此转让——『我将我的食物邀请给某某名者』。」

§227

nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāma.

「辗转食」名为:被邀请五种食物中的某一种食物,除此之外,食用五种食物中的另一种食物,此名为辗转食。

ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

「除了适时」。

nāma na sakkoti ekāsane nisinno yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjituṃ. ‘‘Gilānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

「病时」名为:不能坐于一座而食至满足。「病时」应当食用。

nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā. ‘‘Cīvaradānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

「施衣时」名为:未结迦提那时为雨安居的最后一个月,已结迦提那时为五个月。「施衣时」应当食用。

nāma cīvare kayiramāne. ‘‘Cīvarakārasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

「制衣时」名为:正在制作衣时。「制衣时」应当食用。

‘‘Aññatra samayā bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「我将在别的时候食用」而接受,犯恶作。每一次吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§228

Paramparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paramparabhojane vematiko, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paramparabhojane naparamparabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于别众食想为别众食,除了时机,食用,犯巴吉帝亚。于别众食有疑,除了时机,食用,犯巴吉帝亚。于别众食想为非别众食,除了时机,食用,犯巴吉帝亚。

Naparamparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Naparamparabhojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Naparamparabhojane naparamparabhojanasaññī, anāpatti.

于非别众食想为别众食,犯恶作。于非别众食有疑,犯恶作。于非别众食想为非别众食,无犯。

§229

Anāpatti samaye, vikappetvā bhuñjati, dve tayo nimantane ekato bhuñjati, nimantanapaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjati, sakalena gāmena nimantito tasmiṃ gāme yattha katthaci bhuñjati , sakalena pūgena nimantito tasmiṃ pūge yattha katthaci bhuñjati, nimantiyamāno bhikkhaṃ gahessāmīti bhaṇati, niccabhatte, salākabhatte, pakkhike, uposathike, pāṭipadike, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:在时机时,作分配后食用,将两三个邀请合在一起食用,按邀请的次序食用,被整个村庄邀请在该村庄的任何地方食用,被整个团体邀请在该团体的任何地方食用,被邀请时说「我将接受施食」,在常食时,在筹食时,在半月时,在伍波萨他日时,在月初日时,除了五种食物外一切处无犯,对于疯狂者,对于最初的犯行者。

Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 展转食学处完第三

4. Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṃ4. 独眼母学处

§230

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kāṇamātā upāsikā saddhā hoti pasannā. Kāṇā gāmake aññatarassa purisassa dinnā hoti. Atha kho kāṇā mātugharaṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgata’’nti. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā ‘‘kismiṃ viya rittahatthaṃ gantu’’nti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Dutiyampi kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgata’’nti. Dutiyampi kho kāṇamātā upāsikā ‘‘kismiṃ viya rittahattaṃ gantu’’nti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Tatiyampi kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgataṃ. Sace kāṇā nāgacchissati, ahaṃ aññaṃ pajāpatiṃ ānessāmī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho kāṇamātā upāsikā kismiṃ viya rittahatthaṃ gantunti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Atha kho kāṇāya sāmiko aññaṃ pajāpatiṃ ānesi.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,独眼母近事女有信、有净信。独眼被给予村中某个男子。时,独眼因某事而前往母家。时,独眼的丈夫派遣使者到独眼处——「让独眼来,我想要独眼来」。时,独眼母近事女「怎能空手前往」而烤饼。饼烤好时,某位行乞食的比库进入独眼母近事女的住处。时,独眼母近事女令那位比库拿饼。他出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿饼。他也出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿饼。所准备的饼耗尽了。第二次,独眼的丈夫派遣使者到独眼处——「让独眼来,我想要独眼来」。第二次,独眼母近事女「怎能空手前往」而烤饼。饼烤好时,某位行乞食的比库进入独眼母近事女的住处。时,独眼母近事女令那位比库拿饼。他出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿饼。他也出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿饼。所准备的饼耗尽了。第三次,独眼的丈夫派遣使者到独眼处——「让独眼来,我想要独眼来。如果独眼不来,我将带来另一位主妇」。第三次,独眼母近事女「怎能空手前往」而烤饼。饼烤好时,某位行乞食的比库进入独眼母近事女的住处。时,独眼母近事女令那位比库拿饼。他出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿饼。他也出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿饼。所准备的饼耗尽了。时,独眼的丈夫带来了另一位主妇。

Assosi kho kāṇā – ‘‘tena kira purisena aññā pajāpati ānītā’’ti. Sā rodantī aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kāṇamātaraṃ upāsikaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kissāyaṃ kāṇā rodatī’’ti? Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā kāṇamātaraṃ upāsikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

独眼听说——「据说那个男子带来了另一位主妇」。她哭泣着站立。时,世尊在上午时分着衣、持钵衣,前往独眼母近事女的住处;抵达后,坐于所设之座。时,独眼母近事女前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一面。世尊对坐于一面的独眼母近事女如此说:「这独眼为何哭泣?」时,独眼母近事女向世尊报告此事。时,世尊以法语示导、劝导、鼓励、使独眼母近事女欢喜后,从座起立离去。

§231

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sattho rājagahā paṭiyālokaṃ gantukāmo hoti. Aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu taṃ satthaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Aññataro upāsako tassa bhikkhuno sattuṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi sattuṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi sattuṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pātheyyaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi . Atha kho so upāsako te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘ajjaṇho, ayyā, āgametha, yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pātheyyaṃ ayyānaṃ dinnaṃ. Pātheyyaṃ paṭiyādessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Nāyyo sakkā āgametuṃ, payāto sattho’’ti agamaṃsu. Atha kho tassa upāsakassa pātheyyaṃ paṭiyādetvā pacchā gacchantassa corā acchindiṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā paṭiggahessanti! Ayaṃ imesaṃ datvā pacchā gacchanto corehi acchinno’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya…pe… vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,某个商队想要从王舍城前往他处。某位行乞食的比库为了乞食而进入那个商队。某位近事男令那位比库拿干粮。他出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿干粮。他也出去后告诉另一位。也令他拿干粮。所准备的路粮耗尽了。时,那位近事男对那些人如此说:「尊者们,明天请来,所准备的路粮已给予尊者们。我将准备路粮」。「尊者不能来,商队已出发」而没有来。时,那位近事男准备好路粮后在后面前往时,盗贼抢劫了。人们非难、呵责、传播:「沙门释迦子怎能不知量而接受!这位给予他们后在后面前往而被盗贼抢劫」。诸比库听闻那些人非难、呵责、传播。时,那些比库向世尊报告此事。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,那么,我将为诸比库制定学处,依十种利益——为了僧团的安稳,为了僧团的安乐……乃至……为了摄受律。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§232

ti.

§233

nti kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

「家」是指四种家——刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家、首陀罗家。

nti tattha gataṃ.

在那里去到的。

nāma yaṃkiñci paheṇakatthāya paṭiyattaṃ.

名为任何为了送行而准备的。

nāma yaṃkiñci pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattaṃ.

名为任何为了路粮而准备的。

ti yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.

你想要多少就拿多少。

ti icchamānena.

想要的人。

ti dvetayo pattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā.

应接受两三钵满。

ti tatuttari paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

若接受超过那个,犯巴吉帝亚。

tato nikkhamantena bhikkhuṃ passitvā ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘amutra mayā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahitā, mā kho tattha paṭiggaṇhī’’ti. Sace passitvā na ācikkhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sace ācikkhite paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

从那里离开时,见到比库应告知——「我在某处接受了两三钵满,你不要在那里接受」。若见到而不告知,犯恶作。若已告知而接受,犯恶作。

nti paṭikkamanaṃ nīharitvā saṃvibhajitabbaṃ.

应取出退回之物后分配。

ti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

这是此中的如法性。

§234

Atirekadvattipattapūre atirekasaññī paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipattapūre vematiko paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipattapūre ūnakasaññī paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对超过三十钵食物有超过想而接受,犯巴吉帝亚。对超过三十钵食物有疑而接受,犯巴吉帝亚。对超过三十钵食物有不足想而接受,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ūnakadvattipattapūre atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipattapūre vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipattapūre ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

对不足三十钵食物有超过想,犯恶作。对不足三十钵食物有疑,犯恶作。对不足三十钵食物有不足想,无犯。

§235

Anāpatti dvattipattapūre paṭiggaṇhāti, ūnakadvattipattapūre paṭiggaṇhāti, na paheṇakatthāya na pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattaṃ denti, paheṇakatthāya vā pātheyyatthāya vā paṭiyattasesakaṃ denti, gamane paṭippassaddhe denti, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:接受三十钵食物,接受不足三十钵食物,不是为了送人、不是为了路粮而准备给予,为了送人或为了路粮而给予剩余的准备物,在出发停止时给予,亲戚们已邀请的,为了他人,以自己的财物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 独眼母学处完第四

5. Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ5. 第一请食学处

§236

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā bhojesi. Bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā ñātikulāni gantvā ekacce bhuñjiṃsu ekacce piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo paṭivissake etadavoca – ‘‘bhikkhū mayā ayyā santappitā. Etha, tumhepi santappessāmī’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ, ayyo , amhe santappessasi? Yepi tayā nimantitā tepi amhākaṃ gharāni āgantvā ekacce bhuñjiṃsu ekacce piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū’’ti!

尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某位婆罗门邀请诸比库后供养食物。诸比库已食、已拒食后,前往亲戚家,一些人进食,一些人取了钵食后离去。于是,那位婆罗门对仆人们说:「我已使诸尊者满足。来,我也将使你们满足。」他们如此说:「尊者,你将使我们满足什么?那些被你邀请的人也来到我们家,一些人进食,一些人取了钵食后离去!」

Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjitvā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissanti ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

于是,那位婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸大德怎么在我家进食后又在别处进食!我不能够给予所需之物!」诸比库听到那位婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨。那些少欲的诸比库……他们不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸比库怎么已食、已拒食后又在别处进食?」……「诸比库,确实诸比库已食、已拒食后又在别处进食吗?」「确实,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……「诸比库,那些愚痴人怎么已食、已拒食后又在别处进食!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§237

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṇīte piṇḍapāte nīharanti. Gilānā na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjanti. Tāni bhikkhū chaṭṭenti. Assosi kho bhagavā uccāsaddaṃ mahāsaddaṃ kākoravasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Bhuñjeyyuṃ panānanda, bhikkhū gilānātiritta’’nti. ‘‘Na bhuñjeyyuṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi bhikkhave, gilānassa ca agilānassa ca atirittaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, atirittaṃ kātabbaṃ – ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,诸比库将美妙的钵食拿给生病的诸比库。病者不能随意食用。诸比库将那些(食物)丢弃。世尊听到高声、大声、乌鸦叫声。听到后,告诉具寿阿难:「阿难,那是什么高声、大声、乌鸦叫声?」于是,具寿阿难将此事禀告世尊。「阿难,诸比库可以食用病者的剩余吗?」「世尊,不可以食用。」于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许病者与非病者食用剩余。诸比库,应当如此作剩余——『这足够全部』。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§238

nti.

§239

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」是指任何那样的……乃至……是指……乃至……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

「食」是指五种食物中的任何一种食物,乃至以草尖端所食的。

nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

「正食」是指座位已设,食物已设,站在手臂所及之处拿来,拒绝已设。

nāma akappiyakataṃ hoti, appaṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, anuccāritakataṃ hoti , ahatthapāse kataṃ hoti, abhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, ‘‘alametaṃ sabbanti avuttaṃ hoti, na gilānātirittaṃ hoti’’ – etaṃ anatirittaṃ nāma.

「非剩余」是指未作净,未作受取,未作说出,未在手臂所及之处作,未食而作,已食、已拒绝、已从座起而作,未说「这足够全部」,非病者的剩余——这称为非剩余。

nāma kappiyakataṃ hoti, paṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, uccāritakataṃ hoti, hatthapāse kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā avuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti vuttaṃ hoti, gilānātirittaṃ hoti – etaṃ atirittaṃ nāma.

「剩余」是指已作净,已作受取,已作说出,已在手臂所及之处作,已食而作,已食、已拒绝、未从座起而作,已说「这足够全部」,是病者的剩余——这称为剩余。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

「副食」是指除了五种食物、时分药、七日药、尽形寿药之外,其余的称为副食。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

「食」是指五种食物:饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「我将食、我将食用」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§240

Anatiritte anatirittasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anatiritte vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anatiritte atirittasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于未作余食而有未作余食想,食副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。于未作余食而疑,食副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。于未作余食而有作余食想,食副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte anatirittasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte atirittasaññī, anāpatti.

为了食物而接受时分药、七日药、尽形寿药,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯恶作。于作余食而有未作余食想,犯恶作。于作余食而疑,犯恶作。于作余食而有作余食想,无犯。

§241

Anāpatti atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjati, ‘‘atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, aññassatthāya haranto gacchati, gilānassa sesakaṃ bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:作余食后食用,「作余食后我将食用」而接受,为了他人而拿着去,食用病人的残食,有因缘时受用时分药、七日药、尽形寿药,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 第一请食学处完第五

6. Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ6. 第二请食学处

§242

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Eko bhikkhu anācāraṃ ācarati. Dutiyo bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘māvuso, evarūpamakāsi, netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So tasmiṃ upanandhi. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghabhattaṃ hoti. Dutiyo bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito hoti. Upanaddho bhikkhu ñātikulaṃ gantvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhuñjāhi, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, paripuṇṇomhī’’ti. ‘‘Sundaro, āvuso, piṇḍapāto, bhuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu tena bhikkhunā nippīḷiyamāno taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñji. Upanaddho bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tvampi nāma, āvuso, maṃ vattabbaṃ maññasi yaṃ tvaṃ bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasī’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, ācikkhitabba’’nti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, pucchitabba’’nti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,有两位比库在国萨拉国地方行于往沙瓦提城的道路。一位比库行恶行。第二位比库对那位比库如此说:「贤友,不要作如此之事,这不允许。」他对他怀恨。那时,那些比库到达沙瓦提城。其时,在沙瓦提城有某一群体的僧团食。第二位比库已食、已拒食。怀恨的比库前往亲戚家,取了钵食后,去到那位比库处;去后,对那位比库如此说:「贤友,请食用。」「够了,贤友,我已满足。」「贤友,美好的钵食,请食用。」那时,那位比库被那位比库逼迫,食用了那钵食。怀恨的比库对那位比库如此说:「贤友,你竟然认为应对我说,你已食、已拒食而食用未作余食的食物。」「贤友,不是应该告知吗?」「贤友,不是应该询问吗?」

Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāressatī’’ ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāresīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāressasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,那位比库将此事告知诸比库。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难:「怎么比库能以未作余食的食物劝请已食、已拒食的比库食用呢?」……「比库,你确实以未作余食的食物劝请已食、已拒食的比库食用吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么能以未作余食的食物劝请已食、已拒食的比库食用呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§243

nti.

§244

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是任何……「比库」是指在此义中所指的比库。

nti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

「另一位比库」是指其他比库。

nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ, antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

名为五种食物中的任何一种食物,乃至以草尖许已食。

nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

名为座位被了知,食物被了知,站在手臂所及之处递送,拒绝被了知。

nāma akappiyakataṃ hoti, appaṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, anuccāritakataṃ hoti, ahatthapāse kataṃ hoti, abhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti avuttaṃ hoti, na gilānātirittaṃ hoti – etaṃ anatirittaṃ nāma.

名为已作不如法,已作未受取,已作未告知,已作于手臂所及之处外,已作于未食完,已作于已食完、已说足、已从座起,未说「这一切已足够」,非病者之余——这名为非余。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

名为除了五种食物——时分药、七日药、尽形寿药之外的其余可副食,名为可副食。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

名为五种食物——饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。

ti yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.

即「你想要多少就拿多少」。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

名为自己知道,或他人告知他,或他告知。

ti ‘‘iminā imaṃ codessāmi sāressāmi paṭicodessāmi paṭisāressāmi maṅku karissāmī’’ti abhiharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa vacanena ‘‘khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhojanapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

即「我将以此诘责他、令他忆念、反诘他、令他反忆念、令他羞愧」而递送,犯恶作。以其言「我将副食、我将食用」而受取,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯恶作。食物终了时,犯巴吉帝亚。

§245

Pavārite pavāritasaññī anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pavārite vematiko anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pavārite appavāritasaññī anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, anāpatti. Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya abhiharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa vacanena ‘‘khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite pavāritasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite appavāritasaññī, anāpatti.

已自恣者,有已自恣想,令持来非剩余的副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。已自恣者,有疑,令持来非剩余的副食或主食,犯恶作。已自恣者,有未自恣想,令持来非剩余的副食或主食,不犯。为了食物而令持来时分药、七日药、尽形寿药,犯恶作。以其言「我将嚼、我将食」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯恶作。未自恣者,有已自恣想,犯恶作。未自恣者,有疑,犯恶作。未自恣者,有未自恣想,不犯。

§246

Anāpatti atirittaṃ kārāpetvā deti, ‘‘atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjāhī’’ti deti, aññassatthāya haranto gacchāhīti deti, gilānassa sesakaṃ deti, ‘‘yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjā’’ti deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:令作剩余而给与,「令作剩余而食」而给与,为了他人之利益而拿着去「拿去吧」而给与,给与病者残余,「有因缘时分药、七日药、尽形寿药可受用」而给与,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 第二请食学处完第六

7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ7. 非时食学处

§247

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe giraggasamajjo hoti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū giraggasamajjaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū passitvā nahāpetvā vilimpetvā bhojetvā khādanīyaṃ adaṃsu. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū khādanīyaṃ ādāya ārāmaṃ gantvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gaṇhāthāvuso, khādanīyaṃ khādathā’’ti. ‘‘Kuto tumhehi, āvuso, khādanīyaṃ laddha’’nti? Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissantī’’ti! Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林栗鼠饲养处。其时,王舍城有山顶集会。十七群比库前往观看山顶集会。诸人见十七群比库后,令沐浴、涂油、食用后,给与副食。十七群比库拿着副食前往精舍后,对六群比库如此说——「诸具寿,拿副食,嚼吧!」「诸具寿,你们从何处得副食?」十七群比库向六群比库报告此事。「诸具寿,那么你们非时食用食物吗?」「是的,诸具寿。」六群比库不满、呵责、抱怨——「十七群比库怎能非时食用食物呢!」于是,六群比库向诸比库报告此事。彼诸少欲比库……不满、呵责、抱怨——「十七群比库怎能非时食用食物呢!」……「诸比库,你们真的非时食用食物吗?」「真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能非时食用食物呢!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……」……「诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

§248

nti.

§249

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……比库之意。……此是此义中所指的比库。

nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.

名为中午过后直至黎明升起。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

名为除去五种食物——时分药、七日药、尽形寿药——之外的其余副食。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

名为五种食物——饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「我将嚼、我将食」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§250

Vikāle vikālasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle kālasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非时有非时想,食副食或啖食,犯巴吉帝亚。非时有疑,食副食或啖食,犯巴吉帝亚。非时有时想,食副食或啖食,犯巴吉帝亚。

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vikālasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle kālasaññī, anāpatti.

为了食物而接受时分药、七日药、尽形寿药,犯恶作。每次吞咽,犯恶作。时有非时想,犯恶作。时有疑,犯恶作。时有时想,不犯。

§251

Anāpatti yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:有因缘而受用时分药、七日药、尽形寿药;痴狂者;最初犯戒者。

Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 非时食学处完第七

8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṃ8. 贮藏学处

§252

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upajjhāyo āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso araññe viharati. So piṇḍāya caritvā sukkhakuraṃ ārāmaṃ haritvā sukkhāpetvā nikkhipati. Yadā āhārena attho hoti, tadā udakena temetvā temetvā bhuñjati, cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ belaṭṭhasīsaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisasī’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿阿难的亲教师具寿贝拉他西萨住在林野。他行乞食后,将干饭团带回精舍晒干后收藏。当需要食物时,就用水浸湿后食用,很久才入村乞食。诸比库对具寿贝拉他西萨说:「贤友,为何你很久才入村乞食?」于是具寿贝拉他西萨向诸比库说明此事。「贤友,你食用储藏的食物吗?」「是的,贤友。」那些少欲诸比库……抱怨、呵责、非难:「为何具寿贝拉他西萨食用储藏的食物?」……「贝拉他西萨,你确实食用储藏的食物吗?」「是的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「贝拉他西萨,你为何食用储藏的食物!贝拉他西萨,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§253

nti.

§254

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「……」任何……「……」……「……」此义中所指的比库。

nāma ajja paṭiggahitaṃ aparajju khāditaṃ hoti.

「储藏」名为今日接受,明日食用。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

「副食」名为除去五种食物——时分药、七日药、尽形寿药——之外的其余。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

「啖食」名为五种食物——饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「我将食、我将食用」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§255

Sannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sannidhikārake vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sannidhikārake asannidhikārakasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于贮藏物有贮藏物想,食副食或食主食,犯巴吉帝亚。于贮藏物有疑,食副食或食主食,犯巴吉帝亚。于贮藏物有非贮藏物想,食副食或食主食,犯巴吉帝亚。

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake asannidhikārakasaññī, anāpatti.

为了食物而接受时限药、七日药、尽形寿药,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯恶作。于非贮藏物有贮藏物想,犯恶作。于非贮藏物有疑,犯恶作。于非贮藏物有非贮藏物想,无犯。

§256

Anāpatti yāvakālikaṃ yāvakāle nidahitvā bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ yāme nidahitvā bhuñjati, sattāhakālikaṃ sattāhaṃ nidahitvā bhuñjati, yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:贮藏时限药于时限内食用,贮藏时限药于夜分内食用,贮藏七日药于七日内食用,有因缘时受用尽形寿药,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 贮藏学处完第八

9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ9. 美食学处

§257

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti! Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpaṃ, kassa sāduṃ na ruccatī’’ti!! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissantī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库为自己乞求美食后食用。人们非难、批评、传播:「沙门释迦子怎么为自己乞求美食后食用呢!谁不喜欢丰盛的?谁不爱好美味的?」诸比库听闻那些人们非难、批评、传播。诸少欲比库……非难、批评、传播:「六群比库怎么为自己乞求美食后食用呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的为自己乞求美食后食用吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎么为自己乞求美食后食用呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§258

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kaccāvuso khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjāma, tena no phāsu hoti; idāni pana ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti kukkuccāyantā na viññāpema, tena no na phāsu hotī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸比库生病。探病比库对病比库如此说:「具寿,可忍否?可支持否?」「具寿,以前我们为自己乞求美食后食用,因此我们安乐;但现在因『世尊已禁止』而疑虑不乞求,因此我们不安乐。」他们将此事禀告世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许病比库为自己乞求美食后食用。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§259

nti.

§260

ti nāma gosappi vā ajikāsappi vā mahiṃsasappi vā, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati tesaṃ sappi.

美食者,即牛酥、山羊酥、水牛酥,凡其肉适当者,其酥。

nāma tesaññeva navanītaṃ.

名为那些同样的熟酥。

nāma tilatelaṃ sāsapatelaṃ madhukatelaṃ eraṇḍatelaṃ vasātelaṃ.

名为胡麻油、芥子油、蜜树油、蓖麻油、脂油。

nāma makkhikāmadhu .

名为蜂蜜。

nāma ucchumhā nibbattaṃ.

名为从甘蔗所生的。

nāma udako vuccati.

名为被称为水。

nāma yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ maṃsaṃ.

名为那些肉是允许的,那些的肉。

nāma gokhīraṃ vā ajikākhīraṃ vā mahiṃsakhīraṃ vā, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ khīraṃ.

名为牛乳或山羊乳或水牛乳,那些肉是允许的,那些的乳。

nāma tesaññeva dadhi.

名为那些同样的酪。

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

这是指任何……(中略)……这……(中略)……在此义中所指的是比库。

ti tathārūpāni paṇītabhojanāni.

这是指那样的美食。

nāma yassa vinā paṇītabhojanāni phāsu hoti.

是指没有美食也安乐的人。

nāma yassa vinā paṇītabhojanāni na phāsu hoti.

是指没有美食就不安乐的人。

Agilāno attano atthāya viññāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena ‘‘bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

无病者为自己的利益而请求,在努力时犯恶作。得到后以「我将食用」而接受,犯恶作罪。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚罪。

§261

Agilāno agilānasaññī paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

无病者有无病想,为自己的利益请求美食后食用,犯巴吉帝亚罪。无病者有疑,为自己的利益请求美食后食用,犯巴吉帝亚罪。无病者有病想,为自己的利益请求美食后食用,犯巴吉帝亚罪。

Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī anāpatti.

有病者有无病想,犯恶作罪。有病者有疑,犯恶作罪。有病者有病想,不犯。

§262

Anāpatti gilānassa, gilāno hutvā viññāpetvā agilāno bhuñjati, gilānassa sesakaṃ bhuñjati, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassatthāya attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯的情况:有病者,生病时请求后无病时食用,食用病者的剩余,亲戚们已邀请的,为他人的利益用自己的财物,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 美食学处完第九

10. Dantaponasikkhāpadaṃ10. 齿木学处

§263

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sabbapaṃsukūliko susāne viharati. So manussehi diyyamānaṃ na icchati paṭiggahetuṃ, susānepi rukkhamūlepi ummārepi ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjati . Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayaṃ bhikkhu amhākaṃ ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjissati! Theroyaṃ bhikkhu vaṭharo manussamaṃsaṃ maññe khādatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。其时,有一位比库完全是尘堆衣者,住在墓地。他不愿接受人们所施予的,在墓地、树下、垃圾堆中自己拾取被丢弃之物而受用。人们抱怨、非难、传播恶言——「这位比库怎么自己拾取我们所丢弃之物而受用!这位长老比库是恶人,我想他在吃人肉!」诸比库听闻那些人们抱怨、非难、传播恶言。那些少欲诸比库……抱怨、非难、传播恶言——「比库怎么能食用未经授予的入口之食!」……「比库,你确实食用了未经授予的入口之食吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么能食用未经授予的入口之食!愚痴人,这非为了使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§264

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū udakadantapone kukkuccāyanti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udakadantaponaṃ sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸比库对于水与齿木感到疑虑。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许自己拾取水与齿木而受用。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§265

nti.

§266

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是……」……「比库」者,在此义中所指的比库。

nāma appaṭiggahitakaṃ vuccati.

「未经授予」者,称为未被接受之物。

nāma kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā dente hatthapāse ṭhito kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhāti, etaṃ dinnaṃ nāma.

「授予」者,以身或以身所系物或以应舍物施予时,站在手臂所及之处,以身或以身所系物接受,这称为已授予。

nāma udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃkiñci ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, eso āhāro nāma.

「食物」者,除了水与齿木之外,任何可吞咽之物,这称为食物。

ti ṭhapetvā udakadantaponaṃ.

「除了……之外」者,除了水与齿木之外。

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti gaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

「我将吃、我将食」而取,犯恶作。每一次吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。

§267

Appaṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitakasaññī adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭiggahitake vematiko adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭiggahitake paṭiggahitakasaññī adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于未受者有未受想,食用未给与的口食,除了水与齿木,犯巴吉帝亚。于未受者有疑,食用未给与的口食,除了水与齿木,犯巴吉帝亚。于未受者有已受想,食用未给与的口食,除了水与齿木,犯巴吉帝亚。

Paṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭiggahitake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭiggahitake paṭiggahitakasaññī, anāpatti.

于已受者有未受想,犯恶作。于已受者有疑,犯恶作。于已受者有已受想,无犯。

§268

Anāpatti udakadantapone, cattāri mahāvikatāni sati paccaye asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:水与齿木,四种大变化物有因缘时无净人自己取而受用,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Dantaponasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 齿木学处完第十

Bhojanavaggo catuttho. · 食物品第四

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Piṇḍo gaṇaṃ paraṃ pūvaṃ, dve ca vuttā pavāraṇā;

团食、众、他人、饼,以及所说的两种邀请;

Vikāle sannidhī khīraṃ, dantaponena te dasāti.

非时、贮藏、乳,与齿木,这些是十。

5. Acelakavaggo

5. 裸行者品

1. Acelakasikkhāpadaṃ1. 裸行者学处

§269

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa khādanīyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Tenahānanda, vighāsādānaṃ pūvaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vighāsāde paṭipāṭiyā nisīdāpetvā ekekaṃ pūvaṃ dento aññatarissā paribbājikāya ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsi. Sāmantā paribbājikāyo taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘jāro te eso samaṇo’’ti. ‘‘Na me so samaṇo jāro, ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando ekekaṃ pūvaṃ dento tassāyeva paribbājikāya ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsi. Sāmantā paribbājikāyo taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘jāro te eso samaṇo’’ti. ‘‘Na me so samaṇo jāro, ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsī’’ti. ‘‘Jāro na jāro’’ti bhaṇḍiṃsu. Aññataropi ājīvako parivesanaṃ agamāsi. Aññataro bhikkhu pahūtena sappinā odanaṃ madditvā tassa ājīvakassa mahantaṃ piṇḍaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so ājīvako taṃ piṇḍaṃ ādāya agamāsi. Aññataro ājīvako taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kuto tayā, āvuso, piṇḍo laddho’’ti? ‘‘Tassāvuso, samaṇassa gotamassa muṇḍagahapatikassa parivesanāya laddho’’ti.

尔时,世尊佛陀住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。其时,僧团的副食丰盛。时,具寿阿难将此事禀告世尊。「那么,阿难,给予残食者饼。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难应诺世尊后,令残食者依次而坐,给每人一个饼时,以为一个而给了某位女游方者两个饼。周围的女游方者们对那位女游方者说:「那位沙门是你的情夫。」「那位沙门不是我的情夫,他以为一个而给了两个饼。」第二次...第三次,具寿阿难给每人一个饼时,以为一个而给了那位女游方者两个饼。周围的女游方者们对那位女游方者说:「那位沙门是你的情夫。」「那位沙门不是我的情夫,他以为一个而给了两个饼。」她们争论「是情夫、不是情夫」。某位邪命者也来到施食处。某位比库用大量酥油拌饭,给了那位邪命者一大团食。时,那位邪命者拿着那团食离去。某位邪命者对那位邪命者说:「朋友,你从哪里得到团食?」「朋友,从那位沙门果德玛秃头居士的施食处得到。」

Assosuṃ kho upāsakā tesaṃ ājīvakānaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho te upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ime, bhante, titthiyā avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā saṅghassa. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā titthiyānaṃ sahatthā na dadeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā te upāsake dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te upāsakā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya …pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

诸近事男听到那些邪命者的这番谈话。那时,那些近事男前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那些近事男对世尊如此说——「尊者,这些外道想要诋毁佛,想要诋毁法,想要诋毁僧团。尊者,善哉,诸圣者不应亲手施与外道。」那时,世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使那些近事男欢喜。那时,那些近事男被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,作法语后,告诸比库——「诸比库,那么,我将为诸比库制定学处,基于十种利益——为了僧团的善妙,为了僧团的安乐……乃至……为了正法的久住,为了随顺律。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§270

nti.

§271

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何……如是……」……乃至……「此」……乃至……「在此义中所指的比库」。

nāma yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno naggo.

「邪命者」名为任何已得游方者身份的裸行者。

nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.

「外道」名为除了比库和沙玛内拉之外,任何已得游方者身份者。

nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.

「女外道」名为除了比库尼、学法女和沙马内莉之外,任何已得女游方者身份者。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

「副食」名为五种食物——除了水和齿木之外,其余的副食。

nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

「主食」名为五种食物——饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。

ti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「亲手」,以身或以身所系物或以应舍物施与,犯巴吉帝亚。

§272

Titthiye titthiyasaññī sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Titthiye vematiko sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Titthiye atitthiyasaññī sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对外道有外道想,亲手给予副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。对外道有疑,亲手给予副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。对外道有非外道想,亲手给予副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚。

Udakadantaponaṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye titthiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye atitthiyasaññī, anāpatti.

给予水或齿木,犯恶作。对非外道有外道想,犯恶作。对非外道有疑,犯恶作。对非外道有非外道想,不犯。

§273

Anāpatti dāpeti na deti, upanikkhipitvā deti, bāhirālepaṃ deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:令人给予而不亲手给予,放置后给予,给予外涂物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Acelakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 裸行者学处完第一

2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṃ2. 教唆学处

§274

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’’ti. Tassa adāpetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu upakaṭṭhe kāle nāsakkhi piṇḍāya carituṃ, paṭikkamanepi bhattavissaggaṃ na sambhāvesi, chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhikkhuṃ – ‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojessatī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, bhikkhuṃ – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’’ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuṃ – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’’ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子对兄弟的共住弟子比库如此说:「来,贤友,我们入村乞食。」不给予他而遣走:「去吧,贤友,与你一起谈话或坐卧对我不舒适,独自谈话或坐卧对我才舒适。」于是,那位比库在适当时间无法行乞食,返回时也未得到食物的施舍,成为断食者。于是,那位比库前往精舍,向诸比库报告此事。诸少欲比库……呵责、非难、责备:「为何具寿伍巴难陀释迦子对比库说『来,贤友,我们入村乞食』,不给予他而遣走?」……「伍巴难陀,你真的对比库说『来,贤友,我们入村乞食』,不给予他而遣走吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,为何你对比库说『来,贤友,我们入村乞食』,不给予他而遣走!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§275

nti.

§276

ti yo, yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「若」,「何者」……「若」……此学处中所指的比库。

nti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

「比库」:另一位比库。

ti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi, gāmo ceva nigamo ca.

「聚落」:村或镇或城,村和镇。

ti yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dāpetvā.

「令食」:令给予粥或饭或副食或主食。

ti na kiñci dāpetvā.

不给予任何东西。

ti mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitukāmo kīḷitukāmo raho nisīditukāmo anācāraṃ ācaritukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī’’ti uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā vijahantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite, āpatti pācittiyassa.

想要与女人一起欢笑、嬉戏、独处而坐、行不正行,如此说——「去吧,朋友,我与你一起谈话或坐在一起不舒适,我独自一人谈话或坐在一起才舒适」而驱遣,犯恶作。舍弃见的近处或舍弃闻的近处,犯恶作。已舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。

nti na añño koci paccayo hoti uyyojetuṃ.

没有其他任何理由来驱遣。

§277

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne vematiko uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于已受具足者有已受具足者想而驱遣,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有疑而驱遣,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有未受具足者想而驱遣,犯巴吉帝亚。

Kalisāsanaṃ āropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kalisāsanaṃ āropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

使承担诽谤,犯恶作。驱遣未受具足者,犯恶作。使承担诽谤,犯恶作。于未受具足者有已受具足者想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。

§278

Anāpatti ‘‘ubho ekato na yāpessāmā’’ti uyyojeti, ‘‘mahagghaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā lobhadhammaṃ uppādessatī’’ti uyyojeti, ‘‘mātugāmaṃ passitvā anabhiratiṃ uppādessatī’’ti uyyojeti, ‘‘gilānassa vā ohiyyakassa vā vihārapālassa vā yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā nīharā’’ti uyyojeti, na anācāraṃ ācaritukāmo, sati karaṇīye uyyojeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:「我们两人一起不能前往」而驱遣,「见到贵重物品会生起贪法」而驱遣,「见到女人会生起不喜」而驱遣,「为病者或为看护者或为寺院守护者取来粥或饭或副食或主食」而驱遣,不是想要行不正行,有应作之事而驱遣,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 教唆学处完第二

3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ3. 与食学处

§279

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ sayanighare nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā upanando sakyaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso pajāpatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dadehāyyassa bhikkha’’nti. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa bhikkhaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchatha, bhante, yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnā’’ti. Atha kho sā itthī sallakkhetvā – ‘‘pariyuṭṭhito ayaṃ puriso’’ti, āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nisīdatha, bhante, mā agamitthā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho so puriso…pe… tatiyampi kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchatha, bhante, yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho sā itthī āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nisīdatha, bhante, mā agamitthā’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子前往友人之家,与其妻子在卧室中坐在一起。时,彼男子来到具寿伍巴难陀释迦子处;抵达后,礼敬具寿伍巴难陀释迦子,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的彼男子对妻子如此说——「给予尊者食物」。时,彼女人给予具寿伍巴难陀释迦子食物。时,彼男子对具寿伍巴难陀释迦子如此说——「尊者请去,既然已给予尊者食物」。时,彼女人察觉——「此男子嫉妒」,对具寿伍巴难陀释迦子如此说——「尊者请坐,不要去」。第二次,彼男子……乃至……第三次,彼男子对具寿伍巴难陀释迦子如此说——「尊者请去,既然已给予尊者食物」。第三次,彼女人对具寿伍巴难陀释迦子如此说——「尊者请坐,不要去」。

Atha kho so puriso nikkhamitvā bhikkhū ujjhāpesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ sayanighare nisinno. So mayā uyyojīyamāno na icchati gantuṃ. Bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

时,彼男子出去后向诸比库抱怨——「尊者们,此尊者伍巴难陀与我的妻子在卧室中坐着。他被我驱遣却不想去。我们事务繁多,应作之事繁多」。诸少欲比库……乃至……抱怨、非难、呵责——「具寿伍巴难陀释迦子怎能在有食之家侵入而坐呢」……乃至……「伍巴难陀,你确实在有食之家侵入而坐吗?」「确实,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……乃至……「愚痴人,你怎能在有食之家侵入而坐呢!愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§280

nti.

§281

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」:任何…乃至…任何…乃至…在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma kulaṃ itthī ceva hoti puriso ca, itthī ca puriso ca ubho anikkhantā honti, ubho avītarāgā.

「有食之家」:有女人也有男人,女人和男人两者都未出家,两者都未离贪。

ti anupavisitvā.

「秘密地坐」:进入后坐下。

ti mahallake ghare piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Khuddake ghare piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ atikkamitvā nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「巴吉帝亚」:在大房子里,离开背墙一手臂的距离而坐,犯巴吉帝亚。在小房子里,超越背柱而坐,犯巴吉帝亚。

§282

Sayanighare sayanigharasaññī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sayanighare vematiko sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sayanighare nasayanigharasaññī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于卧室有卧室想,在有食之家秘密地坐,犯巴吉帝亚。于卧室有疑,在有食之家秘密地坐,犯巴吉帝亚。于卧室非卧室想,在有食之家秘密地坐,犯巴吉帝亚。

Nasayanighare sayanigharasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nasayanighare vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nasayanighare nasayanigharasaññī, anāpatti.

于非卧室有卧室想,犯恶作。于非卧室有疑,犯恶作。于非卧室非卧室想,不犯。

§283

Anāpatti mahallake ghare piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā nisīdati, khuddake ghare piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ anatikkamitvā nisīdati, bhikkhu dutiyo hoti, ubho nikkhantā honti, ubho vītarāgā, nasayanighare, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:在大房子里不离开背墙一手臂的距离而坐,在小房子里不超越背柱而坐,有比库作第二人,两者都已出家,两者都已离贪,在非卧室,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 与食学处完第三

4. Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṃ4. 屏处覆学处

§284

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子前往友人之家,与其妻子一起在隐密的覆蔽座位上坐。时,彼男子不满、呵责、抱怨:「怎么具寿伍巴难陀与我的妻子一起在隐密的覆蔽座位上坐呢!」诸比库听闻彼男子不满、呵责、抱怨。诸少欲比库…乃至…不满、呵责、抱怨:「怎么具寿伍巴难陀释迦子与女人一起在隐密的覆蔽座位上坐呢!」…乃至…「伍巴难陀,你真的与女人一起在隐密的覆蔽座位上坐吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责…乃至…「愚痴人,你怎么与女人一起在隐密的覆蔽座位上坐呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信…乃至…诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§285

nti.

§286

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」:任何……(中略)……(中略)……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pageva mahattarī.

「女人」:人女,非亚卡女、非饿鬼女、非畜生道,乃至当天出生的女婴,何况成年女子。

nti ekato.

「单独」:一对一。

「隐密」:眼的隐密、耳的隐密。眼的隐密,即当眼被遮蔽、或眉毛被抬起、或头被抬起时,不能看见。耳的隐密,即不能听到平常的谈话。

nāma āsanaṃ kuṭṭena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā vā, yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ hoti.

「覆蔽的座位」:被墙、或门、或帘、或草席围墙、或树、或柱、或谷堆,或任何东西所遮蔽。

ti mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「坐」:女人坐着,比库靠近坐或靠近卧,犯巴吉帝亚。比库坐着,女人靠近坐或靠近卧,犯巴吉帝亚。或两者都坐着,或两者都卧着,犯巴吉帝亚。

§287

Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于女人有女人想,在隐密覆蔽的座位上作坐,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有疑,在隐密覆蔽的座位上作坐,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有非女人想,在隐密覆蔽的座位上作坐,犯巴吉帝亚。

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatāya vā manussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

与亚卡女、或饿鬼女、或般哒咖、或畜生道的人形女、一起在隐密覆蔽的座位上作坐,犯恶作。于非女人有女人想,犯恶作。于非女人有疑,犯恶作。于非女人有非女人想,无犯。

§288

Anāpatti yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho, aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:任何有智之人作为第二人,站立不坐,等待观察,另有所作而坐,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 屏处覆学处完第四

5. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ5. 屏处坐学处

§289

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pāsādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。尔时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子前往友人之家,与其妻子一人与一女人单独坐于隐密处。时,彼男子不满、呵责、非难——「尊者伍巴难陀怎可与我妻子一人与一女人单独坐于隐密处!」诸比库听闻彼男子不满、呵责、非难。诸少欲比库……不满、呵责、非难——「具寿伍巴难陀释迦子怎可与女人一人与一女人单独坐于隐密处!」……「伍巴难陀,汝确实与女人一人与一女人单独坐于隐密处耶?」「世尊,确实。」佛世尊呵责……「愚人!汝怎可与女人一人与一女人单独坐于隐密处!愚人!此非令未信者生信……诸比库,汝等应如此诵此学处——

§290

nti.

§291

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何」者,无论何者……「比库」者……此为此义中所指之比库。

nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

「女人」者,人女,非亚卡女、非饿鬼女、非畜生,有智,能了知善说、恶说,粗恶、非粗恶。

nti ekato.

「一人」者,单独。

ti bhikkhu ceva hoti mātugāmo ca.

「一女人」者,比库与女人。

nāma cakkhussa raho, sotassa raho. nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

「隐密处」者,眼之隐密,耳之隐密。「眼之隐密」者,即使投掷眼睛或举起眉毛或举起头,也不能看见。「耳之隐密」者,不能听闻平常之语。

「坐」者,女人坐时,比库靠近而坐或靠近而卧,犯巴吉帝亚。比库坐时,女人靠近而坐或靠近而卧,犯巴吉帝亚。或两者皆坐,或两者皆卧,犯巴吉帝亚。

§292

Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于女人有女人想,一人与一人秘密坐,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有疑,一人与一人秘密坐,犯巴吉帝亚。于女人有非女人想,一人与一人秘密坐,犯巴吉帝亚。

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

与亚卡女或饿鬼女或般荼咖或畜生趣人形女一起,一人与一人秘密坐,犯恶作。于非女人有女人想,犯恶作。于非女人有疑,犯恶作。于非女人有非女人想,无犯。

§293

Anāpatti yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:任何有智男子作第二人,站立不坐,值得观看而另有所为地坐,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 屏处坐学处完第五

6. Cārittasikkhāpadaṃ6. 媒嫁学处

§294

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ bhattena nimantesi. Aññepi bhikkhū bhattena nimantesi. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ, kulāni payirupāsati. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso bhatta’’nti. ‘‘Āgametha, bhante, yāvāyyo upanando āgacchatī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho te bhikkhū…pe… tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso, bhattaṃ; pure kālo atikkamatī’’ti. ‘‘Yampi mayaṃ, bhante, bhattaṃ karimhā ayyassa upanandassa kāraṇā. Āgametha, bhante, yāvāyyo upanando āgacchatī’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。其时,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子的近事家以食邀请具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子。也以食邀请其他诸比库。其时,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子于食前亲近诸家。时,彼诸比库对彼诸人如是说——「贤友们,请给食。」「尊者们,请等待,直到尊者伍巴难陀来。」第二次,彼诸比库……第三次,彼诸比库对彼诸人如是说——「贤友们,请给食;食前时已过。」「尊者们,我们为尊者伍巴难陀之故而作食。尊者们,请等待,直到尊者伍巴难陀来。」

Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā āgacchati. Bhikkhū na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

时,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子于食前亲近诸家后,日中时来。诸比库未能满意地食用。诸少欲比库……呵责、非难、诃斥——「具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子如何受邀有食而于食前行于诸家之行?」……「伍巴难陀,汝实受邀有食而于食前行于诸家之行耶?」「实然,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚人,汝如何受邀有食而于食前行于诸家之行!愚人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,汝等应如是诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§295

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saṅghassatthāya khādanīyaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba’’nti. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti. Atha kho te manussā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando’’ti ? ‘‘Esāvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. ‘‘Idaṃ, bhante, khādanīyaṃ ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahetvā nikkhipatha yāva upanando āgacchatī’’ti.

其时,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子的近事家为僧团之利益送来副食——「示与尊者伍巴难陀后应施与僧团。」其时,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子已入村乞食。时,彼诸人前往精舍询问诸比库——「尊者们,尊者伍巴难陀在何处?」「贤友,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子已入村乞食。」「尊者们,此副食示与尊者伍巴难陀后应施与僧团。」诸比库将此事禀告世尊。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘作法谈后,告诸比库——「诸比库,那么,受取后放置,直到伍巴难陀来。」

Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjitu’’nti pacchābhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā paṭikkami, khādanīyaṃ ussāriyittha. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

时,具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子「世尊已禁止于食前行于诸家之行」,于食后亲近诸家后,日中时返回,副食被延误。诸少欲比库……呵责、非难、诃斥——「具寿伍巴难陀果德玛子如何于食后行于诸家之行?」……「伍巴难陀,汝实于食后行于诸家之行耶?」「实然,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚人,汝如何于食后行于诸家之行!愚人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,汝等应如是诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§296

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaradānasamaye kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,诸比库在衣施时期因顾虑而不亲近诸家。衣很少生起。诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在衣施时期亲近诸家。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§297

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karonti, attho ca hoti sūciyāpi suttenapi satthakenapi. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,诸比库在做衣工作,需要针或线或刀。诸比库因顾虑而不亲近诸家。诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在做衣时期亲近诸家。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

. ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§298

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti, attho ca hoti bhesajjehi. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,诸比库生病,需要诸药。诸比库因顾虑而不亲近诸家。诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在有病比库时询问后亲近诸家。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§299

ti.

§300

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是……」……「比库」者,在此义中所指的是……

nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito.

「被邀请」者,被五种食物中的任一种食物所邀请。

nāma yena nimantito tena sabhatto.

名为「与被邀请者一起用餐」。

nāma bhikkhuṃ sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

名为「比库可以不问而进入」。

nāma bhikkhuṃ na sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

名为「比库不可以不问而进入」。

nāma yena nimantito taṃ abhuttāvī.

名为「未食用被邀请的」。

nāma yena nimantito taṃ antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

名为「被邀请的即使以草尖端也已食用」。

nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

名为「四种家族——刹帝利家族、婆罗门家族、吠舍家族、首陀罗家族」。

ti aññassa gharūpacāraṃ okkamantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「进入另一家的附近者,犯恶作。第一只脚越过门槛,犯恶作。第二只脚越过,犯巴吉帝亚」。

ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

「除了适时」。

nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā.

即,未行咖提那时,雨安居的最后一个月;已行咖提那时,五个月。

nāma cīvare kayiramāne.

即,在制作衣时。

§301

Nimantite nimantitasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite vematiko santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite animantitasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

受邀请时,有受邀请想,未请问在场的比库,于食前或食后在俗家中游行,除了适时,犯巴吉帝亚。受邀请时,有疑,未请问在场的比库,于食前或食后在俗家中游行,除了适时,犯巴吉帝亚。受邀请时,有未受邀请想,未请问在场的比库,于食前或食后在俗家中游行,除了适时,犯巴吉帝亚。

Animantite nimantitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Animantite vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Animantite animantitasaññī, anāpatti.

未受邀请时,有受邀请想,犯恶作。未受邀请时,有疑,犯恶作。未受邀请时,有未受邀请想,不犯。

§302

Anāpatti samaye, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, aññassa gharena maggo hoti, gharūpacārena maggo hoti, antarārāmaṃ gacchati, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gacchati, titthiyaseyyaṃ gacchati, paṭikkamanaṃ gacchati, bhattiyagharaṃ gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯者:适时,请问在场的比库而进入,未请问不在场的比库而进入,经由另一家之路,经由房屋附近之路,前往园林内,前往比库住所,前往外道住处,前往回来处,前往施食之家,于诸难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Cārittasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 媒嫁学处完第六

7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṃ7. 大名学处

§303

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu , mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catumāsaṃ bhesajjappaccayapavāraṇaṃ sāditunti.

尔时,佛世尊住在释迦国咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。其时,释迦人马哈那马的药品丰盛。时,释迦人马哈那马前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的释迦人马哈那马对世尊如此说:「尊者,我想以药品供养僧团四个月。」「善哉!善哉!马哈那马!那么,马哈那马,你以药品供养僧团四个月吧。」诸比库心怀疑虑而不接受。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许接受四个月的药品资具供养。」

§304

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ parittaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpenti. Tatheva mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Dutiyampi kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ aparampi catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ aparampi catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puna pavāraṇampi sāditunti.

其时,诸比库向释迦人马哈那马请求少量的药品。释迦人马哈那马的药品仍然丰盛。释迦人马哈那马再次前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的释迦人马哈那马对世尊如此说:「尊者,我想再以药品供养僧团另外四个月。」「善哉!善哉!马哈那马!那么,马哈那马,你再以药品供养僧团另外四个月吧。」诸比库心怀疑虑而不接受。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许也接受再次的供养。」

§305

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ parittaṃyeva bhesajjaṃ viññāpenti. Tatheva mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Tatiyampi kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, niccapavāraṇampi sāditunti.

其时,诸比库仍向释迦人马哈那马请求少量的药品。释迦人马哈那马的药品仍然丰盛。释迦人马哈那马第三次前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的释迦人马哈那马对世尊如此说:「尊者,我想以药品供养僧团终生。」「善哉!善哉!马哈那马!那么,马哈那马,你以药品供养僧团终生吧。」诸比库心怀疑虑而不接受。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许也接受常供养。」

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dunnivatthā honti duppārutā anākappasampannā. Mahānāmo sakko vattā hoti – ‘‘kissa tumhe, bhante, dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā? Nanu nāma pabbajitena sunivatthena bhavitabbaṃ supārutena ākappasampannenā’’ti? Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāme sakke upanandhiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ maṅku kareyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mahānāmena kho, āvuso, sakkena saṅgho bhesajjena pavārito. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ sappiṃ viññāpemā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena mahānāmo sakko tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘doṇena, āvuso, sappinā attho’’ti. ‘‘Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgametha. Manussā vajaṃ gatā sappiṃ āharituṃ. Kālaṃ āharissathā’’ti .

尔时,六群比库穿衣不善、披衣不善、不具足威仪。释迦族的摩诃那摩说道:「尊者们,为何你们穿衣不善、披衣不善、不具足威仪?出家者岂不应当穿衣善、披衣善、具足威仪吗?」六群比库对释迦族的摩诃那摩怀恨。于是六群比库生起此念:「我们以何方便能使释迦族的摩诃那摩羞愧呢?」于是六群比库生起此念:「贤友们,释迦族的摩诃那摩已邀请僧团接受药品。来,贤友们,我们向释迦族的摩诃那摩索取熟酥。」于是六群比库前往释迦族的摩诃那摩处;抵达后,对释迦族的摩诃那摩如此说:「贤友,需要一斗那熟酥。」「尊者们,请明天来。人们已去村落取熟酥。你们将于适时得到。」

Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘doṇena, āvuso, sappinā attho’’ti. ‘‘Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgametha. Manussā vajaṃ gatā sappiṃ āharituṃ. Kālaṃ āharissathā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tayā, āvuso, adātukāmena pavāritena, yaṃ tvaṃ pavāretvā na desī’’ti! Atha kho mahānāmo sakko ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā – ‘ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā’ti vuccamānā nāgamessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū mahānāmassa sakkassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāmena sakkena – ‘ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā’ti vuccamānā nāgamessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, mahānāmena sakkena – ‘‘ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā’’ti vuccamānā nāgamethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, mahānāmena sakkena – ‘‘ajjaṇho, bhante āgamethā’’ti vuccamānā nāgamessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

第二次……乃至……第三次,六群比库对释迦族的摩诃那摩如此说:「贤友,需要一斗那熟酥。」「尊者们,请明天来。人们已去村落取熟酥。你们将于适时得到。」「贤友,你既不想给予而邀请,为何你邀请后不给予呢?」于是释迦族的摩诃那摩不满、呵责、抱怨:「为何诸大德被说『尊者们,请明天来』时不来呢?」诸比库听闻释迦族的摩诃那摩不满、呵责、抱怨。彼诸少欲比库……他们不满、呵责、抱怨:「为何六群比库被释迦族的摩诃那摩说『尊者们,请明天来』时不来呢?」……乃至……「诸比库,你们真的被释迦族的摩诃那摩说『尊者们,请明天来』时不来吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人们,为何你们被释迦族的摩诃那摩说『尊者们,请明天来』时不来?愚痴人们,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§306

, nti.

§307

ti gilānappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā.

应受用病人资具的邀请。

ti yadā gilāno bhavissāmi tadā viññāpessāmīti.

「当我生病时,我将索取。」

ti yadā gilāno bhavissāmi tadā viññāpessāmīti.

「当我生病时,我将索取。」

ti atthi pavāraṇā bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā, atthi pavāraṇā rattipariyantā na bhesajjapariyantā, atthi pavāraṇā bhesajjapariyantā ca rattipariyantā ca, atthi pavāraṇā neva bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā.

有邀请以药品为限而非以夜为限,有邀请以夜为限而非以药品为限,有邀请以药品为限且以夜为限,有邀请既非以药品为限亦非以夜为限。

nāma bhesajjāni pariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakehi bhesajjehi pavāremī’’ti. nāma rattiyo pariggahitāyo honti – ‘‘ettakāsu rattīsu pavāremī’’ti. nāma bhesajjāni ca pariggahitāni honti rattiyo ca pariggahitāyo honti – ‘‘ettakehi bhesajjehi ettakāsu rattīsu pavāremī’’ti. nāma bhesajjāni ca apariggahitāni honti rattiyo ca apariggahitāyo honti.

「以药品为限」名为药品已被限定——「我以这些药品邀请」。「以夜为限」名为夜已被限定——「我在这些夜邀请」。「以药品为限且以夜为限」名为药品已被限定且夜已被限定——「我以这些药品在这些夜邀请」。「既非以药品为限亦非以夜为限」名为药品未被限定且夜未被限定。

§308

Bhesajjapariyante – yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti tāni bhesajjāni ṭhapetvā aññāni bhesajjāni viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Rattipariyante – yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti, tā rattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāsu rattīsu viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhesajjapariyante ca rattipariyante ca – yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti, tāni bhesajjāni ṭhapetvā yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti, tā rattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāni bhesajjāni aññāsu rattīsu viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Neva bhesajjapariyante na rattipariyante, anāpatti.

以药品为限——除了他被邀请的那些药品,索取其他药品,犯巴吉帝亚。以夜为限——除了他被邀请的那些夜,在其他夜索取,犯巴吉帝亚。以药品为限且以夜为限——除了他被邀请的那些药品,除了他被邀请的那些夜,在其他夜索取其他药品,犯巴吉帝亚。既非以药品为限亦非以夜为限,无犯。

§309

Na bhesajjena karaṇīyena bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññena bhesajjena karaṇīyena aññaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari tatuttarisaññī bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari vematiko bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari natatuttarisaññī bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

以不应作的药请求药,犯巴吉帝亚。以应作的其他药请求其他药,犯巴吉帝亚。超过那个,想「超过那个」而请求药,犯巴吉帝亚。超过那个,疑惑而请求药,犯巴吉帝亚。超过那个,想「不超过那个」而请求药,犯巴吉帝亚。

Natatuttari tatuttarisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Natatuttari vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Natatuttari natatuttarisaññī, anāpatti.

不超过那个,想「超过那个」,犯恶作。不超过那个,疑惑,犯恶作。不超过那个,想「不超过那个」,不犯。

§310

Anāpatti yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti tāni bhesajjāni viññāpeti, yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti tāsu rattīsu viññāpeti , ‘‘imehi tayā bhesajjehi pavāritāmha , amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca bhesajjena attho’’ti ācikkhitvā viññāpeti, ‘‘yāsu tayā rattīsu pavāritāmha tāyo ca rattiyo vītivattā amhākañca bhesajjena attho’’ti ācikkhitvā viññāpeti, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:请求那些已被邀请的药,在那些已被邀请的夜晚请求,告知「你已邀请我们这些药,我们需要这个和这个药」后请求,告知「你已邀请我们那些夜晚,那些夜晚已过,我们需要药」后请求,亲戚已邀请的,为了他人,以自己的财物,疯狂者,最初的犯行者。

Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 大名学处完第七

8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṃ8. 观军学处

§311

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo senāya abbhuyyāto hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo chabbaggiye bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tumhe, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti? ‘‘Mahārājānaṃ mayaṃ daṭṭhukāmā’’ ti. ‘‘Kiṃ, bhante, maṃ diṭṭhena yuddhābhinandinaṃ ; nanu bhagavā passitabbo’’ti? Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya āgacchissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā senāya āgacchāmā’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,国萨拉国巴些那地王出征军队。六群比库前往观看出征的军队。国萨拉国巴些那地王从远处看见六群比库前来。看见后,召唤他们说:「尊者们,你们为何而来?」「大王,我们想见大王。」「尊者们,你们见我这个喜欢战争的人做什么?难道不应该去见世尊吗?」人们非难、呵责、传播:「沙门释迦子怎么会前往观看出征的军队!我们也无所得,我们也难得,我们为了生活,为了妻儿而来到军队!」诸比库听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库……他们非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎么会前往观看出征的军队?」……「比库们,你们真的前往观看出征的军队吗?」「真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎么会前往观看出征的军队!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……比库们,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§312

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātulo senāya gilāno hoti . So tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘ahañhi senāya gilāno. Āgacchatu bhadanto. Icchāmi bhadantassa āgata’’nti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gantabba’nti. Ayañca me mātulo senāya gilāno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpappaccayā senāya gantuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,某位比库的舅舅在军队中生病。他派遣使者到那位比库处:「我在军队中生病。请尊者前来。我希望尊者前来。」于是那位比库这样想:「世尊已制定学处——『不应前往观看出征的军队』。而我的舅舅在军队中生病。我应当如何行?」他将此事禀告世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「比库们,我允许因那样的因缘前往军队。比库们,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§313

nti.

§314

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是那样的……比库:在此义中所指的比库。

nāma senā gāmato nikkhamitvā niviṭṭhā vā hoti payātā vā.

名为军队:从村落出发后,已驻扎或已出发。

nāma hatthī assā rathā pattī. Dvādasapuriso hatthī, tipuriso asso, catupuriso ratho, cattāro purisā sarahatthā patti. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

名为象、马、车、步兵。十二人的象,三人的马,四人的车,四个持箭的人为步兵。为了观看而前往,犯恶作。在站立之处看见,犯巴吉帝亚。舍弃观看的范围后再三观看,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā tathārūpappaccayaṃ.

除了那样的因缘。

§315

Uyyutte uyyuttasaññī dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uyyutte vematiko dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uyyutte anuyyuttasaññī dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对演习有演习想,为了观看而前往,除了那样的因缘,犯巴吉帝亚。对演习有疑,为了观看而前往,除了那样的因缘,犯巴吉帝亚。对演习有非演习想,为了观看而前往,除了那样的因缘,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte uyyuttasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte anuyyuttasaññī, anāpatti.

为了观看一个一个而前往,犯恶作。在站立之处看见,犯恶作。舍弃观看的范围后再三观看,犯恶作。对非演习有演习想,犯恶作。对非演习有疑,犯恶作。对非演习有非演习想,无犯。

§316

Anāpatti ārāme ṭhito passati, bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgacchati, paṭipathaṃ gacchanto passati, tathārūpappaccayā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:站在寺院中看见,来到比库站立之处、坐处或卧处,在路上行走时看见,那样的因缘,在灾难时,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 伍育德谢那学处完第八

9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṃ9. 谢那瓦萨学处

§317

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sati karaṇīye senaṃ gantvā atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā senāya vasissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā senāya paṭivasāmā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库在有事务时前往军队,在军队中住超过二三夜。人们非难、呵责、传播:「沙门释迦子怎么可以住在军队中!我们也无所得,我们也难得,我们为了生活、为了妻儿的缘故而住在军队中。」诸比库听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库……他们非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎么可以在军队中住超过二三夜?」……「诸比库,你们真的在军队中住超过二三夜吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么可以在军队中住超过二三夜!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§318

nti.

§319

ti siyā paccayo siyā karaṇīyaṃ.

可能有因缘,可能有事务。

nti dvetisso rattiyo vasitabbaṃ.

应住二三夜。

ti catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在第四日太阳落下时住在军队中,犯巴吉帝亚。

§320

Atirekatiratte atirekasaññī senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekatiratte vematiko senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekatiratte ūnakasaññī senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

超过三夜想超过三夜而住在军队中,犯巴吉帝亚。超过三夜有疑而住在军队中,犯巴吉帝亚。超过三夜想未满三夜而住在军队中,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ūnakatiratte atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakatiratte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakatiratte ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

未满三夜想超过三夜,犯恶作。未满三夜有疑,犯恶作。未满三夜想未满三夜,无犯。

§321

Anāpatti dvetisso rattiyo vasati, ūnakadvetisso rattiyo vasati, dve rattiyo vasitvā tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasati, gilāno vasati, gilānassa karaṇīyena vasati, senā vā paṭisenāya ruddhā hoti, kenaci palibuddho hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:住二三夜,住未满二三夜,住二夜后于第三夜黎明前离去后再住,病人住,为病人之事而住,军队被敌军围困,被某事所阻碍,诸难中,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 谢那瓦萨学处完第九

10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṃ10. 伍育帝咖学处

§322

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dirattatirattaṃ senāya vasamānā uyyodhikampi balaggampi senābyūhampi anīkadassanampi gacchanti. Aññataropi chabbaggiyo bhikkhu uyyodhikaṃ gantvā kaṇḍena paṭividdho hoti. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ uppaṇḍesuṃ – ‘‘kacci, bhante, suyuddhaṃ ahosi, kati te lakkhāni laddhānī’’ti? So bhikkhu tehi manussehi uppaṇḍīyamāno maṅku ahosi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya āgacchissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā uyyodhikaṃ āgacchāmā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库住在军队中二三夜,前往观看演习、阅兵、军阵、检阅军队。某位六群比库前往观看演习后被箭射中。人们戏弄那位比库——「尊者,战斗可好?你得到多少战利品?」那位比库被那些人戏弄而羞愧。人们非难、呵责、传播——「沙门释迦子怎么会来观看演习!我们真是无所得,我们真是难得,我们为了生计、为了妻儿而来观看演习。」诸比库听闻那些人非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲比库……非难、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎么会前往观看演习?」……「诸比库,你们真的前往观看演习吗?」「世尊,是真的。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么会前往观看演习!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§323

nti.

§324

ti dvetisso rattiyo vasamāno.

住二三夜。

nāma yattha sampahāro dissati.

名为能见到战斗之处。

nāma ettakā hatthī, ettakā assā, ettakā rathā, ettakā pattī.

名为这么多象、这么多马、这么多车、这么多步兵。

nāma ito hatthī hontu, ito assā hontu, ito rathā hontu, ito pattikā hontu.

即从此处有象,从此处有马,从此处有车,从此处有步兵。

nāma hatthānīkaṃ, assānīkaṃ , rathānīkaṃ, pattānīkaṃ. Tayo hatthī pacchimaṃ hatthānīkaṃ, tayo assā pacchimaṃ assānīkaṃ, tayo rathā pacchimaṃ rathānīkaṃ, cattāro purisā sarahatthā pattī pacchimaṃ pattānīkaṃ. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即象军、马军、车军、步军。三头象是最后的象军,三匹马是最后的马军,三辆车是最后的车军,四个持箭之人的步兵是最后的步军。为了观看而去,犯恶作。在站立之处看见,犯巴吉帝亚。离开观看之处后再三观看,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为了观看每一个而去,犯恶作。在站立之处看见,犯恶作。离开观看之处后再三观看,犯恶作。

§325

Anāpatti ārāme ṭhito passati, bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā sampahāro dissati, paṭipathaṃ gacchanto passati, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati , āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:站在寺院中看见,来到比库站立之处、坐处或卧处而看见交战,在路上行走时看见,有事务而去后看见,在危难时,发狂者,最初犯戒者。

Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 伍育帝咖学处完第十

Acelakavaggo pañcamo. · 阿遮喇咖品第五

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Pūvaṃ kathopanandassa, tayaṃpaṭṭhākameva ca;

糕饼、优波难陀的谈话,以及三种床座;

Mahānāmo pasenadi, senāviddho ime dasāti .

摩诃那摩、巴些那地,军队,这些是十。

6. Surāpānavaggo

6. 饮酒品

1. Surāpānasikkhāpadaṃ1. 苏拉巴那学处

§326

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā cetiyesu cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddavatikā tena pāyāsi. Addasaṃsu kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mā kho, bhante, bhagavā ambatitthaṃ agamāsi. Ambatitthe, bhante, jaṭilassa assame nāgo paṭivasati iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso. So bhagavantaṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mā kho, bhante, bhagavā ambatitthaṃ agamāsi. Ambatitthe, bhante, jaṭilassa assame nāgo paṭivasati iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso. So bhagavantaṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

尔时,佛世尊在遮提游行,前往跋陀瓦提咖。诸牧牛者、牧畜者、农夫、旅人从远处看见世尊前来。看见后,对世尊如此说:「尊者,世尊请勿前往芒果渡口。尊者,在芒果渡口的结发行者的庵中,有龙住,有神通,是毒蛇,是猛毒者。愿他不要伤害世尊。」如是说时,世尊沉默。第二次,诸牧牛者、牧畜者、农夫、旅人对世尊如此说:「尊者,世尊请勿前往芒果渡口。尊者,在芒果渡口的结发行者的庵中,有龙住,有神通,是毒蛇,是猛毒者。愿他不要伤害世尊。」第三次,世尊也沉默。

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddavatikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaddavatikāyaṃ viharati . Atha kho āyasmā sāgato yena ambatitthassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. Addasā kho so nāgo āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ paviṭṭhaṃ . Disvāna dummano padhūpāyi . Āyasmāpi sāgato padhūpāyi . Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Āyasmāpi sāgato tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato tassa nāgassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā yena bhaddavatikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho bhagavā bhaddavatikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kosambī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Assosuṃ kho kosambikā upāsakā – ‘‘ayyo kira sāgato ambatitthikena nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmesī’’ti.

那时,世尊次第游行,抵达跋陀瓦提咖。于此,世尊住在跋陀瓦提咖。那时,具寿沙嘎答前往安跋提他结发行者的住处;前往后,进入火屋,铺设草座,结跏趺坐,正直其身,安立正念于面前。那龙看见具寿沙嘎答进入。看见后,不悦而冒烟。具寿沙嘎答也冒烟。那时,那龙不能忍受轻蔑而燃烧。具寿沙嘎答也入火界定而燃烧。那时,具寿沙嘎答以火制伏那龙之火后,前往跋陀瓦提咖。那时,世尊在跋陀瓦提咖随意住后,向国桑比出发游行。国桑比的近事男们听闻——「据说具寿沙嘎答与安跋提他的龙战斗」。

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kosambī tadavasari. Atha kho kosambikā upāsakā bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā sāgato tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho kosambikā upāsakā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ayyānaṃ dullabhañca manāpañca, kiṃ paṭiyādemā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosambike upāsake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘atthāvuso, kāpotikā nāma pasannā bhikkhūnaṃ dullabhā ca manāpā ca, taṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti. Atha kho kosambikā upāsakā ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ disvāna āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ, pivatu , bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasanna’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ pivitvā nagaramhā nikkhamanto nagaradvāre paripati.

那时,世尊次第游行,抵达国桑比。那时,国桑比的近事男们作了迎接世尊后,前往具寿沙嘎答处;前往后,礼敬具寿沙嘎答,站立于一旁。站立于一旁的国桑比近事男们对具寿沙嘎答这样说——「尊者,什么是诸尊者难得且可意的,我们准备什么?」如是说时,六群比库对国桑比近事男们这样说——「贤友们,有名为咖波提咖的酒,是比库们难得且可意的,你们准备那个。」那时,国桑比近事男们在家家准备了咖波提咖酒后,看见具寿沙嘎答入村乞食,对具寿沙嘎答这样说——「尊者,请具寿沙嘎答饮咖波提咖酒,尊者,请具寿沙嘎答饮咖波提咖酒。」那时,具寿沙嘎答在家家饮了咖波提咖酒后,从城中出来时,在城门处跌倒。

Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ nagaramhā nikkhamanto addasa āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ nagaradvāre paripatantaṃ. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhikkhave, sāgata’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ ārāmaṃ netvā yena bhagavā tena sīsaṃ katvā nipātesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato parivattitvā yena bhagavā tena pāde karitvā seyyaṃ kappesi . Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘nanu, bhikkhave, pubbe sāgato tathāgate sagāravo ahosi sappatisso’’ti ? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Api nu kho, bhikkhave, sāgato etarahi tathāgate sagāravo sappatisso’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Nanu, bhikkhave, sāgato ambatitthikena nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Api nu kho, bhikkhave, sāgato etarahi pahoti nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmetu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Api nu kho, bhikkhave, taṃ pātabbaṃ yaṃ pivitvā visaññī assā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, sāgatassa ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, sāgato majjaṃ pivissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那时,世尊与众多比库一起从城中出来,看见具寿沙嘎答在城门处跌倒。看见后,告诉诸比库——「诸比库,抓住沙嘎答。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库应诺世尊后,带具寿沙嘎答到精舍,头朝向世尊放下。那时,具寿沙嘎答翻转后,脚朝向世尊而卧。那时,世尊告诉诸比库——「诸比库,以前沙嘎答对如来有恭敬、有尊重吗?」「是的,尊者。」「诸比库,现在沙嘎答对如来有恭敬、有尊重吗?」「不,尊者。」「诸比库,沙嘎答与安跋提他的龙战斗吗?」「是的,尊者。」「诸比库,现在沙嘎答能与龙战斗吗?」「不,尊者。」「诸比库,那应该饮用,饮后会失念吗?」「不,尊者。」「诸比库,沙嘎答不适当、不随顺、不适合、非沙门所为、不许可、不应作。诸比库,沙嘎答怎么能饮酒!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——

§327

nti.

§328

nāma piṭṭhasurā pūvasurā odanasurā kiṇṇapakkhittā sambhārasaṃyuttā.

名为谷酒、粉酒、饭酒、混合投入的、与材料相应的。

nāma pupphāsavo phalāsavo madhvāsavo guḷāsavo sambhārasaṃyutto.

名为花酿、果酿、蜜酿、糖酿、与材料相应的。

ti antamaso kusaggenapi pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

乃至以草尖饮,犯巴吉帝亚。

Majje majjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Majje vematiko pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Majje amajjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

酒想为酒而饮,犯巴吉帝亚。酒有疑而饮,犯巴吉帝亚。酒想为非酒而饮,犯巴吉帝亚。

Amajje majjasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amajje vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amajje amajjasaññī, anāpatti.

非酒想为酒,犯恶作。非酒有疑,犯恶作。非酒想为非酒,无犯。

§329

Anāpatti amajjañca hoti majjavaṇṇaṃ majjagandhaṃ majjarasaṃ taṃ pivati, sūpasampāke, maṃsasampāke, telasampāke, āmalakaphāṇite, amajjaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ pivati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:非酒,但有酒的颜色、酒的气味、酒的味道,他饮用;在汤的煮物中,在肉的煮物中,在油的煮物中,在余甘子糖浆中,他饮用非酒的阿利他;对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Surāpānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 苏拉巴那学处完第一

2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ2. 安古利巴多德咖学处

§330

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsesuṃ. So bhikkhu uttanto anassāsako kālamakāsi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库以指戳逗笑十七群比库。那位比库因受惊吓、不能呼吸而命终。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难:「六群比库怎能以指戳逗笑比库呢?」……「比库们,你们真的以指戳逗笑比库吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎能以指戳逗笑比库呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……」……「比库们,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§331

nti.

§332

nāma upasampanno upasampannaṃ hasādhippāyo kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

已受具足者,对已受具足者有逗笑之意,以身触身,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有已受具足者想,以指戳逗笑,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有疑,以指戳逗笑,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有未受具足者想,以指戳逗笑,犯巴吉帝亚。

Kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

以身触与身相连之物,犯恶作。以与身相连之物触身,犯恶作。以与身相连之物触与身相连之物,犯恶作。以应舍物触身,犯恶作。以应舍物触与身相连之物,犯恶作。以应舍物触应舍物,犯恶作。

§333

Anupasampannaṃ kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

以身触未受具足者之身,犯恶作。以身触与身相连之物,犯恶作。以与身相连之物触身,犯恶作。以与身相连之物触与身相连之物,犯恶作。以应舍物触身,犯恶作。以应舍物触与身相连之物,犯恶作。以应舍物触应舍物,犯恶作。于未受具足者有已受具足者想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。

§334

Anāpatti na hasādhippāyo, sati karaṇīye āmasati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:无逗笑之意,有应作之事而触;对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 安古利巴多德咖学处完第二

3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṃ3. 哈萨达马学处

§335

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā udake kīḷanti. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā udake kīḷante. Disvāna mallikaṃ deviṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ete te, mallike, arahanto udake kīḷantī’’ti. ‘‘Nissaṃsayaṃ kho, mahārāja, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ apaññattaṃ. Te vā bhikkhū appakataññuno’’ti. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena bhagavato ca na āroceyyaṃ, bhagavā ca jāneyya ime bhikkhū udake kīḷitā’’ti? Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā mahantaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ adāsi – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, guḷapiṇḍaṃ bhagavato dethā’’ti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, guḷapiṇḍaṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavato detī’’ti. ‘‘Kahaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, rājā addasā’’ti. ‘‘Aciravatiyā nadiyā, bhagavā, udake kīḷante’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, udake kīḷissatha! Netaṃ , moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,十七群比库在阿基拉瓦底河的水中嬉戏。其时,国萨拉国巴谢那地王与玛利咖王后一起登上高楼。国萨拉国巴谢那地王看见十七群比库在阿基拉瓦底河的水中嬉戏。看见后,对玛利咖王后如此说:「玛利咖,那些阿拉汉在水中嬉戏。」「大王,无疑世尊尚未制定学处,或者那些比库不知恩。」于是,国萨拉国巴谢那地王生起此念:「我以何方便既不向世尊报告,而世尊又能知道这些比库在水中嬉戏呢?」于是,国萨拉国巴谢那地王召唤十七群比库,给予一大团糖:「尊者,请将此糖团给世尊。」十七群比库拿着那糖团,前往世尊处;抵达后,对世尊如此说:「世尊,国萨拉国巴谢那地王给世尊此糖团。」「比库们,国王在哪里看见你们?」「世尊,在阿基拉瓦底河的水中嬉戏时。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎能在水中嬉戏呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……」……「比库们,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§336

nti.

§337

nāma uparigopphake udake hasādhippāyo nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

有逗笑之意,在踝骨以上的水中潜入、浮出或游泳,犯巴吉帝亚。

§338

Udake hasadhamme hasadhammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udake hasadhamme vematiko, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udake hasadhamme ahasadhammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于水中戏法,有戏法想,犯巴吉帝亚。于水中戏法,疑,犯巴吉帝亚。于水中戏法,无戏法想,犯巴吉帝亚。

Heṭṭhāgopphake udake kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake nāvāya kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Hatthena vā pādena vā kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā udakaṃ paharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhājanagataṃ udakaṃ vā kañjikaṃ vā khīraṃ vā takkaṃ vā rajanaṃ vā passāvaṃ vā cikkhallaṃ vā kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于踝下之水中嬉戏,犯恶作。于水中以船嬉戏,犯恶作。以手或以足或以木或以木片击打水,犯恶作。于容器中之水或粥或乳或酪或染料或尿或泥浆嬉戏,犯恶作。

Udake ahasadhamme hasadhammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake ahasadhamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake ahasadhamme ahasadhammasaññī, anāpatti.

于水中非戏法,有戏法想,犯恶作。于水中非戏法,疑,犯恶作。于水中非戏法,无戏法想,无犯。

§339

Anāpatti na hasādhippāyo, sati karaṇīye udakaṃ otaritvā nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, pāraṃ gacchanto nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:无嬉戏之意,有应作之事而入水后沉没或浮起或游泳,前往彼岸时沉没或浮起或游泳,于危难时,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 哈萨达马学处完第三

4. Anādariyasikkhāpadaṃ4. 阿那达利亚学处

§340

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso channa, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So anādariyaṃ paṭicca karotiyeva. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo anādariyaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, anādariyaṃ karosīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, anādariyaṃ karissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在国桑比瞿师多园。其时,具寿阐陀行恶行。诸比库如是说:「阐陀贤友,勿作如是,此不适宜。」他不恭敬而作。诸少欲比库……呵责、非难、诃斥:「具寿阐陀为何不恭敬?」……「阐陀,汝实不恭敬耶?」「实然,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚人,汝为何不恭敬!愚人,此非令未信者生信……」「诸比库,汝等应如是诵此学处——」

§341

nti.

§342

nāma dve anādariyāni – puggalānādariyañca dhammānādariyañca.

不恭敬有二种:对人不恭敬与对法不恭敬。

nāma upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno – ‘‘ayaṃ ukkhittako vā vambhito vā garahito vā, imassa vacanaṃ akataṃ bhavissatī’’ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对人不恭敬者:受具足者被告知所制定之事时,「此被举罪者或被呵责者或被诃斥者,其言将不被作」而不恭敬,犯巴吉帝亚。

nāma upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno ‘‘kathāyaṃ nasseyya vā vinasseyya vā antaradhāyeyya vā’’, taṃ vā na sikkhitukāmo anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对法不恭敬者:受具足者被告知所制定之事时,「此说将失去或消失或隐没」,或不欲学习彼而不恭敬,犯巴吉帝亚。

§343

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于已受具足者有已受具足者想而作不恭敬,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有疑而作不恭敬,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有未受具足者想而作不恭敬,犯巴吉帝亚。

Apaññattena vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

被以未制定之事说时,「此不导向少欲、不导向头陀、不导向令人欢喜、不导向减损、不导向精进发起」而作不恭敬,犯恶作。被未受具足者以已制定或未制定之事说时,「此不导向少欲、不导向头陀、不导向令人欢喜、不导向减损、不导向精进发起」而作不恭敬,犯恶作。

Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于未受具足者有已受具足者想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。

§344

Anāpatti – ‘‘evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchā’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯——说「如此是我们诸师的受持、遍问」,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Anādariyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 阿那达利亚学处完第四

5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ5. 宾萨巴那学处

§345

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū bhiṃsāpenti. Te bhiṃsāpīyamānā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe bhiṃsāpentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库恐吓十七群比库。他们被恐吓而哭泣。诸比库如此说——「贤友们,你们为何哭泣?」「贤友,这些六群比库恐吓我们。」诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「怎么六群比库恐吓比库呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的恐吓比库吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎么恐吓比库!愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,应如此诵此学处——」

§346

nti.

§347

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何……」……「比库」者,在此义中所指的是比库。

nti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

「比库」者,另一位比库。

ti upasampanno upasampannaṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「恐吓」者,已受具足者欲恐吓已受具足者而提供色或声或香或味或触。无论彼恐惧或不恐惧,犯巴吉帝亚。告知盗贼险处或野兽险处或非人险处。无论彼恐惧或不恐惧,犯巴吉帝亚。

§348

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于受具足者有受具足者想而恐吓,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有疑而恐吓,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有未受具足者想而恐吓,犯巴吉帝亚。

Anupasampannaṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

欲恐吓未受具足者而提供色或声或香或味或触。无论他恐惧或不恐惧,犯恶作。或告知盗贼险处或野兽险处或非人险处。无论他恐惧或不恐惧,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足者想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。

§349

Anāpatti na bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati, corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:非欲恐吓而提供色或声或香或味或触,或告知盗贼险处或野兽险处或非人险处;痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 宾萨巴那学处完第五

6. Jotikasikkhāpadaṃ6. 乔帝咖学处

§350

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṃsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hemantike kāle aññataraṃ mahantaṃ susirakaṭṭhaṃ jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbesuṃ. Tasmiñca susire kaṇhasappo agginā santatto nikkhamitvā bhikkhū paripātesi. Bhikkhū tahaṃ tahaṃ upadhāviṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave , moghapurisā jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在跋耆国的孙苏玛拉山,贝萨咖喇林的鹿野苑。其时,诸比库于冬季时,点燃某大块有孔之木而取暖。于彼孔中,黑蛇被火烧热后爬出,使诸比库四散奔逃。诸比库到处乱跑。诸少欲比库……呵责、非难、举罪:「诸比库怎能点火取暖呢?」……「诸比库!诸比库点火取暖,是真实吗?」「世尊!是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库!诸愚人怎能点火取暖呢!诸比库!此非令未信者生信……诸比库!应如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§351

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbema; tena no phāsu hoti. Idāni pana ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti kukkuccāyantā na visibbema, tena no na phāsu hotī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā jotiṃ samādahitvā vā samādahāpetvā vā visibbetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸比库生病。探病诸比库对病比库如此说:「具寿!可忍受吗?可维持吗?」「具寿!以前我们点火取暖,因此我们安乐。但现在因『世尊已禁止』而疑虑不敢取暖,因此我们不安乐。」诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库!我允许病比库点火或令人点火而取暖。诸比库!应如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§352

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū padīpepi jotikepi jantāgharepi kukkuccāyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpappaccayā jotiṃ samādahituṃ samādahāpetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸比库对于灯、火炬、暖房亦疑虑。诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库!我允许因如此之因缘而点火、令人点火。诸比库!应如此诵此学处——」

§353

nti.

§354

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

……凡是任何……（中略）……此……（中略）……在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma yassa vinā agginā phāsu hoti.

名为没有火他感到舒适者。

nāma yassa vinā agginā na phāsu hoti.

名为没有火他不感到舒适者。

ti tappitukāmo.

即想要使其温暖。

nāma aggi vuccati.

名为火。

ti sayaṃ samādahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即自己点燃,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi samādahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即命令他人,犯巴吉帝亚。被命令一次而多次点燃,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā tathārūpappaccayaṃ.

即除了那样的因缘。

§355

Agilāno agilānasaññī visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

无病者有无病想,为了取暖而燃火或令人燃火,除了那样的因缘,犯巴吉帝亚。无病者有疑,为了取暖而燃火或令人燃火,除了那样的因缘,犯巴吉帝亚。无病者有病想,为了取暖而燃火或令人燃火,除了那样的因缘,犯巴吉帝亚。

Paṭilātaṃ ukkhipati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī, anāpatti.

拾起已熄灭的,犯恶作。有病者有无病想,犯恶作。有病者有疑,犯恶作。有病者有病想,不犯。

§356

Anāpatti gilānassa, aññena kataṃ visibbeti, vītaccitaṅgāraṃ visibbeti, padīpe jotike jantāghare tathārūpappaccayā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:有病者,熄灭他人所作的,熄灭已离炭火的,在灯、火炬、暖房,那样的因缘,在危难时,疯狂者,最初的犯行者。

Jotikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 乔帝咖学处完第六

7. Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ7. 那哈那学处

§357

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū tapode nahāyanti. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro ‘‘sīsaṃ nahāyissāmī’’ti tapodaṃ gantvā – ‘‘yāvāyyā nahāyantī’’ti ekamantaṃ paṭimānesi. Bhikkhū yāva samandhakārā nahāyiṃsu. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vikāle sīsaṃ nahāyitvā, nagaradvāre thakite bahinagare vasitvā, kālasseva asambhinnena vilepanena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, mahārāja, kālasseva āgato asambhinnena vilepanenā’’ti? Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū rājānampi passitvā na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā rājānampi passitvā na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。其时,诸比库在答波德河沐浴。其时,马嘎塔国王些尼亚频毗沙拉「我将沐浴头」而前往答波德河,「等到他们沐浴完」而在一旁等候。诸比库直到黑暗时才沐浴。于是,马嘎塔国王些尼亚频毗沙拉在非时沐浴头后,城门已关闭,在城外过夜,清晨时以未干的涂料前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的马嘎塔国王些尼亚频毗沙拉说:「大王,为何你清晨时以未干的涂料而来?」于是,马嘎塔国王些尼亚频毗沙拉向世尊报告此事。于是,世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使马嘎塔国王些尼亚频毗沙拉欢喜。于是,马嘎塔国王些尼亚频毗沙拉被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,召集比库僧团后,询问诸比库:「诸比库,听说诸比库即使见到国王也不知节制地沐浴,是真的吗?」「世尊,是真的。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,那些愚痴人怎能即使见到国王也不知节制地沐浴!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§358

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū uṇhasamaye pariḷāhasamaye kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti, sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uṇhasamaye pariḷāhasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸比库在热季、炎热时,因顾虑而不沐浴,以汗湿的身体而卧。衣与住所也变脏。他们向世尊报告此事……「诸比库,我允许在热季、炎热时,半月内沐浴。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§359

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyāma, tena no phāsu hoti; idāni pana ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti kukkuccāyantā na nahāyāma, tena no na phāsu hotī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,诸比库有病。探病的诸比库对有病的诸比库说:「具寿,可忍受吗?可维持吗?」「具寿,以前我们半月内沐浴,因此我们舒适;但现在因『世尊已禁止』而顾虑不沐浴,因此我们不舒适。」他们向世尊报告此事……「诸比库,我允许有病的比库半月内沐浴。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§360

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū navakammaṃ katvā kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti. Te sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kammasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,诸比库做了新工作后,因顾虑而不沐浴。他们以汗湿的身体躺卧。衣与住所也变污秽。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在工作时,半月内沐浴。」「诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§361

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū addhānaṃ gantvā kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti. Te sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānagamanasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,诸比库行路后,因顾虑而不沐浴。他们以汗湿的身体躺卧。衣与住所也变污秽。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在行路时,半月内沐浴。」「诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§362

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ajjhokāse cīvarakammaṃ karontā sarajena vātena okiṇṇā honti. Devo ca thokaṃ thokaṃ phusāyati. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti, kilinnena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vātavuṭṭhisamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,众多比库在露地做衣工作时,被带尘的风吹覆。天也一点一点地洒雨。诸比库因顾虑而不沐浴,以湿润的身体躺卧。衣与住所也变污秽。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许在风雨时,半月内沐浴。」「诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§363

ti.

§364

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是……」等……「比库」者,在此义中所指的是比库。

nti ūnakaddhamāsaṃ.

「半月内」者,少于半月。

ti cuṇṇena vā mattikāya vā nahāyati, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Nahānapariyosāne, āpatti pācittiyassa.

以粉或泥土沐浴，每次努力犯恶作。沐浴结束时，犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

除了适时。

nāma diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānaṃ. nāma vassānassa paṭhamo māso ‘‘iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

热季剩余一个半月。雨季的第一个月「这些两个半月是热时、炎热时」应当沐浴。

nāma yassa vinā nahānena na phāsu hoti. Gilānasamayoti nahāyitabbaṃ.

若不沐浴则不舒适者。病时应当沐浴。

nāma antamaso pariveṇampi sammaṭṭhaṃ hoti. ‘‘Kammasamayo’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

乃至扫过住处。「作业时」应当沐浴。

nāma ‘‘addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmī’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ, gacchantena nahāyitabbaṃ, gatena nahāyitabbaṃ.

「我将行半由旬」应当沐浴，行时应当沐浴，已行者应当沐浴。

nāma bhikkhū sarajena vātena okiṇṇā honti, dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni kāye patitāni honti. ‘‘Vātavuṭṭhisamayo’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

诸比库被带雨的风吹到，两三滴水落在身上。「风雨时」应当沐浴。

§365

Ūnakaddhamāse ūnakasaññī, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnakaddhamāse vematiko, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnakaddhamāse atirekasaññī, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

未满半月而有未满想，除了适时而沐浴，犯巴吉帝亚。未满半月而有疑，除了适时而沐浴，犯巴吉帝亚。未满半月而有超过想，除了适时而沐浴，犯巴吉帝亚。

Atirekaddhamāse ūnakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atirekaddhamāse vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atirekaddhamāse atirekasaññī, anāpatti.

超过半月作不足想,犯恶作。超过半月疑,犯恶作。超过半月作超过想,不犯。

§366

Anāpatti samaye, addhamāsaṃ nahāyati, atirekaddhamāsaṃ nahāyati, pāraṃ gacchanto nahāyati, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:适时,半月洗浴,超过半月洗浴,前往彼岸时洗浴,一切边地诸国,危难时,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 那哈那学处完第七

8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṃ8. 杜般纳咖拉那学处

§367

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca paribbājakā ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā te acchindiṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā te core sabhaṇḍe gahetvā bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘āgacchantu, bhadantā, sakaṃ sakaṃ cīvaraṃ sañjānitvā gaṇhantū’’ti. Bhikkhū na sañjānanti. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā attano attano cīvaraṃ na sañjānissantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,众多比库与游方者从沙给答前往沙瓦提,行于道路中。盗贼于路中出现,劫夺了他们。沙瓦提的王臣出来,连同财物捉获那些盗贼,遣使者到比库们处——「尊者们请来,各自认领自己的衣后取走」。比库们不认得。他们不满、呵责、非难——「尊者们怎么不认得各自的衣呢」!比库们听闻那些人不满、呵责、非难。于是,那些比库将此事禀告世尊。于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事件,召集比库僧团,为比库们作适当的、随顺的法谈后,告诉比库们——「那么,诸比库,我将为比库们制定学处,基于十种利益——为了僧团的善,为了僧团的安乐……乃至……为了正法久住,为了摄受律。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§368

nti.

§369

nāma akatakappaṃ vuccati.

名为未作记号者。

nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

名为六种衣中的任一种衣。

nti antamaso kusaggenapi ādātabbaṃ.

即使以草尖也应作记号。

nāma dve nīlāni – kaṃsanīlaṃ, palāsanīlaṃ.

名为两种青:铜青、叶青。

nāma odako vuccati.

名为水。

nāma yaṃkiñci kāḷasāmakaṃ .

名为任何黑色沙马咖。

nti antamaso kusaggenapi anādiyitvā tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ navaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即使不用草尖端也不采用三种坏色法中的任何一种坏色法而受用新衣,犯巴吉帝亚。

§370

Anādinne anādinnasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anādinne vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anādinne ādinnasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

未采用而想未采用而受用,犯巴吉帝亚。未采用而疑而受用,犯巴吉帝亚。未采用而想已采用而受用,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ādinne anādinnasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ādinne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ādinne ādinnasaññī, anāpatti.

已采用而想未采用,犯恶作。已采用而疑,犯恶作。已采用而想已采用,不犯。

§371

Anāpattiādiyitvā paribhuñjati, kappo naṭṭho hoti, kappakatokāso jiṇṇo hoti, kappakatena akappakataṃ saṃsibbitaṃ hoti, aggaḷe anuvāte paribhaṇḍe, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:采用后受用,适当期失坏,适当期所作的破旧,以适当期所作的与不适当期所作的缝合,在门闩、风处、包裹,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 杜般纳咖拉那学处完第八

9. Vikappanasikkhāpadaṃ9. 维咖巴那学处

§372

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikassa bhikkhuno sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjati. Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ sāmaṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子自己为兄弟同住弟子比库净施衣后,未舍弃而受用。于是,那位比库向诸比库报告此事——「诸具寿,这位具寿伍巴难陀释迦子自己为我净施衣后,未舍弃而受用。」那些少欲比库……呵责、非难、责备——「为何具寿伍巴难陀释迦子自己为比库净施衣后,未舍弃而受用呢?」……「伍巴难陀,你确实自己为比库净施衣后,未舍弃而受用吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,为何你自己为比库净施衣后,未舍弃而受用!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§373

nti.

§374

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

即任何……比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

即其他比库。

nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

名为在两部僧团中受达上。

nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.

名为在六法中学习了两年。

nāma dasasikkhāpadiko.

名为具十学处者。

nāma dasasikkhāpadikā.

名为具十学处者(女)。

nti sayaṃ vikappetvā.

即自己作净施。

nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

名为六种衣中的某一种衣,可作净施的最后一件。

nāma dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca.

名为两种净施——当面净施和不当面净施。

nāma ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemi itthannāmassa vā’’ti.

名为「我将此衣净施给你或某某名者」。

nāma ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanatthāya tuyhaṃ dammī’’ti. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo cā’’ti. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ahaṃ tesaṃ dammi, tesaṃ santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti.

名为「我为了舍与的目的给你这件袈裟」。他应当说——「谁是你的朋友或熟人?」「某某和某某。」他应当说——「我给他们,你使用他们的所有物,或者舍弃,或者随意处理。」

nāma tassa vā adinnaṃ, tassa vā avissasanto paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

名为未给予他,或者不信任他而使用,犯巴吉帝亚。

§375

Appaccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaccuddhāraṇe vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

未舍与时,有未舍与想而使用,犯巴吉帝亚。未舍与时,有疑而使用,犯巴吉帝亚。未舍与时,有未舍与想而使用,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhiṭṭheti vā vissajjeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Paccuddhāraṇe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paccuddhāraṇe paccuddhāraṇasaññī, anāpatti.

或者受持或者舍弃,犯恶作。已舍与时,有未舍与想,犯恶作。已舍与时,有疑,犯恶作。已舍与时,有已舍与想,无犯。

§376

Anāpatti so vā deti, tassa vā vissasanto paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:他给予,或者信任他而使用,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Vikappanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 维咖巴那学处完第九

10. Cīvaraapanidhānasikkhāpadaṃ10. 吉瓦拉阿巴尼达那学处

§377

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū asannihitaparikkhārā honti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhenti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso, amhākaṃ pattampi cīvarampī’’ti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū hasanti, te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhākaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,十七群比库们没有储藏资具。六群比库们藏匿十七群比库们的钵和袈裟。十七群比库们对六群比库们如是说——「诸具寿,给我们钵和袈裟。」六群比库们笑,他们哭泣。诸比库如是说——「诸具寿,你们为何哭泣?」「诸具寿,这些六群比库们藏匿我们的钵和袈裟。」那些少欲的比库们……呵责、非难、指责——「六群比库们怎么能藏匿诸比库的钵和袈裟呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的藏匿诸比库的钵和袈裟吗?」「真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么能藏匿诸比库的钵和袈裟呢!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——」

§378

nti.

§379

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……即……这位在此义中所指的比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

即另一位比库的。

nāma dve pattā – ayopatto, mattikāpatto.

即两种钵——铁钵、陶钵。

nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ, vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

即六种衣中的任何一种衣,可作舍与的最后一件。

nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.

即称为有柄。

nāma sasūcikaṃ vā asūcikaṃ vā.

即有针的或无针的。

nāma dve kāyabandhanāni – paṭṭikā, sūkarantakaṃ.

即两种腰带——带子、猪鼻绳。

ti sayaṃ apanidheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己收藏,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ āṇāpesi, āpatti pācittiyassa. ti ayyaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi apanidheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

命令他人,犯巴吉帝亚。命令比库尼,犯巴吉帝亚。被命令一次而多次收藏,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti kīḷādhippāyo.

即游戏的意图。

§380

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko…pe… upasampanne anupasampannasaññī pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于受具足者有受具足者想,藏匿或令藏匿钵或衣或坐具或针筒或腰带,乃至仅为戏笑之期待,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有疑……于受具足者有非受具足者想,藏匿或令藏匿钵或衣或坐具或针筒或腰带,乃至仅为戏笑之期待,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

藏匿或令藏匿其他资具,乃至仅为戏笑之期待,犯恶作。于非受具足者,藏匿或令藏匿钵或衣或其他资具,乃至仅为戏笑之期待,犯恶作。于非受具足者有受具足者想,犯恶作。于非受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于非受具足者有非受具足者想,犯恶作。

§381

Anāpatti nahasādhippāyo, dunnikkhittaṃ paṭisāmeti, ‘‘dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti paṭisāmeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:无戏笑之意图,收拾放置不善者,「作如法之说后将给与」而收拾,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Cīvaraapanidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 吉瓦拉阿巴尼达那学处完第十

Surāpānavaggo chaṭṭho. · 苏拉巴那品第六

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Surā aṅguli hāso ca , anādariyañca bhiṃsanaṃ;

酒、手指、戏笑及不恭敬、恐吓;

Jotinahānadubbaṇṇaṃ, sāmaṃ apanidhena cāti.

水、洗浴、不悦意,及自己藏匿。

7. Sappāṇakavaggo

七、有命品

1. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ1. 散吉吒学处

§382

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī issāso hoti, kākā cassa amanāpā honti. So kāke vijjhitvā vijjhitvā sīsaṃ chinditvā sūle paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapesi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kenime, āvuso, kākā jīvitā voropitā’’ti? ‘‘Mayā, āvuso. Amanāpā me kākā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍达夷好射箭,乌鸦对他不悦意。他射中乌鸦后,斩首,依次置于尖桩上。诸比库如是说——「贤友,这些乌鸦被谁夺去生命?」「贤友,是我。乌鸦对我不悦意。」彼诸少欲比库……非难、呵责、诃斥——「具寿伍达夷怎能故意夺去有命者之生命?」……「伍达夷,你确实故意夺去有命者之生命吗?」「世尊,确实。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎能故意夺去有命者之生命!愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如是诵此学处——」

§383

nti.

§384

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……比库之义:于此义中所指者是……比库。

ti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

知道、了知、确知后超越、越过。

nāma tiracchānagatapāṇo vuccati.

被称为畜生。

ti jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṃ vikopeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

断绝命根、阻断、破坏相续，犯巴吉帝亚。

§385

Pāṇe pāṇasaññī jīvitā voropeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pāṇe vematiko jīvitā voropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pāṇe appāṇasaññī jīvitā voropeti, anāpatti. Appāṇe pāṇasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇe vemitako, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇe appāṇasaññī, anāpatti.

于有生命者有生命想而夺其命,犯巴吉帝亚。于有生命者有疑而夺其命,犯恶作。于有生命者有无生命想而夺其命,无犯。于无生命者有生命想,犯恶作。于无生命者有疑,犯恶作。于无生命者有无生命想,无犯。

§386

Anāpatti asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, namaraṇādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:无意的、不忆念的、不知道的、无杀害意图的、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 散吉吒学处完第一

2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ2. 萨巴那咖学处

§387

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjissatha! Netaṃ , moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库使用明知有生命的水。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、非难、呵责——「六群比库怎能使用明知有生命的水呢?」……「比库们,你们真的使用明知有生命的水吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎能使用明知有生命的水!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……比库们,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§388

nti.

§389

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是……比库……这是此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti. ‘‘Sappāṇaka’’nti jānanto, ‘‘paribhogena marissantī’’ti jānanto paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己知道,或他人告知他。知道「有生命」,知道「因使用将死」而使用,犯巴吉帝亚。

§390

Sappāṇake sappāṇakasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sappāṇake vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Sappāṇake appāṇakasaññī paribhuñjati, anāpatti. Appāṇake sappāṇakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake appāṇakasaññī, anāpatti.

于有生命想为有生命而受用,犯巴吉帝亚。于有生命而疑惑受用,犯恶作。于有生命想为无生命而受用,不犯。于无生命想为有生命,犯恶作。于无生命而疑惑,犯恶作。于无生命想为无生命,不犯。

§391

Anāpatti ‘‘sappāṇaka’’nti ajānanto, ‘‘appāṇaka’’nti jānanto, ‘‘paribhogena na marissantī’’ti jānanto paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:不知「有生命」,知「无生命」,知「受用不会死」而受用,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 萨巴那咖学处完第二

3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṃ3. 伍果达那学处

§392

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭenti – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kammaṃ anihataṃ dunnihataṃ puna nihanitabba’’nti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭessantī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库明知如法平息的诤事而再作甘马翻案——「未作甘马、恶作甘马、应再作甘马、未平息、恶平息、应再平息」。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎能明知如法平息的诤事而再作甘马翻案呢?」……「比库们,你们真的明知如法平息的诤事而再作甘马翻案吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人们,你们怎能明知如法平息的诤事而再作甘马翻案呢!愚痴人们,这非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

§393

nti.

§394

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……比库之义:于此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

明知:名为自己知,或他人告知他,或他告知。

nāma dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena kataṃ, etaṃ yathādhammaṃ nāma.

如法:名为依法、依律、依导师教诫而作,此名为如法。

nāma cattāri adhikaraṇāni – vivādādhikaraṇaṃ, anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.

诤事:名为四种诤事——诤论诤事、诽谤诤事、罪诤事、义务诤事。

ti ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ punakātabbaṃ kammaṃ anihataṃ dunnihataṃ puna nihanitabbaṃ’’ti ukkoṭeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

翻案:「未作甘马、恶作甘马、应再作甘马、未平息、恶平息、应再平息」而翻案,犯巴吉帝亚。

§395

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī ukkoṭeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko ukkoṭeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī ukkoṭeti, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

于如法甘马,有如法甘马想而挑拨,犯巴吉帝亚。于如法甘马,有疑而挑拨,犯恶作。于如法甘马,有非法甘马想而挑拨,无犯。于非法甘马,有如法甘马想,犯恶作。于非法甘马,有疑,犯恶作。于非法甘马,有非法甘马想,无犯。

§396

Anāpatti ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata’’nti jānanto ukkoṭeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:知道「以非法或以派别或对不应作甘马者作甘马」而挑拨,疯狂者,最初的犯行者。

Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 伍果达那学处完第三

4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadaṃ4. 杜土喇学处

§397

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā bhātuno saddhivihārikassa bhikkhuno ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Mā kassaci ārocehī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi. So parivasanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāciṃ, tassa me saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi, sohaṃ parivasāmi, vediyāmahaṃ , āvuso, vediyatī’’ti maṃ āyasmā dhāretū’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子故意犯了漏精的罪后,告诉兄弟的同住弟子比库:「贤友,我故意犯了漏精的罪。不要告诉任何人。」其时,某位比库故意犯了漏精的罪后,向僧团请求对那罪的别住。僧团给予他对那罪的别住。他在行别住时,见到那位比库后,对他说:「贤友,我故意犯了漏精的罪后,向僧团请求对那罪的别住,僧团给予我对那罪的别住,我正在行别住。贤友,我受苦,愿具寿忆持我受苦。」

‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, yo aññopi imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati sopi evaṃ karotī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā so me āroceti mā kassaci ārocehī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭicchādesī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādesīti. ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

「贤友,凡其他人也犯了这罪,他也这样做吗?」「是的,贤友。」「贤友,这位具寿伍巴难陀释迦子故意犯了漏精的罪后,他告诉我『不要告诉任何人』。」「贤友,那么你覆藏了吗?」「是的,贤友。」于是,那位比库将此事告诉诸比库。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、呵责、责备:「比库怎么能知道比库的粗重罪而覆藏呢?」……「比库,你真的知道比库的粗重罪而覆藏了吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么能知道比库的粗重罪而覆藏呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵这学处——」

§398

nti.

§399

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡任何……」……「……」……在此义中所指的比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

「比库」:其他比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

「知道」:自己知道或他人告诉他,或他告诉。

nāma āpatti cattāri ca pārājikāni terasa ca saṅghādisesā.

「粗重罪」:四巴拉基咖和十三桑喀地谢萨的罪。

ti ‘‘imaṃ jānitvā codessanti, sāressanti khuṃsessanti, vambhessanti, maṅkuṃ karissanti nārocessāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「知道这个之后,他们将会谴责、讥讽、嘲笑、轻蔑、使我羞愧,我不告知」,在舍弃责任的那一刻,犯巴吉帝亚。

§400

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī paṭicchādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko paṭicchādeti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对粗重罪有粗重罪想而覆藏,犯巴吉帝亚。对粗重罪有疑而覆藏,犯恶作。对粗重罪有非粗重罪想而覆藏,犯恶作。覆藏非粗重罪,犯恶作。覆藏未受具足者的粗重或非粗重恶行,犯恶作。对非粗重罪有粗重罪想,犯恶作。对非粗重罪有疑,犯恶作。对非粗重罪有非粗重罪想,犯恶作。

§401

Anāpatti – ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī’’ti nāroceti, ‘‘saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī’’ti nāroceti, ‘‘ayaṃ kakkhaḷo pharuso jīvitantarāyaṃ vā brahmacariyantarāyaṃ vā karissatī’’ti nāroceti, aññe patirūpe bhikkhū apassanto nāroceti, nachādetukāmo nāroceti, ‘‘paññāyissati sakena kammenā’’ti nāroceti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯——「僧团将会有争论、争吵、争执或诤论」而不告知,「将会有僧团分裂或僧团争斗」而不告知,「这个粗暴凶恶者将会造成生命障碍或梵行障碍」而不告知,没有看到其他适当的比库而不告知,不想覆藏而不告知,「将会以自己的业而显现」而不告知,对于疯狂者、最初犯者。

Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 杜土喇学处完第四

5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadaṃ5. 伍那维萨帝瓦萨学处

§402

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā’’ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti.

尔时,世尊佛陀住在王舍城竹林迦兰陀咖尼瓦巴。其时,在王舍城有十七群童子是朋友。伍巴离童子是他们的首领。时,伍巴离的父母生起这样的念头:「以何方便,伍巴离在我们死后能安乐地生活而不疲劳呢?」时,伍巴离的父母生起这样的念头:「如果伍巴离学习书写,这样伍巴离在我们死后能安乐地生活而不疲劳。」时,伍巴离的父母生起这样的念头:「如果伍巴离学习书写,手指将会疼痛。如果伍巴离学习计算,这样伍巴离在我们死后能安乐地生活而不疲劳。」时,伍巴离的父母生起这样的念头:「如果伍巴离学习计算,胸部将会疼痛。如果伍巴离学习绘画,这样伍巴离在我们死后能安乐地生活而不疲劳。」时,伍巴离的父母生起这样的念头:「如果伍巴离学习绘画,眼睛将会疼痛。这些萨咖子沙门戒乐、行乐,食用美食后睡在无风的卧床上。如果伍巴离在萨咖子沙门中出家,这样伍巴离在我们死后能安乐地生活而不疲劳。」

Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – ‘‘etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro – ‘‘sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – ‘‘yāguṃ detha , bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati, pivissatha. Sace bhattaṃ bhavissati, bhuñjissatha. Sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati, khādissatha. No ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā’’ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva – ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Senāsanaṃ ūhadantipi ummihantipi.

伍巴离童子听到父母的这番谈话。时,伍巴离童子去到那些童子处;去到后,对那些童子这样说:「来吧,诸位尊者,我们在萨咖子沙门中出家。」「如果你,尊者,出家,那样我们也将出家。」时,那些童子各自去到父母处后,这样说:「请允许我从在家出家成为非家。」时,那些童子的父母「这些童子全都同心、善意向」而允许了。他们去到比库处后请求出家。那些比库使他们出家、授达上。他们在夜晚黎明时分起来后哭泣:「给粥,给饭,给副食。」比库们这样说:「等着,具寿们,直到夜晚过去。如果有粥,你们将喝。如果有饭,你们将吃。如果有副食,你们将嚼。如果没有粥或饭或副食,你们行乞食后将吃。」即使被比库们这样说,那些比库仍然哭泣:「给粥,给饭,给副食。」他们也搬动住处,也撒尿。

Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti! Ūnakavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

世尊在夜晚黎明时分起来后听到童子的声音。听到后,告诉具寿阿难:「阿难,那是什么童子的声音?」时,具寿阿难向世尊报告了这件事。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件召集比库僧团后,询问比库们:「比库们,听说比库们明知而授达上给未满二十岁的人,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「比库们,那些愚痴人怎么明知而授达上给未满二十岁的人呢!比库们,未满二十岁的人不能忍受寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触、恶言、粗语的言辞,已生起的身体的感受——苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、辛辣的、不悦意的、不可意的、夺命的——不能忍受。比库们,唯有二十岁的人能忍受寒冷、炎热……夺命的,能够忍受。比库们,这不能使未信者生信……比库们,你们应当这样诵这学处——

§403

, nti.

§404

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是任何……」……「比库」:在这个意义上所指的是比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

「知道」:自己知道,或者其他人告诉他,或者他告知。

nāma appattavīsativasso.

即未满二十岁。

‘‘Upasampādessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariyassa ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

「我将授达上」而寻求僧团、老师、钵或衣,或结定界,犯恶作。白时犯恶作。二次甘马时犯恶作。甘马结束时,依止师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团与老师犯恶作。

§405

Ūnavīsativasse ūnavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnavīsativasse vematiko upasampādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnavīsativasse paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, anāpatti. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse ūnavīsativassasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī, anāpatti.

对未满二十岁者,认为未满二十岁而授达上,犯巴吉帝亚。对未满二十岁者,有疑而授达上,犯恶作。对未满二十岁者,认为已满二十岁而授达上,无犯。对已满二十岁者,认为未满二十岁,犯恶作。对已满二十岁者,有疑,犯恶作。对已满二十岁者,认为已满二十岁,无犯。

§406

Anāpatti ūnavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

对未满二十岁者,认为已满二十岁而授达上,无犯;对已满二十岁者,认为已满二十岁而授达上,无犯;疯狂者,最初犯戒者,无犯。

Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 伍那维萨帝瓦萨学处完第五

6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṃ6. 帖亚萨塔学处

§407

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sattho rājagahā paṭiyālokaṃ gantukāmo hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘ahampāyasmantehi saddhiṃ gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Mayaṃ kho, bhante, suṅkaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Pajānāthāvuso’’ti. Assosuṃ kho kammiyā – ‘‘sattho kira suṅkaṃ pariharissatī’’ti. Te magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsu. Atha kho te kammikā taṃ satthaṃ gahetvā acchinditvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, bhante, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ gacchasī’’ti? Palibundhetvā muñciṃsu. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某商队欲从王舍城前往巴嗒厘子城。某位比库对那些人如此说——「我将与诸具寿一起前往」。「尊者,我们将逃避关税」。「诸友,你们自知」。税吏们听闻——「据说商队将逃避关税」。他们在路上设伏。于是那些税吏捉住那商队,截断后,对那位比库如此说——「尊者,为何你明知而与盗贼商队一起前往?」捆绑后释放。于是那位比库前往沙瓦提,将此事告知诸比库。那些少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「比库怎能明知而与盗贼商队约定同行一条道路?」……「比库,你确实明知而与盗贼商队约定同行一条道路吗?」「确实,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎能明知而与盗贼商队约定同行一条道路!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§408

nti.

§409

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡如是……比库……此……在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

即自己知道,或他人告知他,或他告知。

nāma corā katakammā vā honti akatakammā vā, rājānaṃ vā theyyaṃ gacchanti suṅkaṃ vā pariharanti.

即盗贼已作业或未作业,或前往王处行盗,或逃避关税。

nti ekato.

等等一起。

ti – ‘‘gacchāmāvuso, gacchāma bhante; gacchāma bhante, gacchāmāvuso, ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

「贤友,我去;尊者,我们去;尊者,我们去;贤友,我去,今天或昨天或后天我们去」如此约定,犯恶作。

ti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

在公鸡飞行的距离,从村到村之间,村与村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。在无村的旷野,每半由旬半由旬,犯巴吉帝亚。

§410

Theyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Theyyasatthe vematiko saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Theyyasatthe atheyyasatthasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, anāpatti. Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, manussā na saṃvidahanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe atheyyasatthasaññī anāpatti.

盗贼队伍,有盗贼队伍想,约定后行同一道路,乃至村与村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。盗贼队伍,有疑,约定后行同一道路,乃至村与村之间,犯恶作。盗贼队伍,有非盗贼队伍想,约定后行同一道路,乃至村与村之间,无犯。比库约定,人们不约定,犯恶作。非盗贼队伍,有盗贼队伍想,犯恶作。非盗贼队伍,有疑,犯恶作。非盗贼队伍,有非盗贼队伍想,无犯。

§411

Anāpatti asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, manussā saṃvidahanti bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:未约定而去,人们约定比库不约定,以不同的约定而去,在危难中,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 帖亚萨塔学处完第六

7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ7. 预约学处

§412

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto aññatarena gāmadvārena atikkamati. Aññatarā itthī sāmikena saha bhaṇḍitvā gāmato nikkhamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo gamissatī’’ti? ‘‘Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ, bhagini, gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ayyena saddhiṃ gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Eyyāsi, bhaginī’’ti. Atha kho tassā itthiyā sāmiko gāmato nikkhamitvā manusse pucchi – ‘‘apāyyo evarūpiṃ itthiṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘Esāyyo, pabbajitena saha gacchatī’’ti. Atha kho so puriso anubandhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā ākoṭetvā muñci. Atha kho so bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle padhūpento nisīdi. Atha kho sā itthī taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nāyyo so bhikkhu maṃ nippātesi; apica, ahameva tena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ gacchāmi; akārako so bhikkhu; gaccha, naṃ khamāpehī’’ti. Atha kho so puriso taṃ bhikkhuṃ khamāpesi. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某位比库在国萨拉国地方前往沙瓦提城时,从某村门经过。某位妇女与丈夫争吵后从村出来,见到那位比库后对他说:「尊者,大德将去哪里?」「贤妹,我将去沙瓦提城。」「我将与大德一起去。」「贤妹,请便。」其时,那位妇女的丈夫从村出来问人们:「诸位大德,你们可见到这样的妇女?」「大德,她正与出家人一起去。」其时,那位男子追上后抓住那位比库,殴打后放开。其时,那位比库在某棵树下坐下休息。其时,那位妇女对那位男子说:「那位比库并未使我堕落;而且,我自己与那位比库一起去;那位比库无过失;去向他道歉。」其时,那位男子向那位比库道歉。其时,那位比库前往沙瓦提城后向诸比库报告此事。那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、呵责、谴责:「怎么比库与妇女约定后行同一道路呢?」……「比库,你确实与妇女约定后行同一道路吗?」「世尊,确实。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎么与妇女约定后行同一道路!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处:」

§413

nti.

§414

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡任何……」等等……「比库」:在此义中所指的比库。

nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

「妇女」:人类女性,非亚卡女、非饿鬼女、非畜生,有智,能够了知善说恶说、粗恶非粗恶。

nti ekato.

等等一起。

ti – ‘‘gacchāma bhagini, gacchāmāyya, gacchāmāyya, gacchāma bhagini, ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

「我们去吧,姊妹;我们去吧,尊者;我们去吧,尊者;我们去吧,姊妹;今天或昨天或明天我们去吧」如此约定,犯恶作。

ti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

在公鸡飞行的距离内,从村到村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。在无村的旷野,每半由旬,犯巴吉帝亚。

§415

Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对女人有女人想,约定后行于同一道路,乃至村与村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。对女人有疑,约定后行于同一道路,乃至村与村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。对女人有非女人想,约定后行于同一道路,乃至村与村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati mātugāmo na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhiyā vā petiyā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

比库约定,女人未约定,犯恶作。与亚卡女或饿鬼女或般荼咖或畜生道取人女形者一起约定后行于同一道路,乃至村与村之间,犯恶作。非女人有女人想,犯恶作。非女人有疑,犯恶作。非女人有非女人想,无犯。

§416

Anāpatti asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, mātugāmo saṃvidahati bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:未约定而去;女人约定,比库未约定;以不同的标记而去;在危难时;对疯狂者;对最初犯戒者。

Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 预约学处完第七

8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ8. 阿利德塔学处

§417

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena ariṭṭhassa nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū – ‘‘ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,名叫阿利德他的比库,曾为秃鹫猎者,生起如此恶见:「我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」诸多比库听闻:「名叫阿利德他的比库,曾为秃鹫猎者,据说生起如此恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』」于是,那些比库前往阿利德他比库,曾为秃鹫猎者之处;抵达后,对阿利德他比库,曾为秃鹫猎者如此说:「贤友阿利德他,据说你生起如此恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍』,是真的吗?」「贤友们,我确实如此了知世尊所说之法:『世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』」

‘‘Mā, āvuso ariṭṭha, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ . Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya . Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’ti.

「贤友阿利德他,不要如此说。不要诽谤世尊。诽谤世尊确实不善。世尊确实不会如此说。贤友阿利德他,世尊以多种方式说障碍法为障碍。而且实行它们足以成为障碍。世尊说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。世尊说诸欲如骸骨譬喻,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。世尊说诸欲如肉片譬喻……世尊说诸欲如草炬譬喻……世尊说诸欲如炭火坑譬喻……世尊说诸欲如梦譬喻……世尊说诸欲如借用物譬喻……世尊说诸欲如树果譬喻……世尊说诸欲如屠刀譬喻……世尊说诸欲如矛桩譬喻……世尊说诸欲如蛇头譬喻,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。」

Evampi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. Yato ca kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti ? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

如此,阿利他比库,前为秃鹫所缚者,被那些比库如此劝说时,仍然顽固地坚持、执取那恶见,说道:「诸具寿,我如此了知世尊所说之法——世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」当那些比库不能使阿利他比库,前为秃鹫所缚者,从那恶见脱离时,那些比库前往世尊处;抵达后,向世尊报告了此事。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件召集比库僧团后,询问阿利他比库,前为秃鹫所缚者:「阿利他,听说你生起了如此的恶见——『我如此了知世尊所说之法,世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍』,是真的吗?」「世尊,我如此了知世尊所说之法——世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」

Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khaṇasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

「愚痴人,你从何处了知我如此说法?愚痴人,我岂不是以种种方式说障碍法为障碍吗?而实行它们足以成为障碍。我说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。我说诸欲如骨锁……我说诸欲如肉片……我说诸欲如草炬……我说诸欲如炭火坑……我说诸欲如梦……我说诸欲如借用物……我说诸欲如树果……我说诸欲如刀剑……我说诸欲如矛桩……我说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。然而,愚痴人,你以自己的错误理解,既诽谤我们,又毁坏自己,并且造作了许多非福。愚痴人,这将长久导致你的无益与痛苦。愚痴人,这不是为了使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§418

nti.

§419

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「比库」是指……任何如此者……这是此义中所指的比库。

ti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti.

「恶见」是指——「我如此了知世尊所说之法,世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」

ti yo so evaṃvādī bhikkhu.

「如此说者」是指说如此之语的比库。

ti aññehi bhikkhūhi. Ye passanti ye suṇanti tehi vattabbo – ‘‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo. Tatiyampi vattabbo. Sace paṭinissajjati , iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. So bhikkhu ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo – ‘‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo. Tatiyampi vattabbo. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. So bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

「应被诸比库劝告」是指被其他比库。见到者、听到者应对他说:「具寿,莫如此说,莫诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊实在不善,世尊不会如此说。具寿,世尊以种种方式说障碍法为障碍,而实行它们足以成为障碍。」应第二次劝说,应第三次劝说。若舍弃,这是善的;若不舍弃,犯恶作。听到而不说,犯恶作。应牵引那位比库来说:「具寿,莫如此说,莫诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊实在不善,世尊不会如此说。具寿,世尊以种种方式说障碍法为障碍,而实行它们足以成为障碍。」应第二次劝说,应第三次劝说。若舍弃,这是善的;若不舍弃,犯恶作。应对那位比库作谏诤。诸比库,应如此作谏诤。有能力的比库应告知僧团——

§420

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya – tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Esā ñatti.

「诸大德,请僧团听我说。某甲比库生起了如此的恶见——『我如此了知世尊所说之法,世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍』。他不舍弃那见。若僧团认为适当时机已到,僧团应对某甲比库作谏诤——为了舍弃那见。这是表白。

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「诸大德,请僧团听我说。某甲比库生起了如此的恶见——『我如此了知世尊所说之法,世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍』。他不舍弃那见。僧团对某甲比库作谏诤——为了舍弃那见。对某甲比库作谏诤——为了舍弃那见,哪位具寿认可,他应保持沉默;哪位不认可,他应说出。

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti . So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「第二次我也说此义……乃至……第三次我也说此义——『尊者们,请僧团听我说。某名比库生起了如此的恶见——「我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」他不舍弃那见。僧团劝告某名比库舍弃那见。若诸具寿认可劝告某名比库舍弃那见者,请默然;若不认可者,请说。』「僧团已劝告某名比库舍弃那见。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」」

‘‘Samanubhaṭṭho saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

「僧团已劝告某名比库舍弃那见。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」

Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

白时恶作。二次甘马时恶作。甘马结束时犯巴吉帝亚。

§421

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

如法甘马时,认为是如法甘马而不舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马时,怀疑而不舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马时,认为是非法甘马而不舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

非法甘马时,认为是如法甘马,犯恶作。非法甘马时,怀疑,犯恶作。非法甘马时,认为是非法甘马,犯恶作。

§422

Anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakassāti.

不劝告者、舍弃者、疯狂者,无犯。

Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 阿利德塔学处完第八

9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṃ9. 伍奇德萨桑波嘎学处

§423

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjantipi saṃvasantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjissantipi saṃvasissantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjathāpi saṃvasathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjissathāpi saṃvasissathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库明知如是说者阿利德比库未如法行、未舍弃那见,与他一起受用、一起共住、也一起卧。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、非难、呵责——「六群比库怎能明知如是说者阿利德比库未如法行、未舍弃那见,与他一起受用、一起共住、也一起卧呢?」……乃至……「比库们,你们真的明知如是说者阿利德比库未如法行、未舍弃那见,与他一起受用、一起共住、也一起卧吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……「愚痴人们,你们怎能明知如是说者阿利德比库未如法行、未舍弃那见,与他一起受用、一起共住、也一起卧呢!愚痴人们,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……比库们,应如此诵此学处——」

§424

nti.

§425

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是如此……乃至……此……乃至……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

名为他自己知道,或者其他人告知他,或者他告知。

ti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti evaṃ vādinā.

即——「我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍」如是说者。

nāma ukkhitto anosārito.

名为被举罪而未恢复。

nti etaṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ.

即与未舍弃此见者一起。

ti sambhogo nāma dve sambhogā – āmisasambhogo ca dhammasambhogo ca. nāma āmisaṃ deti vā paṭiggaṇhāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. nāma uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, padena uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

即共住,名为两种共住——资具共住与法共住。名为给予资具或接受,犯巴吉帝亚。名为诵或使诵,逐句诵或使诵,每句犯巴吉帝亚。逐字诵或使诵,每字犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ukkhittakena saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā saṅghakammaṃ vā karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即与被举罪者一起作伍波萨他或自恣或僧伽甘马,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ekacchanne ukkhittake nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne ukkhittako nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即在同一屋檐下,被举罪者卧时比库卧,犯巴吉帝亚。比库卧时被举罪者卧,犯巴吉帝亚。或者两者都卧,犯巴吉帝亚。起来后再三卧,犯巴吉帝亚。

§426

Ukkhittake ukkhittakasaññī sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ukkhittake vematiko sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ukkhittake anukkhittakasaññī sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, anāpatti . Anukkhittake ukkhittakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anukkhittake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anukkhittake anukkhittakasaññī, anāpatti.

于被举罪者有被举罪者想而共食或共住或共卧,犯巴吉帝亚。于被举罪者有疑而共食或共住或共卧,犯恶作。于被举罪者有未被举罪者想而共食或共住或共卧,无犯。于未被举罪者有被举罪者想,犯恶作。于未被举罪者有疑,犯恶作。于未被举罪者有未被举罪者想,无犯。

§427

Anāpatti anukkhittoti jānāti, ukkhitto osāritoti jānāti, ukkhitto taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭhoti jānāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪,知道「未被驱摈」;知道「已被驱摈而已恢复」;知道「已被驱摈而已舍弃那见」;对于发狂者、最初犯戒者。

Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 伍奇德萨桑波嘎学处完第九

10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṃ10. 甘德咖学处

§428

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kaṇṭakassa nāma samaṇuddesassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū kaṇṭakassa nāma kira samaṇuddesassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena kaṇṭako samaṇuddeso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso kaṇṭaka, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā ye’me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。尔时,名叫甘答咖的沙玛内拉生起如此恶见——「我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍」。众多比库听闻:「名叫甘答咖的沙玛内拉据说生起如此恶见——『我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍』」。于是那些比库前往甘答咖沙玛内拉处;抵达后,对甘答咖沙玛内拉如此说:「贤友甘答咖,你确实生起如此恶见——『我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍』吗?」「尊者,我如此了知世尊所说之法——『世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍』」。

Mā , āvuso kaṇṭaka, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyena, āvuso kaṇṭaka, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo…pe… evampi kho kaṇṭako samaṇuddeso tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

「贤友甘答咖,勿如此说。勿诽谤世尊。诽谤世尊确实不善。世尊确实不会如此说。贤友甘答咖,世尊以多种方式说障碍法为障碍。从事它们确实足以成为障碍。世尊说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,于此过患更多……」如此,甘答咖沙玛内拉被那些比库如此说时,仍然顽固、执取、坚持那恶见而说:「尊者,我如此了知世尊所说之法——『世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍』」。

Yato ca kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, kaṇṭaka, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

当那些比库不能使甘答咖沙玛内拉从那恶见脱离时,于是那些比库前往世尊处;抵达后,向世尊报告此事。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件召集比库僧团后,询问甘答咖沙玛内拉:「甘答咖,你确实生起如此恶见——『我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍』吗?」「尊者,我如此了知世尊所说之法——『世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍』」。

‘‘Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya? Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi attānañca khaṇasi bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā’’ti. Vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ nāsetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, nāsetabbo – ajjatagge te, āvuso kaṇṭaka, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā’’ti. Atha kho saṅgho kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ nāsesi.

「愚人,你从谁处了知我如此说法?愚人,我岂非以多种方式说障碍法为障碍,从事它们确实足以成为障碍?我说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,于此过患更多。我说诸欲如骨锁……我说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,于此过患更多。然而,愚人,你以自己的错误理解既诽谤我们,又毁坏自己,且造作许多无福。愚人,这将长久导致你的无益与痛苦。愚人,此非为了未信者生信……以及某些已信者改变信心」。呵责后……作如法语后,告诉比库们:「比库们,那么,僧团应驱摈甘答咖沙玛内拉。比库们,应如此驱摈——『贤友甘答咖,从今日起,你既不得称那世尊为导师,也不得享有其他沙玛内拉与比库们共宿二三夜的权利。去吧,离开,消失』」。于是僧团驱摈了甘答咖沙玛内拉。

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpentipi upaṭṭhāpentipi sambhuñjantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpessantipi upaṭṭhāpessantipi sambhuñjissantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpethāpi upaṭṭhāpethāpi sambhuñjathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpessathāpi upaṭṭhāpessathāpi sambhuñjissathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessatha ! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,六群比库明知已被如此驱摈的甘答咖沙玛内拉,仍与他交谈、须跋、同食、共宿。那些少欲比库……抱怨、非难、呵责:「六群比库怎能明知已被如此驱摈的甘答咖沙玛内拉,仍与他交谈、须跋、同食、共宿呢?」……「比库们,你们确实明知已被如此驱摈的甘答咖沙玛内拉,仍与他交谈、须跋、同食、共宿吗?」「确实,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「愚人们,你们怎能明知已被如此驱摈的甘答咖沙玛内拉,仍与他交谈、须跋、同食、共宿呢!愚人们,此非为了未信者生信……比库们,应如此诵此学处——

§429

nti.

§430

nāma sāmaṇero vuccati.

被称为沙玛内拉。

ti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathāyeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti.

即——「我如此了知世尊所说之法,即世尊所说这些障碍法,从事它们不足以成为障碍」。

ti yo so evaṃvādī samaṇuddeso.

这位如是说的沙玛内拉。

ti aññehi bhikkhūhi, ye passanti ye suṇanti tehi vattabbo – ‘‘mā, āvuso samaṇuddesa, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso samaṇuddesa, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo… tatiyampi vattabbo…pe… sace paṭinissajjati iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā’’ti.

其他比库们,那些看见的、听到的,应对他说——「贤友沙玛内拉,不要这样说。不要诽谤世尊。诽谤世尊确实不善。世尊确实不会这样说。贤友沙玛内拉,世尊以种种方式说障碍法是障碍。而且那些受用它们的人足以成为障碍。」应第二次对他说……应第三次对他说……若他舍弃,这是善的;若不舍弃,那位沙玛内拉应被比库们如此告知——「贤友沙玛内拉,从今日起,那位世尊不应被你称为导师。而且其他沙玛内拉们所获得的与比库们共住二三夜,你也没有。离去,消失!」

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是那样的……这……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

名:自己知道,或其他人告知他,或他告知。

nti evaṃ nāsitaṃ.

如此被驱摈。

nāma sāmaṇero vuccati.

名为沙玛内拉。

ti tassa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dassāmīti upalāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

若以「我将给你钵或衣或诵习或问答」而诱惑他,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti tassa cuṇṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā mukhodakaṃ vā sādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

若接受他的齿木粉或泥土或齿木或漱口水,犯巴吉帝亚。

「共享」有两种共享——物质共享和法共享。若给予或接受物质，犯巴吉帝亚。若教诵或使教诵，逐句教诵或使教诵，每句犯巴吉帝亚。若逐字教诵或使教诵，每字犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ekacchanne nāsitake samaṇuddese nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne nāsitako samaṇuddeso nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在同一屋顶下，未驱摈者、沙玛内拉躺卧时，比库躺卧，犯巴吉帝亚。比库躺卧时,未驱摈者、沙玛内拉躺卧，犯巴吉帝亚。或两者都躺卧，犯巴吉帝亚。起来后再三躺卧，犯巴吉帝亚。

§431

Nāsitake nāsitakasaññī upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nāsitake vematiko upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nāsitake anāsitakasaññī upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, anāpatti. Anāsitake nāsitakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anāsitake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anāsitake anāsitakasaññī, anāpatti.

对未驱摈者有未驱摈者想，而教诫或使须跋或共享或一起卧，犯巴吉帝亚。对未驱摈者有疑，而教诫或使须跋或共享或一起卧，犯恶作。对未驱摈者有已驱摈者想，而教诫或使须跋或共享或一起卧，无犯。对已驱摈者有未驱摈者想，犯恶作。对已驱摈者有疑，犯恶作。对已驱摈者有已驱摈者想，无犯。

§432

Anāpatti anāsitakoti jānāti, taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭhoti jānāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:知道已驱摈,知道已舍弃那见,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 甘德咖学处完第十

Sappāṇakavaggo sattamo. · 萨巴那咖品第七

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Sañciccavadhasappāṇaṃ, ukkoṭaṃ duṭṭhullachādanaṃ;

故意杀害有命者、掘地、粗恶语覆藏;

Ūnavīsati satthañca, saṃvidhānaṃ ariṭṭhakaṃ;

未满二十、教团、安排、阿利他咖;

Ukkhittaṃ kaṇṭakañceva, dasa sikkhāpadā imeti.

被举罪者、刺,这十条学处。

8. Sahadhammikavaggo

8. 法咖品

1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ1. 萨哈达米咖学处

§433

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso channa, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vakkhati – na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vadesi – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vakkhasi – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在国桑比的瞿师多园。其时,具寿阐陀行非行。诸比库如是说——「阐陀贤友,莫作如此之事,此不适宜」。他如是说——「贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律的比库」。那些少欲的比库……他们非难、呵责、传播——「具寿阐陀如何被诸比库如法劝告时,如是说——『贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律的比库』」……「阐陀,你确实被诸比库如法劝告时,如是说——『贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律的比库』吗?」「是真实的,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你如何被诸比库如法劝告时,如是说——『贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律的比库』?愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——」

§434

ti.

§435

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……在此义中所指的比库。

ti aññehi bhikkhūhi.

被其他诸比库。

nāma yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ etaṃ sahadhammikaṃ nāma. Tena vuccamāno evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti . Paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmīti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

凡世尊所制定的学处,此名为如法。被如是劝告时,他如是说——「贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律的比库」。他说「我将询问贤明、精通、有智慧、多闻、说法者」,犯巴吉帝亚。

§436

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于受具足者有受具足想,如是说,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有疑,如是说,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有未受具足想,如是说,犯巴吉帝亚。

Apaññattena vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paṇḍitaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

被以未制定者劝告——「此不导向少欲、不导向头陀行、不导向令人欢喜、不导向损减、不导向精进策励」,如是说「贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律、贤明、有智慧、多闻、说法的比库」,犯恶作。

Anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paṇḍitaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

被未受具足者以制定者或未制定者劝告——「此不导向少欲、不导向头陀行、不导向令人欢喜、不导向损减、不导向精进策励」,如是说「贤友们,我不会在此学处中学习,直到我询问另一位精通、持律、贤明、有智慧、多闻、说法的比库」,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。

ti sikkhitukāmena.

欲学习者。

nti jānitabbaṃ.

应当了知。

nti ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ; imassa vā kvattho’’ti?

「尊者,这是什么?或者这有什么用处?」

nti cintetabbaṃ tulayitabbaṃ.

应当思考、应当衡量。

ti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

这是那里的随顺法。

§437

Anāpatti ‘‘jānissāmi sikkhissāmī’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯——说「我将了知,我将学习」者、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 萨哈达米咖学处完第一

2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṃ2. 维雷卡那学处

§438

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena vinayakathaṃ katheti, vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena vinayakathaṃ katheti, vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇāmā’’ti, te ca bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇanti.

尔时,佛陀世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,世尊以种种方式对诸比库说律的论说,赞叹律,赞叹律的通晓,一再地赞叹具寿伍巴离。诸比库生起此念:「世尊以种种方式说律的论说,赞叹律,赞叹律的通晓,一再地赞叹具寿伍巴离。来吧,诸友,我们在具寿伍巴离处学习律。」于是,众多长老比库、新比库、中年比库在具寿伍巴离处学习律。

Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho, āvuso, bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇanti. Sace ime vinaye pakataññuno bhavissanti amhe yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvadicchakaṃ ākaḍḍhissanti parikaḍḍhissanti. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇemā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantī’’ti! Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vinayaṃ vivaṇṇessantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,六群比库生起此念:「诸友,现在众多长老比库、新比库、中年比库在具寿伍巴离处学习律。如果这些人在律上成为通晓者,他们将随心所欲地、随意地、随所欲的程度拖拉我们、牵引我们。来吧,诸友,我们轻毁律。」于是,六群比库前往诸比库处,如此说:「这些微细又微细的学处被诵出,有什么用呢?它们只是导致恼害、困扰、烦恼而已!」那些少欲的比库……抱怨、非难、责备:「六群比库怎能轻毁律呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的轻毁律吗?」「世尊,是真的。」佛陀世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎能轻毁律呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,应当如此诵出此学处——」

§439

nti.

§440

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是任何……在此义中所指的比库。

ti uddisante vā uddisāpente vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karonte.

诵出或令诵出或诵习时。

ti – ‘‘kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantīti. ‘‘Ye imaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ hoti, vihesā hoti, vilekhā hoti, ye imaṃ na pariyāpuṇanti tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ na hoti vihesā na hoti vilekhā na hoti. Anuddiṭṭhaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, anuggahitaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, apariyāpuṭaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, adhāritaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, vinayo vā antaradhāyatu, ime vā bhikkhū apakataññuno hontū’’ti upasampannassa vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「为何要诵出这些微细的学处呢?它们只会导致追悔、恼害、烦恼。学习这些的人会有追悔、会有恼害、会有烦恼;不学习这些的人不会有追悔、不会有恼害、不会有烦恼。不诵出这个更好,不受持这个更好,不学习这个更好,不忆持这个更好,让律消失吧,或者让这些比库成为忘恩者吧。」对已受具足者诽谤律,犯巴吉帝亚。

§441

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne vematiko vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于已受具足者,有已受具足想而诽谤律,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者,有疑而诽谤律,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者,有未受具足想而诽谤律,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññaṃ dhammaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa vinayaṃ vā aññaṃ vā dhammaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

诽谤其他法,犯恶作。对未受具足者诽谤律或其他法,犯恶作。于未受具足者,有已受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者,有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者,有未受具足想,犯恶作。

§442

Anāpatti na vivaṇṇetukāmo, ‘‘iṅgha tvaṃ suttante vā gāthāyo vā abhidhammaṃ vā pariyāpuṇassu, pacchā vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇissasī’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:不想诽谤,说「来,你先学习经或偈颂或阿毗达摩,之后再学习律」,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 维雷卡那学处完第二

3. Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ3. 痴恼学处

§443

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anācāraṃ ācaritvā ‘‘aññāṇakena āpannāti jānantū’’ti pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vakkhanti – idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma , ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadetha – ‘‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vakkhatha – ‘‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库行恶行后,在诵巴帝摩卡时说「让他们知道是由于无知而犯的」,如此说:「我们现在才知道,这个法原来是入经的、经所摄的,每半月来到诵出。」那些少欲的比库……他们抱怨、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎么能在诵巴帝摩卡时如此说:『我们现在才知道,这个法原来是入经的、经所摄的,每半月来到诵出』呢?」……诸比库,你们真的在诵巴帝摩卡时如此说:「我们现在才知道,这个法原来是入经的、经所摄的,每半月来到诵出」吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎么能在诵巴帝摩卡时如此说:『我们现在才知道,这个法原来是入经的、经所摄的,每半月来到诵出』呢!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵出这学处——」

§444

nti.

§445

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是任何……」……「比库」是在此义中所指的比库。

nti anuposathikaṃ.

「伍波萨他」即半月伍波萨他。

ti uddisante.

诵时。

ti anācāraṃ ācaritvā – ‘‘aññāṇakena āpannoti jānantū’’ti pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘idāneva kho ahaṃ jānāmi, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

行非行后——「愿诸具寿知我以不知而犯」——在诵巴帝摩卡时如此说:「我现在才知道,这个法原来也是入于经的、经所摄的、每半月来诵」,犯恶作。

Tañce mohetukāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṃ nisinnapubbaṃ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo, na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpanno, tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassa moho āropetabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, āropetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

若其他比库们知道那位想要愚痴的比库,曾坐着二、三次在诵巴帝摩卡时,何况更多次,那位比库不能以不知而脱罪,他在那里所犯的罪,应依法处理,更应对他施加愚痴。诸比库,应如此施加:有能力的比库应告知僧团——

§446

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karoti. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohaṃ āropeyya. Esā ñatti.

「尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的比库在诵巴帝摩卡时不善作意、不作意。若僧团适时,僧团应对名叫某某的比库施加愚痴。这是表白。

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karoti. Saṅgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohaṃ āropeti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohassa āropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

「尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的比库在诵巴帝摩卡时不善作意、不作意。僧团对名叫某某的比库施加愚痴。对名叫某某的比库施加愚痴,具寿认可者默然;不认可者请说。

‘‘Āropito saṅghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno moho. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

「僧团已对名叫某某的比库施加愚痴。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持」。

Anāropite mohe moheti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āropite mohe moheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

未施加愚痴而愚痴,犯恶作。已施加愚痴而愚痴,犯巴吉帝亚。

§447

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī moheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

如法甘马想为如法甘马,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马有疑,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马想为非法甘马而愚痴,犯巴吉帝亚。

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

于非法甘马作法甘马想,犯恶作。于非法甘马疑,犯恶作。于非法甘马作非法甘马想,犯恶作。

§448

Anāpatti na vitthārena sutaṃ hoti, ūnakadvattikkhattuṃ vitthārena sutaṃ hoti, na mohetukāmassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:未详细地听闻,少于二三次详细地听闻,非为了使迷惑,发狂者,最初犯戒者。

Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 痴恼学处完第三

4. Pahārasikkhāpadaṃ4. 打击学处

§449

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ denti. Te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhākaṃ pahāraṃ dentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dassantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dassatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库忿怒、不悦,对十七群比库施打。他们哭泣。诸比库如是说——「诸具寿,你们为何哭泣?」「诸具寿,这些六群比库忿怒、不悦,对我们施打。」诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎能忿怒、不悦对诸比库施打?」……诸比库,你们真的忿怒、不悦对诸比库施打吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能忿怒、不悦对诸比库施打!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

§450

nti.

§451

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何……」……此……于此义中所指的比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

「比库」:对其他比库。

ti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

「忿怒」:未平息、心被击打、生起僵硬。

ti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā antamaso uppalapattenapi pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「施打」:以身或以身所系属之物或以应舍物,乃至以莲花瓣施打,犯巴吉帝亚。

§452

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于已受具足作已受具足想,忿怒、不悦施打,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足疑,忿怒、不悦施打,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足作未受具足想,忿怒、不悦施打,犯巴吉帝亚。

Anupasampannassa kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者,愤怒、不悦而给予打击,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。

§453

Anāpatti kenaci viheṭhīyamāno mokkhādhippāyo pahāraṃ deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:被任何人侵扰而以解脱为目的给予打击者,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Pahārasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 打击学处完第四

5. Talasattikasikkhāpadaṃ5. 手刀学处

§454

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggiranti. Te pahārasamuccitā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhākaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirantī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,六群比库愤怒、不悦而向十七群比库投掷刀杖。他们因打击而哭泣。诸比库如是说——「诸具寿,你们为何哭泣?」「诸具寿,这些六群比库愤怒、不悦而向我们投掷刀杖。」彼诸少欲比库……他们非难、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎能愤怒、不悦而向十七群比库投掷刀杖呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的愤怒、不悦而向十七群比库投掷刀杖吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能愤怒、不悦而向十七群比库投掷刀杖呢!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——」

§455

nti.

§456

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何……」……「比库」者,于此义中所指的比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

「另一比库」者,对另一比库。

ti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

「愤怒」者,不欢喜、心被击打、生起粗重。

ti kāyaṃ vā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ vā antamaso uppalapattampi uccāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「投掷刀杖」者,投掷身或与身相连之物,乃至投掷莲花瓣,犯巴吉帝亚。

§457

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于受具足者有受具足想,愤怒、不悦而投掷刀杖,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有疑,愤怒、不悦而投掷刀杖,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有未受具足想,愤怒、不悦而投掷刀杖,犯巴吉帝亚。

Anupasampannassa kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者,愤怒、不悦而掷出棕榈叶刀,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。

§458

Anāpatti kenaci viheṭhīyamāno mokkhādhippāyo talasattikaṃ uggirati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:被任何人侵扰而以解脱为目的掷出棕榈叶刀者,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Talasattikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 手刀学处完第五

6. Amūlakasikkhāpadaṃ6. 无根学处

§459

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsethāti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤比库。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难——「六群比库怎能以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤比库呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤比库吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤比库呢!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,应如此诵此学处——

§460

nti.

§461

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……如是……在此义中所指的比库。

nti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

即其他比库。

nāma adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ.

即未见、未闻、未疑。

ti terasannaṃ aññatarena.

即十三种中的任何一种。

ti codeti vā codāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即检举或使人检举,犯巴吉帝亚。

§462

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti , āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于受具足者有受具足想,以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有疑,以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有未受具足想,以无根的桑喀地谢萨诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。

Ācāravipattiyā vā diṭṭhivipattiyā vā anuddhaṃseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ anuddhaṃseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

以戒失坏或以见失坏诽谤,犯恶作。诽谤未受具足者,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。

§463

Anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti, vā codāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:如实想而举罪,或令举罪,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Amūlakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 无根学处完第六

7. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ7. 故意学处

§464

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahanti – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti. Tumhe ca ūnavīsativassā upasampannā. Kacci no tumhe anupasampannā’’ti? Te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime , āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhākaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahantī’’ti . Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库故意令十七群比库生起恶作——「诸具寿,世尊制定学处——『不应授具足未满二十岁之人』。而你们未满二十岁受具足。你们岂非未受具足?」他们哭泣。诸比库如此说:「诸具寿,你们为何哭泣?」「诸具寿,这些六群比库故意令我们生起恶作。」诸少欲比库……他们非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎能故意令诸比库生起恶作?」……「诸比库,你们真的故意令诸比库生起恶作吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能故意令诸比库生起恶作!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——

§465

nti.

§466

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

任何……比库之义:于此义中所指的是比库。

ti aññassa bhikkhussa.

另一比库。

ti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

故意:知道、了知、故意、超越、违越。

ti ‘‘ūnavīsativasso maññe tvaṃ upasampanno, vikāle maññe tayā bhuttaṃ, majjaṃ maññe tayā pītaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinna’’nti kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

恶作:「我想你未满二十岁受具足,我想你非时食,我想你饮酒,我想你与女人共坐于隐密处」,令生起恶作,犯巴吉帝亚。

nti na añño koci paccayo hoti kukkuccaṃ upadahituṃ.

等,没有其他任何因缘来引起追悔。

§467

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

于已受具足者作已受具足想,故意引起追悔,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者有疑,故意引起追悔,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受具足者作未受具足想,故意引起追悔,犯巴吉帝亚。

Anupasampannassa sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者故意引起追悔,犯恶作。于未受具足者作已受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者作未受具足想,犯恶作。

§468

Anāpatti na kukkuccaṃ upadahitukāmo ‘‘ūnavīsativasso maññe tvaṃ upasampanno, vikāle maññe tayā bhuttaṃ, majjaṃ maññe tayā pītaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinnaṃ, iṅgha jānāhi, mā te pacchā kukkuccaṃ ahosī’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:不想引起追悔而说「我想你未满二十岁受具足,我想你非时食,我想你饮酒,我想你与女人共坐密处,来,你应知道,莫使你以后有追悔」,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。

Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 故意学处完第七

8. Upassutisikkhāpadaṃ8. 窃听学处

§469

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍanti. Pesalā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘alajjino ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū. Na sakkā imehi saha bhaṇḍitu’’nti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, amhe alajjivādena pāpethā’’ti? ‘‘Kahaṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, assutthā’’ti? ‘‘Mayaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upassutiṃ tiṭṭhamhā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ tiṭṭhissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ tiṭṭhathāti? ‘‘Sacca, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ tiṭṭhissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库与善良比库们争吵。善良比库们如此说——「诸具寿,这些六群比库无惭,不能与他们一起争吵。」六群比库们如此说——「诸具寿,为何你们以无惭之语责骂我们?」「诸具寿,你们在何处听到?」「我们站在具寿们的听闻处。」诸比库中少欲者……他们抱怨、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎能站在诸比库争吵时、争执时、陷入诤论时的听闻处?」……「诸比库,你们真的站在诸比库争吵时、争执时、陷入诤论时的听闻处吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎能站在诸比库争吵时、争执时、陷入诤论时的听闻处!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§470

nti.

§471

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……等……此……等……于此义中所指的比库。

nti aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ.

即其他比库们的。

nti adhikaraṇajātānaṃ.

即诤事生起的。

ti ‘‘imesaṃ sutvā codessāmi sāressāmi paṭicodessāmi paṭisāressāmi maṅkū karissāmī’’ti gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pacchato gacchanto turito gacchati sossāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Purato gacchanto ohiyyati sossāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā mantentaṃ ukkāsitabbaṃ , vijānāpetabbaṃ, no ce ukkāseyya vā vijānāpeyya vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「听了这些之后,我将责备、使忆念、反责备、使反忆念、使羞愧」而去,犯恶作。在站立之处听到,犯巴吉帝亚。在后面走时急速地走「我将听」,犯恶作。在站立之处听到,犯巴吉帝亚。在前面走时落后「我将听」,犯恶作。在站立之处听到,犯巴吉帝亚。来到比库站立之处、坐着之处或躺卧之处而密谈者,应当咳嗽、应当使知道,若不咳嗽或不使知道,犯巴吉帝亚。

nti na añño koci paccayo hoti upassutiṃ tiṭṭhituṃ.

没有其他任何因缘站立窃听。

§472

Upasampanne upasampannasaññī upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对已受具足者有已受具足者想而站立窃听,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑而站立窃听,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足者想而站立窃听,犯巴吉帝亚。

Anupasampannassa upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

对未受具足者站立窃听,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足者想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。

§473

Anāpatti – ‘‘imesaṃ sutvā oramissāmi viramissāmi vūpasamissāmi attānaṃ parimocessāmī’’ti gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯——「听了这些之后,我将劝阻、将使停止、将使平息、将使自己解脱」而去,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Upassutisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 窃听学处完第八

9. Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṃ9. 甘马抗拒学处

§474

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anācāraṃ ācaritvā ekamekassa kamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti. Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho sannipatito hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karontā ekassa chandaṃ adaṃsu. Atha kho saṅgho – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, chabbaggiyo bhikkhu ekako āgato, handassa mayaṃ kammaṃ karomā’’ti tassa kammaṃ akāsi. Atha kho so bhikkhu yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, saṅgho akāsī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅgho me, āvuso, kammaṃ akāsī’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, āvuso, etadatthāya chandaṃ adamhā – ‘‘tuyhaṃ kammaṃ karissatī’’ti. Sace ca mayaṃ jāneyyāma ‘‘tuyhaṃ kammaṃ karissatī’’ti, na mayaṃ chandaṃ dadeyyāmā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库行非行后,在各自的甘马被作时反对。其时,僧团因某事而集会。六群比库正在作衣业时,给了一位的欲。于是僧团「诸具寿,这位六群比库独自来了,来!我们为他作甘马」而为他作了甘马。于是那位比库去到六群比库处。六群比库对那位比库这样说——「具寿,僧团作了什么?」「诸具寿,僧团为我作了甘马。」「诸具寿,我们不是为了这个目的而给欲——『将为你作甘马』。若我们知道『将为你作甘马』,我们不会给欲。」诸比库中那些少欲者……他们抱怨、呵责、传播——「六群比库怎么给了如法甘马的欲后,后来陷入应呵责法呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的给了如法甘马的欲后,后来陷入应呵责法吗?」「世尊,真实。」佛世尊呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么给了如法甘马的欲后,后来陷入应呵责法呢!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者信乐……诸比库,你们应当这样诵这学处——

§475

nti.

§476

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……在此义中所指的比库。

nāma apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakammaṃ dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena kataṃ, etaṃ dhammikaṃ nāma kammaṃ. Chandaṃ datvā khiyyati āpatti pācittiyassa.

称为白甘马、白二甘马、白四甘马,依法、依律、依导师教而作的,这称为如法甘马。给了欲后呵责,犯巴吉帝亚。

§477

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

于如法甘马,有如法甘马想,给与欲后诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于如法甘马,有疑,给与欲后诽谤,犯恶作。于如法甘马,有非法甘马想,给与欲后诽谤,不犯。于非法甘马,有如法甘马想,犯恶作。于非法甘马,有疑,犯恶作。于非法甘马,有非法甘马想,不犯。

§478

Anāpatti – ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata’’nti jānanto khiyyati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯——知道「以非法或以别众或对不应作甘马者作甘马」而诽谤,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 甘马抗拒学处完第九

10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadaṃ10. 不给欲而去学处

§479

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho sannipatito hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karontā ekassa chandaṃ adaṃsu. Atha kho saṅgho ‘‘yassatthāya sannipatito taṃ kammaṃ karissāmī’’ti ñattiṃ ṭhapesi. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘evamevime ekamekassa kammaṃ karonti, kassa tumhe kammaṃ karissathā’’ti chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamissasi ! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,僧团因某事而集会。六群比库正在作衣业,给与一人欲。然后僧团为「为了所集会之事,我将作彼甘马」而提出白。然后彼比库「这些人就是如此为各人作甘马,你们将为谁作甘马」,不给与欲,从座起而离去。诸少欲比库……呵责、非难、诽谤:「为何比库于僧团正在进行决断之语时,不给与欲,从座起而离去?」……「比库,汝确实于僧团正在进行决断之语时,不给与欲,从座起而离去耶?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚人,汝为何于僧团正在进行决断之语时,不给与欲,从座起而离去!愚人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,汝等应如此诵此学处——

§480

nti.

§481

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何……」……「比库」者,于此义中所指的是比库。

nāma vatthu vā ārocitaṃ hoti avinicchitaṃ, ñatti vā ṭhapitā hoti, kammavācā vā vippakatā hoti.

「决断之语」者,或事已告知而未决断,或白已提出,或甘马文已进行。

ti – ‘‘kathaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ kuppaṃ assa vaggaṃ assa na kareyyā’’ti gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Parisāya hatthapāsaṃ vijahantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite āpatti pācittiyassa.

「离去」者,「此甘马如何会被破坏、会成别众、不应作」而离去,犯恶作。离开集会的手臂范围,犯恶作。已离开,犯巴吉帝亚。

§482

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

于如法甘马,有如法甘马想,不给与欲,从座起而离去,犯巴吉帝亚。于如法甘马,有疑,不给与欲,从座起而离去,犯恶作。于如法甘马,有非法甘马想,不给与欲,从座起而离去,不犯。于非法甘马,有如法甘马想,犯恶作。于非法甘马,有疑,犯恶作。于非法甘马,有非法甘马想,不犯。

§483

Anāpatti – ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī’’ti gacchati, ‘‘saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī’’ti gacchati, ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissatī’’ti gacchati, gilāno gacchati, gilānassa karaṇīyena gacchati, uccārena vā passāvena vā pīḷito gacchati, ‘‘na kammaṃ kopetukāmo puna paccāgamissāmī’’ti gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯——「僧团将有争论、争吵、争执、诤论」而离去,「将有僧团分裂或僧团诤讼」而离去,「将以非法或以别众或对不应作甘马者作甘马」而离去,病人离去,为病人之事而离去,被大便或小便所逼而离去,「不欲破坏甘马,我将再回来」而离去,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Chandaṃ adatvā gamanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 不给欲而去学处完第十

11. Dubbalasikkhāpadaṃ11. 弱者学处

§484

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dabbo mallaputto saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeti bhattāni ca uddisati. So cāyasmā dubbalacīvaro hoti. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa ekaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho saṅgho taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa adāsi . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yathāsanthutaṃ bhikkhū saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇāmentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ, vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛陀世尊住在王舍城竹林咖喇达咖鸟园。尔时,具寿达波马喇子为僧团分配住所及指定食物。彼具寿衣服破旧。尔时,僧团得到一件衣。于是僧团将那件衣给予具寿达波马喇子。六群比库不满、呵责、非难——「比库们依亲厚分配僧团的利养」。诸少欲比库……不满、呵责、非难——「为何六群比库在和合僧团给予衣后,犯应呵责法」……「比库们,汝等在和合僧团给予衣后,犯应呵责法,是真实吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛陀世尊呵责……「愚痴人,为何汝等在和合僧团给予衣后,犯应呵责法!愚痴人,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,应如此诵此学处——」

§485

nti.

§486

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……比库之义。

nāma saṅgho samānasaṃvāsako samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhito.

僧团者,名为同一住处、住于同一界内的和合僧。

nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

衣者,名为六种衣中任一衣,可作净施,最下者。

ti sayaṃ datvā.

给予者,名为自己给予。

nāma yathāmittatā yathāsandiṭṭhatā yathāsambhattatā yathāsamānupajjhāyakatā yathāsamānācariyakatā.

依亲厚者,名为依友谊、依亲近、依交往、依同一亲教师、依同一轨范师。

nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

分配者,名为已给予僧团、已舍弃。

nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍopi, dantakaṭṭhampi, dasikasuttampi.

利养者,名为衣、食、住所、病人所需药品资具,乃至粉团、齿木、缝针线。

ti upasampannassa saṅghena sammatassa senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

对于已受达上、僧团认可的住处分配者、食物指定者、粥分配者、果实分配者、副食分配者或小物品分配者,在如法甘马中给予衣后诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。

§487

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

在如法甘马中,认为是如法甘马,在给予衣后诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。在如法甘马中,有疑,在给予衣后诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。在如法甘马中,认为是非法甘马,在给予衣后诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampannassa saṅghena asammatassa senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa saṅghena sammatassa vā asammatassa vā senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

在给予其他资具后诽谤,犯恶作。对于已受达上、僧团未认可的住处分配者、食物指定者、粥分配者、果实分配者、副食分配者或小物品分配者,在给予衣或其他资具后诽谤,犯恶作。对于未受达上、僧团认可或未认可的住处分配者、食物指定者、粥分配者、果实分配者、副食分配者或小物品分配者,在给予衣或其他资具后诽谤,犯恶作。在非法甘马中,认为是如法甘马,犯恶作。在非法甘马中,有疑,犯恶作。在非法甘马中,认为是非法甘马,无犯。

§488

Anāpatti – pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ ‘‘kvattho tassa dinnena laddhāpi vinipātessati na sammā upanessatī’’ti khiyyati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯——本性上因欲、嗔、痴、怖畏而诽谤正在做者「给他有何用?即使得到也会浪费,不会正确使用」,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Dubbalasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ekādasamaṃ. · 弱者学处完第十一

12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṃ12. 回向学处

§489

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghassa sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ hoti – ‘‘bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so pūgo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pūgaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso, imāni cīvarāni imesaṃ bhikkhūna’’nti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, bhante, dassāma. Amhākaṃ saṅghassa anuvassaṃ sacīvarabhikkhā paññattā’’ti. ‘‘Bahū, āvuso, saṅghassa dāyakā, bahū saṅghassa bhattā . Ime tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā idha viharanti. Tumhe ce imesaṃ na dassatha, atha ko carahi imesaṃ dassati? Dethāvuso, imāni cīvarāni imesaṃ bhikkhūna’’nti. Atha kho so pūgo chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi nippīḷiyamāno yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ datvā saṅghaṃ bhattena parivisi. Ye te bhikkhū jānanti saṅghassa sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ ‘‘na ca jānanti chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dinna’’nti te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘oṇojethāvuso, saṅghassa cīvara’’nti. ‘‘Natthi, bhante. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ ayyā chabbaggiyā ayyānaṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ pariṇāmesu’’nti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,在沙瓦提城,某一群体为僧团准备了连衣食——「供食后将以衣布施」。时,六群比库前往该群体处;抵达后,对该群体如是说:「朋友们,请将这些衣给这些比库。」「尊者,我们不给。我们为僧团准备了年度连衣供养。」「朋友们,僧团有许多施主,僧团有许多供食者。这些人依靠你们、仰望你们而住在此处。如果你们不给这些人,那么谁会给这些人呢?朋友们,请将这些衣给这些比库。」时,该群体被六群比库逼迫,将所准备的衣给了六群比库后,以食物供养僧团。那些知道为僧团准备了连衣食「但不知道已给了六群比库」的比库们如是说:「朋友们,请拿出僧团的衣。」「尊者,没有。所准备的衣,尊者六群已转给尊者六群了。」那些少欲的比库们……诽谤、非难、责备:「六群比库怎能知道属于僧团的利养已转给后,转给个人呢?」……「比库们,你们真的知道属于僧团的利养已转给后,转给个人吗?」「是真的,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「愚痴人们,你们怎能知道属于僧团的利养已转给后,转给个人呢!愚痴人们,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——」

§490

nti.

§491

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……比库……这是此义中所指的比库。

nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

名为自己知道,或他人告知他,或他告知。

nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

名为已给予僧团、已舍弃。

nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍopi, dantakaṭṭhampi, dasikasuttampi.

即:衣、钵食、住所、病人所需药物资具,乃至一团药粉、齿木、针线。

nāma ‘‘dassāma karissāmā’’ti vācā bhinnā hoti, taṃ puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即「我将给、我将作」之语已破,他转让给个人,犯巴吉帝亚。

§492

Pariṇate pariṇatasaññī puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pariṇate vematiko puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pariṇate apariṇatasaññī puggalassa pariṇāmeti, anāpatti. Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Cetiyassa pariṇataṃ aññacetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā puggalassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalassa pariṇataṃ aññapuggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Apariṇate pariṇatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apariṇate vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apariṇate apariṇatasaññī, anāpatti.

已转让,有已转让想,转让给个人,犯巴吉帝亚。已转让,疑,转让给个人,犯恶作。已转让,有未转让想,转让给个人,不犯。转让给僧团的,转让给其他僧团或塔庙,犯恶作。转让给塔庙的,转让给其他塔庙或僧团或个人,犯恶作。转让给个人的,转让给其他个人或僧团或塔庙,犯恶作。未转让,有已转让想,犯恶作。未转让,疑,犯恶作。未转让,有未转让想,不犯。

§493

Anāpatti – ‘‘kattha demā’’ti pucchīyamāno – ‘‘yattha tumhākaṃ deyyadhammo paribhogaṃ vā labheyya paṭisaṅkhāraṃ vā labheyya ciraṭṭhitiko vā assa yattha vā pana tumhākaṃ cittaṃ pasīdati tattha dethā’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯——被问「应施于何处」时,说「施于你们的应施物能得受用、或能得修理、或能长久存续之处,或者施于你们心喜悦之处」,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dvādasamaṃ. · 回向学处完第十二

Sahadhammikavaggo aṭṭhamo. · 如法品第八

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Sahadhamma-vivaṇṇañca, mohāpanaṃ pahārakaṃ;

如法辩明、除痴、打击,

Talasatti amūlañca, sañcicca ca upassuti;

掌击、无根、故意诽谤,

Paṭibāhanachandañca, dabbañca pariṇāmananti.

拒绝同意、及转让物品。

9. Ratanavaggo

第九宝品

1. Antepurasikkhāpadaṃ1. 内宫学处

§494

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānapālaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe, uyyānaṃ sodhehi. Uyyānaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho so uyyānapālo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā uyyānaṃ sodhento addasa bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘suddhaṃ, deva, uyyānaṃ. Apica, bhagavā tattha nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Hotu, bhaṇe! Mayaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsissāmā’’ti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānaṃ gantvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanto nisinno hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo taṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsantaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvāna bhīto aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – ‘‘nārahatāyaṃ puriso pāpo hotuṃ , yathā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatī’’ti. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha kho so upāsako bhagavato gāravena rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ neva abhivādesi na paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo anattamano ahosi – ‘‘kathañhi nāmāyaṃ puriso mayi āgate neva abhivādessati na paccuṭṭhessatī’’ti! Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ anattamanaṃ viditvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘eso kho, mahārāja, upāsako bahussuto āgatāgamo kāmesu vītarāgo’’ti. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – ‘‘nārahatāyaṃ upāsako orako hotuṃ, bhagavāpi imassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’ti. Taṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vadeyyāsi, upāsaka, yena attho’’ti. ‘‘Suṭṭhu, devā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

尔时,佛陀世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。尔时,国萨拉国的巴些那地王命令园林守护者:「去吧,贤者,清扫园林。我们将去园林。」「是的,陛下。」那园林守护者应诺国萨拉国的巴些那地王后,清扫园林时,看见世尊坐在某棵树下。看见后,他去到国萨拉国的巴些那地王那里;去到后,对国萨拉国的巴些那地王这样说:「陛下,园林已清扫。但是,世尊坐在那里。」「贤者,那就算了!我们将亲近世尊。」于是,国萨拉国的巴些那地王前往园林,去到世尊那里。尔时,某位近事男正坐着亲近世尊。国萨拉国的巴些那地王看见那位近事男坐着亲近世尊。看见后,他害怕地站着。于是,国萨拉国的巴些那地王这样想:「这个人不应该是恶人,因为他这样亲近世尊。」他去到世尊那里;去到后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。于是,那位近事男出于对世尊的尊敬,既不礼敬国萨拉国的巴些那地王,也不起立。于是,国萨拉国的巴些那地王不悦:「为什么这个人在我到来时既不礼敬也不起立呢!」于是,世尊知道国萨拉国的巴些那地王不悦后,对国萨拉国的巴些那地王这样说:「大王,这位近事男是多闻者、通晓圣典者、于诸欲离贪者。」于是,国萨拉国的巴些那地王这样想:「这位近事男不应该是卑劣者,世尊也称赞他。」他对那位近事男这样说:「近事男,你可以说出有益的事。」「很好,陛下。」于是,世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使国萨拉国的巴些那地王欢喜。于是,国萨拉国的巴些那地王被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。

§495

Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo taṃ upāsakaṃ rathikāya chattapāṇiṃ gacchantaṃ. Disvāna pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘tvaṃ kira, upāsaka, bahussuto āgatāgamo. Sādhu, upāsaka, amhākaṃ itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācehī’’ti. ‘‘Yamahaṃ , deva, jānāmi ayyānaṃ vāhasā, ayyāva devassa itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācessantī’’ti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo – ‘‘saccaṃ kho upāsako āhā’’ti yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetu yo amhākaṃ itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācessatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, rañño itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā kālena kālaṃ pavisitvā rañño itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vāceti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami.

尔时,国萨拉国的巴些那地王正在高楼上。国萨拉国的巴些那地王看见那位近事男手持伞在街道上行走。看见后,召唤他来,这样说:「近事男,听说你是多闻者、通晓圣典者。近事男,善哉,请为我们的内宫讲说法。」「陛下,我所知道的,我将以尊者们的语言,尊者们将为陛下的内宫讲说法。」于是,国萨拉国的巴些那地王(想):「近事男确实说了真实语。」他去到世尊那里;去到后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的国萨拉国的巴些那地王对世尊这样说:「尊者,善哉,请世尊命令一位比库为我们的内宫讲说法。」于是,世尊以法语开示国萨拉国的巴些那地王……(中略)……作右绕后离去。于是,世尊告诉具寿阿难陀:「那么,阿难陀,你为王的内宫讲说法。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难陀应诺世尊后,时时进入,为王的内宫讲说法。于是,具寿阿难陀在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,去到国萨拉国的巴些那地王的住处。

§496

Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ sayanagato hoti. Addasā kho mallikā devī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna sahasā vuṭṭhāsi; pītakamaṭṭhaṃ dussaṃ pabhassittha. Atha kho āyasmā ānando tatova paṭinivattitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā ānando pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, ānanda, pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, ānanda, pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisissasi! Netaṃ, ānanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

尔时,国萨拉国的巴些那地王正与玛利咖王后一起躺卧。玛利咖王后从远处看见具寿阿难陀走来。看见后,她突然起身;黄色的衣服滑落了。于是,具寿阿难陀从那里返回,前往园林,将此事告诉诸比库。那些少欲的比库们……(中略)……他们抱怨、呵责、传播:「为什么具寿阿难陀事先未通报就进入王的内宫呢!」……(中略)……「阿难陀,你确实事先未通报就进入王的内宫吗?」「是的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责……(中略)……「阿难陀,为什么你事先未通报就进入王的内宫!阿难陀,这不能使未信者生信……(中略)……」呵责后……(中略)……作法语后,告诉诸比库:

§497

‘‘Dasayime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane. Katame dasa? Idha, bhikkhave, rājā mahesiyā saddhiṃ nisinno hoti, tattha bhikkhu pavisati. Mahesī vā bhikkhuṃ disvā sitaṃ pātukaroti. Bhikkhu vā mahesiṃ disvā sitaṃ pātukaroti. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā’’ti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「诸比库,进入王的内宫有这十种过患。哪十种?诸比库,这里,王正与王后坐着,比库进入那里。王后看见比库后露出微笑。或者比库看见王后后露出微笑。于是,王这样想:『确实他们已做或将做。』诸比库,这是进入王的内宫的第一种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo. Aññataraṃ itthiṃ gantvā nassarati. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,王有很多事务、很多工作。他去到某位女子那里后忘记了。她因此怀孕。于是,王这样想:『这里没有其他人进入,除了出家者。可能是出家者的业。』诸比库,这是进入王的内宫的第二种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure aññataraṃ ratanaṃ nassati. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,王的内宫中某件宝物遗失了。于是,王这样想:『这里没有其他人进入,除了出家者。可能是出家者的业。』诸比库,这是进入王的内宫的第三种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure abbhantarā guyhamantā bahiddhā sambhedaṃ gacchanti. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,王的内宫中的秘密计划在外泄露。于是,王这样想:『这里没有其他人进入,除了出家者。可能是出家者的业。』诸比库,这是进入王的内宫的第四种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure putto vā pitaraṃ pattheti pitā vā puttaṃ pattheti. Tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,王的内宫中儿子谋害父亲,或者父亲谋害儿子。他们这样想:『这里没有其他人进入,除了出家者。可能是出家者的业。』诸比库,这是进入王的内宫的第五种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā nīcaṭṭhāniyaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho ādīnavo, rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,国王将卑贱者置于高位。对那些不喜欢此事者,他们如此想:『国王与出家者交往。这或许是出家者的业』。诸比库,这是进入王宫内院的第六种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā uccaṭṭhāniyaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ , bhikkhave, sattamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,国王将高贵者置于低位。对那些不喜欢此事者,他们如此想:『国王与出家者交往。这或许是出家者的业』。诸比库,这是进入王宫内院的第七种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā akāle senaṃ uyyojeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,国王在非时派遣军队。对那些不喜欢此事者,他们如此想:『国王与出家者交往。这或许是出家者的业』。诸比库,这是进入王宫内院的第八种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā kāle senaṃ uyyojetvā antarāmaggato nivattāpeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, navamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

「再者,诸比库,国王在适时派遣军队后,从中途令其返回。对那些不喜欢此事者,他们如此想:『国王与出家者交往。这或许是出家者的业』。诸比库,这是进入王宫内院的第九种过患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño rājantepuraṃ hatthisammaddaṃ assasammaddaṃ rathasammaddaṃ rajjanīyāni rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbāni, yāni na pabbajitassa sāruppāni. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dasamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

「再者,诸比库,国王的王宫内院有象群、马群、车群的喧闹,有令人染着的色、声、香、味、触,这些不适合出家者。诸比库,这是进入王宫内院的第十种过患。诸比库,这些是进入王宫内院的十种过患。」于是世尊以种种方式呵责具寿阿难难以抚养……乃至……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§498

nti.

§499

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是任何……乃至……这……乃至……在此义中所指的是诸比库。

nāma ubhato sujāto hoti, mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādena.

名为双方善生者,从母方与父方都是血统纯净者,直至七代祖先,在出生方面无可指责、无可非难。

nāma khattiyābhisekena abhisitto hoti.

名为以刹帝利灌顶而受灌顶者。

ti rājā sayanigharā anikkhanto hoti.

国王未从寝宫出来。

ti mahesī sayanigharā anikkhantā hoti, ubho vā anikkhantā honti.

王后未从寝宫出来,或者两者都未出来。

ti pubbe anāmantetvā.

即先前未告知。

nāma sayanigharassa ummāro vuccati.

名为寝宫的门槛。

nāma yattha katthaci rañño sayanaṃ paññattaṃ hoti, antamaso sāṇipākāraparikkhittampi.

即国王的卧床设置在任何地方,乃至以麻布围栏围绕之处。

ti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

即跨越第一只脚过门槛,犯恶作。跨越第二只脚,犯巴吉帝亚。

§500

Appaṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññī indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭisaṃvidite vematiko indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭisaṃvidite paṭisaṃviditasaññī indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

未告知,有未告知想而跨越门槛,犯巴吉帝亚。未告知,有疑而跨越门槛,犯巴吉帝亚。未告知,有已告知想而跨越门槛,犯巴吉帝亚。

Paṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭisaṃvidite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭisaṃvidite paṭisaṃviditasaññī, anāpatti.

已告知,有未告知想,犯恶作。已告知,有疑,犯恶作。已告知,有已告知想,不犯。

§501

Anāpatti paṭisaṃvidite, na khattiyo hoti, na khattiyābhisekena abhisitto hoti, rājā sayanigharā nikkhanto hoti, mahesī sayanigharā nikkhantā hoti, ubho vā nikkhantā honti, na sayanighare, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:事先知道,不是刹帝利,不是以刹帝利灌顶而受灌顶者,国王已从内宫出来,王后已从内宫出来,或两者都已出来,不在内宫,对于痴狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Antepurasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 内宫学处完第一

2. Ratanasikkhāpadaṃ2. 宝物学处

§502

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aciravatiyā nadiyā nahāyati. Aññataropi brāhmaṇo pañcasatānaṃ thavikaṃ thale nikkhipitvā aciravatiyā nadiyā nahāyanto vissaritvā agamāsi. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘tassāyaṃ brāhmaṇassa thavikā, mā idha nassī’’ti aggahesi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo saritvā turito ādhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘api me, bho, thavikaṃ passeyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Handa, brāhmaṇā’’ti adāsi. Atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa bhikkhuno puṇṇapattaṃ na dadeyya’’nti! ‘‘Na me, bho, pañcasatāni, sahassaṃ me’’ti palibundhetvā muñci. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu ratanaṃ uggahessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, ratanaṃ uggahesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, ratanaṃ uggahessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某位比库在阿基拉瓦底河沐浴。另一位婆罗门将五百(钱)的皮袋放在岸上后,在阿基拉瓦底河沐浴时忘记而离去。于是那位比库(想):「这是那位婆罗门的皮袋,不要在此遗失」,便拿取了。于是那位婆罗门想起后急忙跑来对那位比库说:「尊者,您可曾见到我的皮袋?」「来吧,婆罗门」,便给了他。于是那位婆罗门生起此念:「我以何方便不给这位比库满钵?」「尊者,不是我的五百(钱),是我的一千(钱)」,纠缠后才放开。于是那位比库前往精舍后向诸比库报告此事。那些少欲诸比库……抱怨、呵责、非难:「比库怎能拿取宝物呢?」……「比库,你真的拿取宝物吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你怎能拿取宝物!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§503

Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā ussavo hoti. Manussā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā uyyānaṃ gacchanti. Visākhāpi migāramātā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā ‘‘uyyānaṃ gamissāmī’’ti gāmato nikkhamitvā – ‘‘kyāhaṃ karissāmi uyyānaṃ gantvā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya’’nti ābharaṇaṃ omuñcitvā uttarāsaṅgena bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā dāsiyā adāsi – ‘‘handa, je, imaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho sā dāsī taṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ vissaritvā agamāsi. Bhikkhū passitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, uggahetvā nikkhipathā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipituṃ – ‘‘yassa bhavissati so harissatī’’ti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,沙瓦提有节庆。人们装饰准备好前往园林。韦沙卡弥伽罗母也装饰准备好(想):「我将前往园林」,从村落出来后(想):「我前往园林做什么,不如我去拜见世尊」,便脱下装饰品用上衣包成包裹交给女仆:「来吧,亲爱的,拿着这个包裹。」于是韦沙卡弥伽罗母前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使韦沙卡弥伽罗母欢喜。于是韦沙卡弥伽罗母被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。于是那位女仆忘记那个包裹而离去。诸比库见后向世尊报告此事。「那么,诸比库,拿取后收藏起来。」于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许在精舍内拿取或使人拿取宝物或宝物等同物后收藏——『属于谁的,他将取走』。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库制定。

§504

Tena kho pana samayena kāsīsu janapade anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa kammantagāmo hoti. Tena ca gahapatinā antevāsī āṇatto hoti – ‘‘sace bhadantā āgacchanti bhattaṃ kareyyāsī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kāsīsu janapade cārikaṃ caramānā yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa kammantagāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Addasā kho so puriso te bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū abhivādetvā etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsentu, bhante, ayyā svātanāya gahapatino bhatta’’nti. Adhivāsesuṃ kho te bhikkhū tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so puriso tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kālaṃ ārocāpetvā aṅgulimuddikaṃ omuñcitvā te bhikkhū bhattena parivisitvā – ‘‘ayyā bhuñjitvā gacchantu, ahampi kammantaṃ gamissāmī’’ti aṅgulimuddikaṃ vissaritvā agamāsi. Bhikkhū passitvā – ‘‘sace mayaṃ gamissāma nassissatāyaṃ aṅgulimuddikā’’ti tattheva acchiṃsu. Atha kho so puriso kammantā āgacchanto te bhikkhū passitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kissa, bhante, ayyā idheva acchantī’’ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū tassa purisassa etamatthaṃ ārocetvā sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipituṃ – yassa bhavissati so harissatī’’ti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,在咖西国地方,阿那他宾地咖居士有工作村。那位居士命令弟子:「如果尊者们来,应当供食。」其时,众多比库在咖西国地方游行,前往阿那他宾地咖居士的工作村。那位男子远远见到那些比库来;见后,前往那些比库处;抵达后,礼敬那些比库后说:「尊者,请诸尊接受明日居士的食物。」那些比库以沉默接受。于是那位男子在那夜过后,准备好上等副食、主食,使人通知时间后,脱下戒指,以食物供养那些比库后(说):「诸尊用食后请离去,我也将前往工作」,忘记戒指而离去。诸比库见后(想):「如果我们离去,这戒指将遗失」,便在那里等候。于是那位男子从工作回来,见到那些比库后说:「尊者,诸尊为何在此等候?」于是那些比库向那位男子报告此事后,前往沙瓦提,向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许在精舍内或在住所内拿取或使人拿取宝物或宝物等同物后收藏——『属于谁的,他将取走』。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§505

ti.

§506

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「凡是任何……」……「比库」:在此义中所指的比库。

nāma muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavālaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅko masāragallaṃ.

「宝物」:即珍珠、摩尼、琉璃、螺贝、石、珊瑚、银、金、红宝石、猫眼石。

nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ, etaṃ ratanasammataṃ nāma.

「名为人们的受用与使用之物,这被认为是宝。」

ti ṭhapetvā ajjhārāmaṃ ajjhāvasathaṃ.

除了园与住处。

nāma parikkhittassa ārāmassa anto ārāmo, aparikkhittassa upacāro.

「名为」:有围墙的园,园内为园;无围墙的,近处为园。

nāma parikkhittassa āvasathassa anto āvasatho, aparikkhittassa upacāro.

「名为」:有围墙的住处,住处内为住处;无围墙的,近处为住处。

ti sayaṃ gaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「自己拿取」,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti aññaṃ gāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

「令他人拿取」,犯巴吉帝亚。

nti rūpena vā nimittena vā saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitvā ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘yassa bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭhaṃ so āgacchatū’’ti. Sace tattha āgacchati so vattabbo – ‘‘āvuso, kīdisaṃ te bhaṇḍa’’nti? Sace rūpena vā nimittena vā sampādeti dātabbaṃ, no ce sampādeti ‘‘vicināhi āvuso’’ti vattabbo. Tamhā āvāsā pakkamantena ye tattha honti bhikkhū patirūpā, tesaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ. No ce honti bhikkhū patirūpā, ye tattha honti gahapatikā patirūpā, tesaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ.

「应告知」:以形状或特征作记号后放置,应告知——「失物者应前来」。如果有人前来,应对他说——「具寿,你的物品是什么样的?」如果以形状或特征相符,应给予;如果不相符,应对他说——「具寿,请寻找」。从那住处离去时,应将物品交到那里适当的比库手中后离去。如果没有适当的比库,应将物品交到那里适当的居士手中后离去。

ti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

这是此处的如法。

§507

Anāpatti ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipati – ‘‘yassa tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, paṃsukūlasaññissa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪——于园中或住所中,拾起或令拾起宝物或被认为是宝物之物后放置,「属于那个暂时拿取者的」,对于尘堆衣想者、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Ratanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 宝物学处完第二

3. Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadaṃ3. 非时入村学处

§508

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathenti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ yānakathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessanti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti!

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库非时进入村落后,坐在集会所中谈论种种畜生论,即:王论、贼论、大臣论、军论、怖畏论、战争论、食论、饮论、衣论、卧具论、花鬘论、香论、亲戚论、车乘论、村论、镇论、城论、国土论、女人论、英雄论、街道论、井边论、先亡论、种种论、世间传说、海洋传说、如是有无有论等。人们非难、呵责、传播:「沙门释迦子怎么非时进入村落后,坐在集会所中谈论种种畜生论,即:王论、贼论……乃至……如是有无有论等,犹如在家受用诸欲者!」

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessanti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathetha, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessatha, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

诸比库听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲……诸比库非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎么非时进入村落后,坐在集会所中谈论种种畜生论,即:王论、贼论……乃至……如是有无有论等!」……乃至……「诸比库,你们真的非时进入村落后,坐在集会所中谈论种种畜生论,即:王论、贼论……乃至……如是有无有论等吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎么非时进入村落后,坐在集会所中谈论种种畜生论,即:王论、贼论……乃至……如是有无有论等!愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§509

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchantā sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Manussā te bhikkhū passitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pavisatha, bhante’’ti . Atha kho te bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu’’nti kukkuccāyantā na pavisiṃsu. Corā te bhikkhū acchindiṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,众多比库在国萨拉国地方前往沙瓦提城,傍晚到达某村。人们见那些比库后说:「尊者,请进入!」那时,那些比库顾虑「世尊已禁止非时进入村落」而未进入。盗贼抢劫了那些比库。那时,那些比库前往沙瓦提城后,向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许询问后非时进入村落。诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§510

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchi. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pavisatha, bhante’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na pāvisi. Corā taṃ bhikkhuṃ acchindiṃsu. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,某位比库在国萨拉国地方前往沙瓦提城,傍晚到达某村。人们见那位比库后说:「尊者,请进入!」那时,那位比库顾虑「世尊已禁止未询问而非时进入村落」而未进入。盗贼抢劫了那位比库。那时,那位比库前往沙瓦提城后,向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许有比库在时询问后非时进入村落。诸比库,你们应当如是诵此学处——」

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如是,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§511

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu ‘‘aggiṃ āharissāmī’’ti gāmaṃ gacchati. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na pāvisi…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,某位比库被蛇咬了。某位比库「我将取火」而前往村落。于是那位比库——「世尊已禁止未问健在的比库而于非时进入村落」而疑虑,未进入……他们将此事禀告世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许在如此紧急的事务时,未问健在的比库而于非时进入村落。诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§512

nti.

§513

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡是任何……「比库」者。

nāma bhikkhu sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

「健在的比库」者,是能够被询问而进入的比库。

nāma bhikkhu na sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

「不健在的比库」者,是不能够被询问而进入的比库。

nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.

「非时」者,从正午过后直到黎明升起。

ti parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

「村落」者,越过有围墙的村落之围墙者,犯巴吉帝亚。进入无围墙的村落之界域者,犯巴吉帝亚。

ti ṭhapetvā tathārūpaṃ accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.

「除了如此紧急的事务」者,除了如此紧急的事务。

§514

Vikāle vikālasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle vematiko santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle kālasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

非时作非时想,未问健在的比库而进入村落,除了如此紧急的事务,犯巴吉帝亚。非时有疑,未问健在的比库而进入村落,除了如此紧急的事务,犯巴吉帝亚。非时作时想,未问健在的比库而进入村落,除了如此紧急的事务,犯巴吉帝亚。

Kāle vikālasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle kālasaññī, anāpatti.

于时而有非时想,犯恶作。于时而疑,犯恶作。于时而有时想,不犯。

§515

Anāpatti tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, antarārāmaṃ gacchati, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gacchati, titthiyaseyyaṃ gacchati, paṭikkamanaṃ gacchati, gāmena maggo hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

不犯:于如此紧急应作之事,询问在场的比库而进入,未询问不在场的比库而进入,前往寺院内部,前往比库住所,前往外道住处,前往厕所,经由村落而行道,于危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 非时入村学处完第三

4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṃ4. 针筒学处

§516

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena dantakārena bhikkhū pavāritā honti – ‘‘yesaṃ ayyānaṃ sūcigharena attho ahaṃ sūcigharenā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū sūcighare viññāpenti. Yesaṃ khuddakā sūcigharā te mahante sūcighare viññāpenti. Yesaṃ mahantā sūcigharā te khuddake sūcighare viññāpenti. Atha kho so dantakāro bhikkhūnaṃ bahū sūcighare karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadāropissa kilamati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessanti! Ayaṃ imesaṃ bahū sūcighare karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadāropissa kilamatī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在释迦国咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。尔时,某位象牙工匠向诸比库提供服务——「若诸具寿需要针筒,我将提供针筒。」尔时,诸比库请求许多针筒。那些需要小针筒者请求大针筒,那些需要大针筒者请求小针筒。时,彼象牙工匠为诸比库制作许多针筒,不能制作其他贸易品,自己也无法维生,其妻儿亦困苦。诸人非难、呵责、传播——「沙门释迦子怎能不知量而请求许多针筒!此人为他们制作许多针筒,不能制作其他贸易品,自己也无法维生,其妻儿亦困苦。」诸比库听闻彼等诸人非难、呵责、传播。彼等少欲诸比库……非难、呵责、传播——「诸比库怎能不知量而请求许多针筒!」……「诸比库!诸比库确实不知量而请求许多针筒耶?」「世尊!确实。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库!彼等愚人怎能不知量而请求许多针筒!诸比库!此非令未信者生信……诸比库!应如此诵此学处——

§517

nti.

§518

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何…………此……于此义中所指的比库。

nāma yaṃ kiñci aṭṭhi.

名为任何骨。

nāma hatthidanto vuccati.

名为所谓象牙。

nāma yaṃ kiñci visāṇaṃ.

名为任何角。

ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena bhinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

自作或令他作,于努力时犯恶作。于获得时应判为巴吉帝亚。

§519

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti , āpatti pācittiyassa . Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti , āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己煮熟,自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己煮熟,令他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。他人煮熟,自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。他人煮熟,令他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人而作或令作,犯恶作。得到他人所作的而受用,犯恶作。

§520

Anāpatti gaṇṭhikāya , araṇike, vidhe , añjaniyā, añjanisalākāya, vāsijaṭe, udakapuñchaniyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:结、阿拉尼咖、钻木、眼药、眼药棒、针筒、水滤布、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。

Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 针筒学处完第四

5. Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṃ5. 床座学处

§521

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto ucce mañce sayati. Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yenāyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgacchatu me, bhante, bhagavā sayanaṃ passatū’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tatova paṭinivattitvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āsayato, bhikkhave, moghapuriso veditabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,具寿伍巴难陀释迦子睡在高床上。时,世尊与众多比库一起巡视住处,来到具寿伍巴难陀释迦子的住处。具寿伍巴难陀释迦子从远处看见世尊来,见已对世尊说:「尊者,请世尊来看我的卧具。」于是世尊从那里折返,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,应从卧具知道愚痴人。」时,世尊以种种方式呵责具寿伍巴难陀释迦子难养……「诸比库,你们应如此诵此学处——

§522

nti.

§523

nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccati.

名为依作而说。

nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

名为四种床:有芯的、绑缚的、弯脚的、可拆脚的。

nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

名为四种椅:有芯的、绑缚的、弯脚的、可拆脚的。

ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.

即作或令作。

ti ṭhapetvā heṭṭhimaṃ aṭaniṃ; taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

除了下面的底板;超过那个而做或使人做,在努力时为恶作,得到后切断应教示为巴吉帝亚。

§524

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己拆开自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己拆开由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人拆开自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人拆开由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人之利益而做或使人做,犯恶作。得到他人所做的而受用,犯恶作。

§525

Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:做符合量的,做不足量的,得到他人所做的超过量的后切断而受用,对于疯狂者,对于最初的犯戒者。

Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 床座学处完第五

6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 棉絮学处

§526

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessanti, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti ! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库使人做填充棉花的床与椅。诸人在寺院巡行时见到后,不满、呵责、非难——「沙门释迦子怎么使人做填充棉花的床与椅,如同在家享受诸欲者!」诸比库听到那些人不满、呵责、非难。那些少欲的比库……他们不满、呵责、非难——「六群比库怎么使人做填充棉花的床与椅!」……「诸比库,你们真的使人做填充棉花的床与椅吗?」「世尊,是真的。」世尊、佛陀呵责……「诸愚痴人,你们怎么使人做填充棉花的床与椅!诸愚痴人,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§527

nti.

§528

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

凡任何……「比库」是在此义中所指的比库。

nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

「床」有四种床——有框架的、绑有绳带的、有曲脚的、有可拆卸脚的。

nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

「椅」有四种椅——有框架的、绑有绳带的、有曲脚的、有可拆卸脚的。

nāma tīṇi tūlāni – rukkhatūlaṃ, latātūlaṃ, poṭakitūlaṃ.

名为三种棉:树棉、藤棉、绵羊毛棉。

ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena uddāletvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

自作或使他作,在努力时为恶作。得到后撕开应判为巴吉帝亚。

§529

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己拆解自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己拆解由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人拆解自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人拆解由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人而作或使作,犯恶作。得到他人所作的而使用,犯恶作。

§530

Anāpatti āyoge, kāyabandhane, aṃsabaddhake, pattathavikāya, parissāvane, bibbohanaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā uddāletvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:腰带、身缚、肩带、钵袋、滤水囊,作袋子,得到他人所作的撕开后使用,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。

Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 棉絮学处完第六

7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadaṃ7. 坐具学处

§531

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ nisīdanaṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā nisīdanaṃ anuññāta’’nti appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhārenti. Mañcassapi pīṭhassapi puratopi pacchatopi olambenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhārethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,世尊已允许诸比库坐具。六群比库「世尊已允许坐具」,持无量大的坐具。从床的、椅的前面、后面垂下。诸少欲比库…他们非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库怎能持无量大的坐具呢?」…「诸比库,你们真的持无量大的坐具吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责…「诸愚痴人,你们怎能持无量大的坐具!诸愚痴人,此非令未信者生信…诸比库,应如此诵此学处——

nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库所制定。

§532

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahākāyo hoti. So bhagavato purato nisīdanaṃ paññapetvā samantato samañchamāno nisīdati. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, udāyi, nisīdanaṃ samantato samañchasi; seyyathāpi purāṇāsikoṭṭho’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana, bhante, bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ atikhuddakaṃ nisīdanaṃ anuññāta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nisīdanassa dasaṃ vidatthiṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

其时,具寿伍达夷身体高大。他在世尊面前铺设坐具后,四周围绕而坐。于是世尊对具寿伍达夷说:「伍达夷,你为何四周围绕坐具而坐?犹如旧谷仓。」「尊者,因为世尊为诸比库允许过小的坐具。」于是世尊以此因缘、以此事缘作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许坐具十张手。诸比库,应如此诵此学处——

§533

nti.

§534

nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.

被称为「沙达桑」。

ti karonto vā kārāpento vā pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Dasā vidatthi. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

制作或令制作者,应制作合量的。此中,这是量:长度两张手宽,以善逝张手宽;宽度一张手宽半。十张手宽。超过那个而制作或令制作,在努力时为恶作。得到后切断应说为巴吉帝亚。

§535

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己开始自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己开始由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人开始自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人开始由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人之利益而制作或令制作,犯恶作。得到由他人制作的而受用,犯恶作。

§536

Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无犯:制作合量的,制作不足量的,得到由他人制作的超过量的后切断而受用,制作天盖或地敷具或麻布围墙或坐垫或擦身布,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Nisīdanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 坐具学处完第七

8. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṃ8. 疥疮衣学处

§537

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi anuññātā hoti . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi anuññātā’’ti appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhārenti; puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhārethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,世尊已允许比库们搔痒布。六群比库们:「世尊已允许搔痒布」,持不合量的搔痒布;在前面和后面拖着而行走。诸少欲比库们……他们抱怨、呵责、传播:「六群比库们怎么持不合量的搔痒布呢?」……「比库们,你们真的持不合量的搔痒布吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人们,你们怎么持不合量的搔痒布呢!愚痴人们,这不能使未信者生信……比库们,你们应如此诵此学处——

§538

nti.

§539

nāma yassa adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho, tassa paṭicchādanatthāya.

被称为「对于那位脐下膝轮上有疥癣或疮或流脓或顽癣或疾病者,为了遮盖」。

ti karonto vā kārāpento vā . Pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

制作或令制作者,应制作合量的。此中,这是量:长度四张手宽,以善逝张手宽;宽度两张手宽。超过那个而制作或令制作,在努力时为恶作。得到后切断应说为巴吉帝亚。

§540

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己裁剪自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己裁剪他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。他人裁剪自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。他人裁剪他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人之利益而作或使作,犯恶作。接受他人所作的超过量者而受用,犯恶作。

§541

无犯:作符合量者,作不足量者,接受他人所作的超过量者后裁剪而受用,作天盖或地敷具或门帘或褥或擦身布,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。

Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 疥疮衣学处完第八

9. Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpadaṃ9. 雨浴衣学处

§542

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassikasāṭikā anuññātā hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā vassikasāṭikā anuññātā’’ti appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhārenti. Puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhārethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,世尊已允许诸比库雨浴衣。六群比库「世尊已允许雨浴衣」,持无量的雨浴衣。前面也拖、后面也拖地行走。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难:「怎么六群比库持无量的雨浴衣呢?」……「诸比库,你们真的持无量的雨浴衣吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「愚痴人,你们怎么持无量的雨浴衣呢!愚痴人,这非令未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——

§543

nti.

§544

nāma vassānassa catumāsatthāya.

名为雨季的四个月期间。

ti karonto vā kārāpento vā. Pamāṇikā kāretabbā . Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso cha vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyā. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

作或使作。应作符合量者。此中,此量为:长六张手,以善逝张手;宽二张手半。超过彼而作或使作,在努力时恶作。得到后应裁剪而说巴吉帝亚。

§545

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己裁剪自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己裁剪他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。他人裁剪自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。他人裁剪他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人之利益而作或使作,犯恶作。接受他人所作者而受用,犯恶作。

§546

无罪:做成标准量的,做成不足量的,得到他人所做的超过标准量的后裁剪而受用,做成天盖、地敷、麻布围墙、坐垫或枕头,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 雨浴衣学处完第九

10. Nandasikkhāpadaṃ10. 难德学处

§547

Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nando bhagavato mātucchāputto abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko caturaṅgulomako bhagavatā . So sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti. Addasaṃsu kho therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna – ‘‘bhagavā āgacchatī’’ti āsanā vuṭṭhahanti. Te upagate jānitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā nando sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāressatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, nanda, sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāresīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, nanda, sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāressasi! Netaṃ, nanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,具寿难陀——世尊的姨母之子——端正、好看、悦意,比世尊矮四指。他穿着善逝衣量的衣。诸长老比库从远处看见具寿难陀走来。看见后——「世尊来了」——从座位起立。当他们走近后知道了,便不满、呵责、抱怨:「具寿难陀怎能穿着善逝衣量的衣呢?」……「难陀,你真的穿着善逝衣量的衣吗?」「是真的,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「难陀,你怎能穿着善逝衣量的衣呢!难陀,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,你们应当如此诵此学处——」

§548

nti.

§549

ti yo yādiso…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

「任何……」……「比库」:在此义中所指的是比库。

nāma dīghaso nava vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo.

「善逝的尼桑沙那衣」:长度九善逝张手,宽度六张手。

ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

「做」:自己做或使人做,在努力时为恶作。得到后裁剪,应判为巴吉帝亚。

§550

Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

自己裁剪、自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己裁剪、由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人裁剪、自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人裁剪、由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

为他人而做或使人做,犯恶作。得到他人所做的而受用,犯恶作。

§551

Anāpatti ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

无罪:做成不足量的,得到他人所做的后裁剪而受用,做成天盖、地敷、麻布围墙、坐垫或枕头,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。

Nandasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 难德学处完第十

Ratanavaggo navamo. · 宝物品第九

Tassuddānaṃ – · 其偈颂

Rañño ca ratanaṃ santaṃ, sūci mañcañca tūlikaṃ;

国王的宝物、针、床与枕头;

Nisīdanañca kaṇḍuñca, vassikā sugatena cāti.

坐具、抓痒杖、雨浴衣与善逝。

Uddiṭṭhā kho, āyasmanto, dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā. Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Dutiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Tatiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmīti.

诸具寿!九十二巴吉帝亚法已诵出。于此我问诸具寿——「于此是否清净?」第二次我问——「于此是否清净?」第三次我问——「于此是否清净?」诸具寿于此清净,因此沉默,我如是持此。

Khuddakaṃ samattaṃ. · 小事完

Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 巴吉帝亚篇完